R44path Chardin down.kmz

R44path Chardin down

R44-025 Dédomba
R44-025 Dédomba : place IRN (caravanserai)
NIMA/GNS feature: RHSE UFI: 10399782 coordinate: lat 28.168051 long 53.96192
Supplement: GNS data 28.1705, 53.9624,Karvansara-ye Shah `Abbasi,RHSE, coordinates corrected by 275m heading 190°
VARIANT names: caravanserai being built (Rebelo) , Deadumbae , Dedomba , Dedomba , Dedombe , Dehdombeh , Deh-e dombeh (Dehidombe) , Dehidombe , Dehidounbah , Detadombé , Dom-banje , dorp Dedombaj , dorp Dedombaj , Karawanserei Dombä , Karvansara-ye Shah Abbasi (Dehidombe) , Teduba ,
SOURCE for caravanserai being built (Rebelo)
« Ayant repris la route le lendemain, nous nous trouvâmes à l'heure du repas en un lieu où l'on construisait un somptueux caravansérail, sur l'ordre d'un certain Cambarabeque, Gouverneur de Lara. Nous pûmes y acheter les meilleures pastèques ou melons d'eau que j'ai jamais vues, tant pour leur taille que pour leur qualité et leur goût très sucré, si bien que j'eus l'idée d'en conserver les pépins pour les semer au Portugal. [Having returned to the road the next day, we found ourselves at mealtime in a place where a sumptuous caravanserai was being built, on the orders of a certain Cambarabeque, Governor of Lara. There we were able to buy the best watermelons or watermelons I have ever seen, both for their size and for their quality and their very sweet taste, so much so that I had the idea of ??saving the seeds for sow in Portugal.] » #3268 Joaquim Verissimo Serrao, Un Voyageur Portugais en Perse au début du XVIIe siècle Nicolau De Orta Rebelo, Comité National Portugais, Lisbonne, 1972 ~ p. 111
SOURCE for Deadumbae
« Coming down from the mountain on the 13th, we entered a beautiful plain. We stopped to eat in a caravanserai that is called Deadumbae, like the town. Then, always in a plain, we continued the trip until the 8th hour of the night. We took shelter in a caravanserai called Mauser, where the jurisdiction of Shiraz begins.(22) fn. 22. I have not been able to identify the presentday name of Bembo's "Deadumbae." "Mauser" may be Mansurabad. » #3299 trans. Clara Bargellini ed. Anthony Welch Ambrosio Bembo, The Travels and Journal of Ambrosio Bembo, University of California Press, Berkeley and Los Angeles, 2007 ~ p. 295
SOURCE for Dedomba
« Fatte 25. miglia in 9.ore per terreno piano, giugnemmo il Mercordi 29. nel Caſale di Benarù. Eravamo pafſſati cinque miglia prima per lo Karvanſerà di Dedomba, vicino un picciolo Caſale; però non vi reſtammo, per non eſſere Manzil, [Having traveled 25 miles in 9 hours over flat terrain, we arrived on Mercordi 29 in the Caſale di Benarù. We were fed up five miles earlier for the Karvanſerà of Dedomba, near a small Caſale; but we did not stay there, so as not to be Manzil,] » #3239 Giovanni Francesco Gemelli Careri, Giro del mondo, del dottor D. Gio. Francesco Gemelli Careri.., stamp. di G. Roselli, Napoli, 1699 ~ pt. 2 p. 270
« Weynigh voorbij 't dorpken Dedomba (1), dat niet boven 14 à 15 huysen heeft fn. 1 Thévenot schrijft het, waarschijnlijk juister, Deh-i-Dombé. Taver- nier maakt melding van het kasteeltje, dat de Bruyn, die het dorp Dorn-banje noemt, beschrijft (zie noot 2, blz. 60). [Weynigh past the village of Dedomba (1), which has no more than 14 to 15 houses fn. 1 Thévenot writes, probably more correctly, Deh-i-Dombé. Tavernier mentions the castle that De Bruyn, who calls the village Dorn-banje, describes (see note 2, page 60).] » #3226 Cornelis Janszoon Speelman Ed. A. Hotz, Journaal der reis van den gezant der O.I. Compagnie Joan Cunaeus naar perzië in 1651-1652, J. Müller, 1908 ~ p. 61
« Le 3 mars, je fis six licues, les trois premières par une route pierreuse, qui aboutit à un vil- lage nommé Dédomba, où il y a un grand cara- vanserai, et de l'ean courante; [On March 3, I made six trips, the first three by a stony road, which led to a village called Dédomba, where there is a large caravanserai, and running water;] » #3213 Sir John Chardin, ed. Louis Langlès, Voyages du Chevalier Chardin en Perse et autres lieux de l’Orient, Nouvelle édition, Le Normant, Imprimeur-Libraire, Paris, 1811 ~ vol. 8 p. 470
SOURCE for Dedombe
« Den 23. dito verreisde zyn Ed: ten z uuren 's nachts, en quam met den dag in Dedombe, alwaar zyn Ed: door den Borgemeester, onder 't loffen der ſnaphaanen verwelkomt, ruim een vierendeel myls van te voren, eer hy nog ontrent de Karrawaanſera quam, ingehaald, en tot aan de zelve geleid wierd. [On the 23rd of the same day his Lordship set out at night, and arrived in the daytime at Dedombe, where his Lordship, welcomed by the Mayor, amid the praises of the snipers, was overtaken a good quarter of a mile before he had come near the Karrawaanzera, and led to it.] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ vol. 5 p. 273
« Den 27. dito, na 4 uuren rydens, in 't dorp Dedombe. [On the 27th, after a 4-hour drive, we arrived in the village of Dedombe.] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ vol. 5 p. 285
SOURCE for Dehdombeh(Arch. Site)
« Dehdombeh » in {map#1180 in #3079 Kleiss, Wolfram, Karawanenbauten in Iran. Materialien zur iranischen Archäologie, Materialien zur iranischen Archa¨ologie, D. Reimer, Berlin, 2000 Band 6:Teil 4: ~ fig. Abb. 14 Karawanenwege zwischen Djahrom und Lar und Khondj und Lar sowie südlich und östlich von Lar}
SOURCE for Deh-e dombeh (Dehidombe)
« After a quarter farsakh one came to a small caravanserai close to the village of Deh-e dombeh (Dehidombe), which in 1651 only had 15 houses. Chardin recorded that it had alarge caravanserai with running water. It was a poor, but a reasonable building which wascalled caravanserai Deh-e Dombeh, while a ruined castle was nearby in the mountains.(99) fn. 99. Kaempfer 1968, p. 116 (Domba); Valentijn 1726, vol. 5, p. 264 (caravanserai Teduba;Dedombe); Speelman 1908, p. 61 (Dedomba); Tavernier 1930, p. 316 (Detadombe); Winninx, 16July (Dedombaj); Chardin 1811, vol. 8, p. 470 (Dedomba); LeBrun 1718, vol. 2, p. 315 (Dombanja, ahamlet with a ruined caravanserai). » #3002 Willem Floor, Persian Gulf: Links with the Hinterland, Bushehr, Borazjan, Kazerun, Banu Ka`b and Bandar Abbas, Mage Publishers, Washington, 2015 ~ p. 274
SOURCE for Dehidombe
« we made no ftop there, becauſe we found no body to fell us Provifions either for Men or Beasts: fo we continued our march in the ftony Plain, till about an hour after, having found a little Brook on our Left Hand, we entered about Noon into a great ſmooth Plain, where we fuffered much hear: we Travelled on South-Eastward, until about two of the Clock that we found a little Kervanferay, cloſe by a Village called Dehidombe, (that is to ſay) the Village of the tail, whore there are ſome Palms and Tamarisk-Trees. They drink no water there, but out of a Ciftern near the Kervanferay, which is three or four Fathom in Diametre, and covered by a Dome with fix Doors, this place is three long Agatfch from Momzir, » #1574 Thévenot, Jean de, The travels of Monsieur de Thévenot into the Levant : in three parts, viz. into I. Turkey, II. Persia, III. The East-Indies / newly done out of French., Printed by H. Clark for H. Faithorne [etc.], 1687 ~ pt. 2 p. 129
SOURCE for Dehidounbah
« Dehidounbah » in {map#1255 Carte de la Perse, de la Turquie d'Asie et d'une partie de la Tartarie Indépendante / dressée par P. Lapie... ; gravée par Blondeau..., , 1810, Bibliothèque nationale de France, département Cartes et plans, GE C-10435}
« Dehidounbah » in {map#1253 Carte de la Perse, de la Turquie d'Asie et d'une partie de la Tartarie Indépendante / Dressée par P. Lapie, ... pour les Voyages de Chardin ; Gravée par Blondeau, ..., , 1810, }
SOURCE for Detadombé
« mais comme on n'y trouve point de vivres, on pousse jusqu'à Detadombé, bon village situé dans une plaine. Un quart de lieue au-deçà on découvre sur un haut rocher les ruines d'un vieux château, et autour du village il y a grand nombre de palmiers. Ce carvansera est bon et est accompagné d'une assez bonne citerne. [but as we found no food there, we pushed on to Detadombé, a good village located on a plain. A quarter of a league beyond we discover on a high rock the ruins of an old castle, and around the village there are a large number of palm trees. This carvansera is good and comes with a pretty good tank.] » #3144 Jean-Baptiste Tavernier, Pascal Pia, Voyages en Perse et description de ce royaume par Jean-Babtiste Tavernier Marchand Francais, E´d. du Carrefour, Paris, 1930 ~ p. 316
SOURCE for Dom-banje
« Nous continuames notre route à minuit,arrivames au matin, à Dom-banje où nous nous difperfa mes en plufieurs maifons, le Caravanferai du village étant tombé en villag ruines. J'allai voir à une demi lieuc delà à l'oueft, une montagne féparée des autres, fur laquelle il y avoit eu autrefois une fortereffe. [We continued our journey at midnight, and arrived in the morning at Dom-banje where we dispersed into several houses, the village caravan having fallen into ruins. I went to see half a league beyond to the west, a mountain separated from the others, on which there had formerly been a fortress. ] » #3227 LeBrun, Corneille, Voyages de Corneille Le Brun par la Moscovie, en Perse, et aux Indes Orientales., Wetstein, Amsterdam, 1718 ~ p. 315
SOURCE for dorp Dedombaj
« 16 July 1645 » #3230 Dagh Register gehouden bij den oppercoopman Leonard Winninx ‘tsindert den 6 Julij anno 1645 dat uijt Gamron naer Spahan vertreckt, tot den 24e November, daeraen volgende, als wanneer in gemelte Gamron wederom gearriveert is." inventory number 1152 catalogue reference number 1.04.02, Nationaal Archief, Den Haag, ~ f. 361
SOURCE for Karawanserei Dombä
« den 15. Dez. Vom Tsjai Talg bis Manjir 3 Farsach, von Manjir bis Karawanserei und Deb Domba 4 Farsach, Summa 7 Farsach. ... Wir gehen jetzt von dem kleinen Fort Qal ä Tesörg zum Dorf und Karawanserei Dombä S + O 1/4 Farsach. Ist eine ziemlich arme, redliche Karawanserei. Sie hat auf 4 Seiten Kammern von Felssteinen. Dahinter fließt ein kleiner Bach mit vielen kleinen Fischen bis ins Dorf, wo er nach Bewässerung einiger Baum- und Palmengärten in den Äckern hinter dem Dorfe sich verliert. [December 15th. From Tsjai Talg to Manjir 3 Farsach, from Manjir to Caravanserai and Deb Domba 4 Farsach, Summa 7 Farsach. ... We now go from the small fort Qal ä Tesörg to the village and caravanserai Dombä S + O 1/4 Farsach. It's a pretty poor, honest caravanserai. It has rock chambers on 4 sides. Behind it, a small stream with many small fish flows into the village, where, after watering some tree and palm gardens, it disappears into the fields behind the village.] » #3220 Engelbert Kaempfer, ed. Karl Meier-Lemgo, Die Reisetagebu¨cher, F. Steiner, Weisbaden, 1968 ~ p. 116
SOURCE for Karvansara-ye Shah Abbasi (Dehidombe)
« until about two of the Clock that we found a little Kervanʃeray, cloſe by a Village called Dehidombe, (that is to ſay) the Village of the tail, whore there are ſome Palms and Tamarisk-Trees. » #1574 Thévenot, Jean de, The travels of Monsieur de Thévenot into the Levant : in three parts, viz. into I. Turkey, II. Persia, III. The East-Indies / newly done out of French., Printed by H. Clark for H. Faithorne [etc.], 1687 ~ vol. 2 p. 129
SOURCE for Teduba
« Den 16. dito 's morgens ten 2 uuren zaten wy weder op, hadden een goeden weg, reeden voorby een Karrawanfera Teduba genaamd [On the 16th morning at 2 o'clock we got up again, had a good road, drove past a Karrawanfera called Teduba] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ bk. 2 p. 264

R44-026 Benarou
R44-026 Benarou : place IRN
NIMA/GNS feature: PPL UFI: -3055086 coordinate: lat 28.085428 long 54.04744
NIMA/GNS names: Banarooyeh , Banaru""iyeh , Banaru'iyeh , Banaruyeh , Bonaruyeh , Fathabad , بناروئیه , بنارویه ,
VARIANT names: Banaru , Bannarow , Benarce , Benaro , Benaroe , Benarou , Benarou , Benarroo , Benaru , Benerouw , Benirouio , Binado , Binaru , Bonaroo , Bonaru , Bonaruye , Bonaruyeh , Borun , Bunaru , Bunaruya , Carerow , village river two mills, fort (Rebelo) ,
SOURCE for Banaru
« Banaru » in {map#1203 in #1241 Wilson, Sir Arnold T., Notes on a Journey from Bandar Abbas to Shiraz via Lar, in February and March, 1907, The Geographical Journal, London, 1908 (Feb.) 31:2:152-69 ~ fig. Country between Bandar Abbas abd Siraz}
« , the karavansaray at the large village of Banaru, where many ruins were situated at the foot of the mountain, came into view. The karavansaray here also had many large cisterns. (102) Banaru, was a pleasant, not very large village, with many palm groves, and there was an old karavansaray called that of Khayrat Khan (Cheirat Chan) after a Persian, who had been an envoy from Golconda.
fn. 102 Thevenot, vol. II, p. 129; Stodart, pp. 81-2 (Carerow), which had a därigha. Winninx, 16 July (Bererovio). »#1169 Floor, Willem, The Bandar Abbas-Isfahan Route in the Late Safavid era, Iran, Journal of the British Institute of Persian Studies, London, 1999, 37:67-94 ~ p. 77
SOURCE for Bannarow
« Next night wee got to Bannarow. The laft Towne feafted us with Traditions, this with good cheare, muſick, three kettle drummes, and fix dumb Muſquets. The ruines of an ancient Caftle (demoliſht lately by the Perfian) ſhewes its ribs, through which the coole ayre blowes, ſeldome failing from the top of that ſtupendious Mountaine: one ſide of the Caſtle wall is anatomized to the Town, the other to the ſtony Deſart. » #1608 Herbert, Thomas, Sir, Some Yeares Travels into divers parts of Asia and Afrique. Describing especially the two famous Empires, the Persian, and great Mogull: weaved with the history of these later times ... With a revivall of the first discoverer of America. Revised and enlarged by the Author., Printed by R. Bip. for Jacob Blome and Richard Bishop, London, 1638, ~ p. 131
SOURCE for Benarce
« sijn ontrent den avont ses mijlen van 't dorp Bery in 't dorp Benarce (2) gecomen. Hier heeft men mede in 't hangen ende selff op de toppen van 't ge- bergte 't overgeblevene metselwerk van een casteel en verscheide daerin gebouwde woonhuyskensfn. 2 De Simla kaart spelt Bararu. De hier vermelde overblijfselen wor den ook door andera reizigers beschreven als omvangrijk. [We arrived six miles from the village of Bery to the village of Benarce (2) around the evening. Here, hanging on the tops of the mountains, one also finds the remaining masonry of a castle and several residential houses built in it. fn. 2 The Simla card spells Bararu. The remains mentioned here are also described by other travelers as extensive.] » #3226 Cornelis Janszoon Speelman Ed. A. Hotz, Journaal der reis van den gezant der O.I. Compagnie Joan Cunaeus naar perzië in 1651-1652, J. Müller, 1908 ~ p. 60
SOURCE for Benaro
« Persian text omitted. From Sharfu, the journey to Joym is five farsakhs. When they passed two farsakhs, they reached Benaro. It is from the side of the bean fields, so it is authentic from Qara. It has many caravanserais and many houses. There is a strong castle there, the descendants of Fath Ali Khan Gerashi rule there. » #3228 Sadid al-Saltaneh, Mohammad'Ali Khan, Safarnameh-ye Sadid al-Saltaneh, Bihnashr, Tehran, 1883 ~ p. 583
SOURCE for Benaroe
« en floegen ons neder in cen vermakelyk groot dorp, Benaroe genaamd, [and drove us down to a wonderfully large village called Benaroe,] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ bk. 2 p. 264
« Den 22. dito vertrok zyn Ed: op het gewoon uur te peerd, en quam ontrent 7 uuren in 't dorp Benaroe, alwaar zyn Ed: weder door den Calenter verwellc- komt wierd. [On the 22nd of the same day his Ed left at the usual hour on horseback, and arrived at the village of Benaroe about 7 o'clock, where his Ed was again welcomed by the Calenter.] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ vol. 5 p. 273
« Den 28. dito na 4 uuren langs een elendigen modderigen weg (door den regen veroorzaakt) gereden te hebben, in't dorp Benaroe. [On the 28th, after driving for 4 hours along a miserable muddy road (caused by the rain), we arrived in the village of Benaroe.] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ vol. 5 p. 285
SOURCE for Benarou
« 'achevai ina journée à Benarou, ou Benarhou (2), comine on l'écrit, grand village situé sur le pencliant d'une montagne abondante en dattiers, le principal arbre fruitier de ce pays et des autres contrées chaudes et arides, qui sont au-deli. On y trouve un grand nombre de puits, et grand nombre de citernes, toutes grandes: j'en comptai plus de cinquante. fn. 2 Benaroù est situé au pied d'une montagne, sur laquelle se trouvent de nombreuses et vastes ruines d'anciens édifices assez semblables à des forteresses; les habitans passent pour les meilleurs artilleurs de la Perse. Fryer's Account of East India and Persia, pag. 240. Le royaume de Lår commence à la sortie de Benároù, qui est la dernière ville de la province de Färs, suivant Tavernier, tom. 1er, pag. 745, edit in-12 (L.) [I ended my day in Benarou, or Benarhou (2), as it is written, a large village located on the slope of a mountain abundant in date palms, the main fruit tree of this country and other hot and arid regions, which are beyond. There are a large number of wells, and a large number of cisterns, all large: I counted more than fifty. fn. 2 Benarù is located at the foot of a mountain, on which are numerous and vast ruins of ancient buildings quite similar to fortresses; the inhabitants are considered to be the best artillerymen in Persia. Fryer's Account of East India and Persia, p. 240. The kingdom of Lår begins at the exit of Benárù, which is the last town in the province of Färs, according to Tavernier, tom. 1st, p. 745, edit in-12 (L.)] » #3213 Sir John Chardin, ed. Louis Langlès, Voyages du Chevalier Chardin en Perse et autres lieux de l’Orient, Nouvelle édition, Le Normant, Imprimeur-Libraire, Paris, 1811 ~ vol.8 pp. 470-1
« Nous passons au- près de deux caravansérails peu éloignés Pun de l'autre, à côté desquels sont des citernes pleines d'eau. A quelque pas du dernier, le village de Benarou semble s'élever au milieu de beaucoup de décombres. La maison du ke- lonter est environnée de murs flanqués de tours carrées d'une grande hauteur. Ce village, com- posé d'un millier d'habitans, est bâti dans le sud de la vallée, au pied d'une montagne, et dominé par un fort à demi ruiné. On m'a as- suré qu'on avait creusé dans ce fort des puits d'une profondeur extraordinaire. [We pass by two caravanserais not far from each other, beside which are cisterns full of water. A few steps from the last, the village of Benarou seems to rise in the middle of much rubble. The house of the kelonter is surrounded by walls flanked by square towers of great height. This village, composed of a thousand inhabitants, is built in the south of the valley, at the foot of a mountain, and dominated by a half-ruined fort. I was assured that wells of extraordinary depth had been dug in this fort.] » #3179 Adrien Dupré, Voyage en Perse, fait dans les années 1807, 1808 et 1809, en traversant la Natolie et la Mésopotamie, 1819 ~ vol. 1 pp. 447-8
« Le vingt-cinquième, je continuai de marcher dans la plaine durant trois heures, et je m'arrêtai à Benarou, petite ville assez bien bâtie au pied d'une haute montagne, sur laquelle on voit encore des restes d'un grand château. Cette ville est frontière de la province de Fars et du royaume de Lar, qui commence à la sortie de Benarou. [On the twenty-fifth, I continued walking in the plain for three hours, and I stopped at Benarou, a small town fairly well built at the foot of a high mountain, on which we can still see the remains of a large castle. This city is on the border of the province of Fars and the kingdom of Lar, which begins at the exit of Benarou. ] » #3144 Jean-Baptiste Tavernier, Pascal Pia, Voyages en Perse et description de ce royaume par Jean-Babtiste Tavernier Marchand Francais, E´d. du Carrefour, Paris, 1930 ~ p. 316
« Ce lieu n'é- tait point le menzil ordinaire des caravanes. Comme il avait beaucoup plu, la terre était humide, le vent très-froid et le temps encore fort incertain: j'insistai pour que nous allassions à Bénârou, gros village avec un caravansérail, à trois farsangs plus loin. Je n'y réussis point sans me facher beaucoup, et j'arrivai le soir à Bénárou, où j'eus beaucoup de peine à trouver une petite place dans le caravansérail. Ce village a de grandes cultures et diverses plantations de palmiers. [This place was not the ordinary menzil of caravans. As it had rained a lot, the ground was damp, the wind very cold and the weather still very uncertain: I insisted that we go to Bénârou, a large village with a caravanserai, three farsangs further on. I did not succeed without getting very upset, and I arrived in the evening at Bénárou, where I had great difficulty finding a small place in the caravanserai. This village has large crops and various palm plantations.] » ##3241 Aucher-Eloy, Relations de voyages en Orient de 1830 à 1838., Librairie Encyclopédique De Roret, Paris, 1843 ~ pt.2 p. 525
SOURCE for Benarroo
« August 15. We rose from Beeres, and passing through Benarroo, lay at Bocktearee »#3146 Yule, Henry Colonel, The Diary Of William Hedges, The Hakluyt Society, London, 1889 ~ vol.1 p. 206
SOURCE for Benaru
Hill, that is to the right of it, upon which, on the other ſide of the Kervanʃeray, are the ruins of many ſolid Buildings, that reach from the top to the bottom of the Hill, and ſeem to have been ſome confiderable place: » #1574 Thévenot, Jean de, The travels of Monsieur de Thévenot into the Levant : in three parts, viz. into I. Turkey, II. Persia, III. The East-Indies / newly done out of French., Printed by H. Clark for H. Faithorne [etc.], 1687 ~ vol. 2 pp. 129-30
« Benaru » in {map#1180 in #3079 Kleiss, Wolfram, Karawanenbauten in Iran. Materialien zur iranischen Archäologie, Materialien zur iranischen Archa¨ologie, D. Reimer, Berlin, 2000 Band 6:Teil 4: ~ fig. Abb. 5 Kartenausschnitt der Provinzen Bushehr und Fars}
« Bei Regen reist man besser, wenn auch weiter um, nach Bachtiaru (Bachtiyari) 2 Farsach, von dort nach Benaru 1 Farsach. So machte ich ¼ Stunde SSW den Umweg nach Bachtiaru. [If it rains, it is better to travel, although further, to Bakhtiaru (Bachtiyari) 2 Farsach, from there to Benaru 1 Farsach. So I took a detour to Bakhtiaru ¼ hour SSW.] » #3220 Engelbert Kaempfer, ed. Karl Meier-Lemgo, Die Reisetagebu¨cher, F. Steiner, Weisbaden, 1968 ~ p. 117
« Fatte 25. miglia in 9.ore per terreno piano, giugnemmo il Mercordi 29. nel Caſale di Benarù. Eravamo pafſſati cinque miglia prima per lo Karvanſerà di Dedomba, vicino un picciolo Caſale; però non vi reſtammo, per non eſſere Manzil, [Having traveled 25 miles in 9 hours over flat terrain, we arrived on Mercordi 29 in the Caſale di Benarù. We were fed up five miles earlier for the Karvanſerà of Dedomba, near a small Caſale; but we did not stay there, so as not to be Manzil,] » #3239 Giovanni Francesco Gemelli Careri, Giro del mondo, del dottor D. Gio. Francesco Gemelli Careri.., stamp. di G. Roselli, Napoli, 1699 ~ pt. 2 p. 270
« Eine große rechteckige Wallanlage ähnlich der Qal'a-ye Gelli bei Kariyan liegt bei dem Orte Benaru am Fuße eines Berges. Die Umwallung ist langrechteckig, mit einer Seitenlänge von etwa 1 km. Am Berghang liegt ein Tiefbrunnen mit einem Förderturm, von dem eine gemauerte Wasserleitung von beachtlicher Größe in die Wallanlage herab- führt. [A large rectangular rampart similar to the Qal'a-ye Gelli near Kariyan is located near the town of Benaru at the foot of a mountain. The rampart is long and rectangular, with sides measuring about 1 km. On the mountainside there is a deep well with a winding tower, from which a brick water pipe of considerable size leads down into the rampart.] » #3367 Gropp, G., Nadjmabadi, S.,, Bericht ¸ber eine Reise in West- und Südiran, Archäologische Mitteilungen aus Iran, 1970 vol. 3:pp. 173-230. ~ p. 194
SOURCE for Benerouw
« 14 Nov 1645 » #3230 Dagh Register gehouden bij den oppercoopman Leonard Winninx ‘tsindert den 6 Julij anno 1645 dat uijt Gamron naer Spahan vertreckt, tot den 24e November, daeraen volgende, als wanneer in gemelte Gamron wederom gearriveert is." inventory number 1152 catalogue reference number 1.04.02, Nationaal Archief, Den Haag, ~ f. 385
SOURCE for Benirouio
« 16 July 1645 » #3230 Dagh Register gehouden bij den oppercoopman Leonard Winninx ‘tsindert den 6 Julij anno 1645 dat uijt Gamron naer Spahan vertreckt, tot den 24e November, daeraen volgende, als wanneer in gemelte Gamron wederom gearriveert is." inventory number 1152 catalogue reference number 1.04.02, Nationaal Archief, Den Haag, ~ f. 361
SOURCE for Binado
« BINADO, lugar · do ~ Binaru, supomos, em z8° 01' lat. N. e 53° 57' longo R, na . Pérsia. [Afonso de Albuquerque - Cartas de]. . .. . [BINADO, place of ~ Binaru, we suppose, in z8° 01' lat. N. and 53° 57' long. R, in . Persia. [Afonso de Albuquerque - Letters from]. . . . .] » #2603 Visconde De Lagoa, Glossario Toponimico Da Antiga Historiografia Portuguesa Ultramarina, Oficina Grafica, Casa Portuguesa Rua Das Gaveas, 1953, ~ vol. A-C p. 113
SOURCE for Binaru
« BINARU-LAT. 28° 1'; LONG. 53° 56'.A prosperous village on the north slopes of Küh-i-Bināru, on the south edge of an extensive irrigated plain. Population about 1,200; a few palm- trees. Water plentiful from cisterns and irrigation cuts. Supplies plentiful; fuel scarce. It is celebrated for its tobacco. It lies 45 miles north- west of Lär, 135 from Shiraz and 165 from Mughū Bay.Roads diverge in every direction across the open plain, the chief roads being to Bid-Shahr Biriz, Firūzābād and Jüium. On the top of the Küh-i- Binārū is an ancient ruin, named Shah Nishin, connected with a ruined mud fort, at the foot of the hill, by a ruined covered way. The hillside to the north is covered with ruins of houses, all formerly enclosed by a strong, double wall, of which the foundations alone are now visible. In the centre of the ruins are an old cistern and two dry wells, 200 feet deep.- (Ross-Jones-Wilson and Cruikshank, 1907.) » #2878 Gazetteer of Persia vol. III., Government of India Press, Simla, 1924, ~vol. 3 pt. 1 p. 171
SOURCE for Bonaroo
« Att 4 sett out the 26th for Bonaroo, 10 farsangs; the first 2 farsangs bad war. Went over a small mountain; at the bottom a fine small spring of good water where supped and went 2 farsangs more to Murall, pretty good way. Arrived 8 at night; lay there in small but good caravensaroy till about 1 in the morning, then sett out for Bonaroo, and farsangs more; good way. Bonaroo, indeferent caravensaroy, but large village, lyes at the foot of severall mountains meeting togather.
note:
Diary of 26 February 1707/8.
Bonaroo. Binarû. See Fryer II, 198 and n. 3. Both Herbert and Thevenot stopped at "Bannarow," "Banarou," but Le Bruyn has no mention of the place. » #3248 Bernard P. Scattergood, Ed. Temple, Carnac Rihard, The Scattergoods and the East India Company, A Collection of Mss., Indian Antiquary, Bernard Quaritch, London, 1930 vol. LIX:pt DCCXXXVI-A:pp. 33-74 ~ pp. 42 and 48
SOURCE for Bonaru
« The next Munsel we hardly Went, but Crept onward to, through almost impassable and dangerous Precipices, with all the heed imaginable, for a Trip here could not have been retrieved without the loss of our Lives; but by the Divine Providence we came to Bonaru (3), an Eight Cornered Caravan Ser Raw, Eighteen Miles from Bury; there on an Hill are the remains of a regular Fortification, with a suppliment of Outworks on every side fn. 3 Banaru, the Bannarow of Herbert (131): Benarroo of Hedges (Diary, i, 206). It lies on 28 parallel N. Lat. "But this Province [Farsistan] formerly extended no further than Banaroa, two days journey from Lar, before Sha-Abas conquered the Kingdom of Lar, and then the Kingdom of Ormus" Ormus" (Tavernier, 142). Elsewhere (252) he speaks of "Banarou, a little City well built at the foot of a high mountain, upon which appears the remains of a large Castle." » #1591 Fryer, John M. D., A New Account of East-India and Persia in eight letters being nine years travel (Edited, with notes and an introduction, by William Crooke), Hakluyt Society:Kraus Reprint, 1909:1967, 3 vols. ~ vol. 2 p. 198
SOURCE for Bonaruye
« where he forced them to found the new town of Bonāruye after first completely demolishing the fortress, though the wall was so strong that it took several days to accomplish this. Great pieces of the foundation were left intact so that the memory of what had been there before would not be lost. » #2651 trans. and ed; Jeffrey S. Turley and George Bryan Souza, The Commentaries of D. García de Silva y Figueroa on his Embassy to Shah ʿAbbās I of Persia on Behalf of Philip III, King of Spain, Brill, Leiden, 2017, ~ p. 318
SOURCE for Bonaruyeh
« Today we reached Bonāruye, a town somewhat larger than the two we had passed. It lies at the foot of a towering mountain, at the top of which [text blacked out] there stood not long ago a very strong and impregnable fortress that was surrounded by a thick wall made of stone and lime. Its ruins and its impregnable location can now be seen to cover the entire summit. It had a very large square and was spacious enough to defend a large number of people. In the center of the square was an extremely deep cistern. Encircling the wall of this fortress at the highest point of the mountain was the ancient city of Bonāruye, whose population was much larger than the town that is currently located below. »#2651 trans. and ed; Jeffrey S. Turley and George Bryan Souza, The Commentaries of D. García de Silva y Figueroa on his Embassy to Shah ʿAbbās I of Persia on Behalf of Philip III, King of Spain, Brill, Leiden, 2017, ~ p. 317
SOURCE for Borun
« and at the fourth hour of the night we arrived at a caravanserai named Borun, on a mountain. (21) fn. 21. Borun (Bembo's "Benaru") is 6 km from Beriz. » #3299 trans. Clara Bargellini ed. Anthony Welch Ambrosio Bembo, The Travels and Journal of Ambrosio Bembo, University of California Press, Berkeley and Los Angeles, 2007 ~ pp. 294-5
SOURCE for Bunaru
« (25) Bunaru-3 farsakhs. The first place in Lar province: good road. There is a fort in ruins on the summit of amountain pass. » #1570 A Chronicle of the Carmelites in Persia, and the Papal Mission of the XVIIth and XVIIIth Centuries, Eyre and Spottiswoode, 1939, 2 vol. ~ vol. 1 p. 219 notes
SOURCE for Bunaruya
« Bunārūya » in Map 1. The routes from Shiraz to the Gulf via Lår (1638-1706). (After Jacqueline Calmard, Les routes de Chiraz au Golfe Persique.) #2645 The Encyclopaedia of Islam, 2nd Edition, Brill, Leiden, ~ vol. 5 p. 666
SOURCE for Carerow
« I further traveled 4 lges. and came over a playne to a towne called Carerow. (1) Being veri late in the night we were forst for to pich in a poore caravansero, and slept in a roome weh was full of assinegoss. (1) fn. 1 This word is crossed out in the MS. The town is obviously Binaru. fn. 1 obs. Asinego (Sp. asnico, dim. of asno) , an ass. » #3214 Stodart, Robert; introduction and notes by Sir. E. Denison Ross, The Journal of Robert Stodart: Being an account of his experiences as a member of Sir Dodmore Cotton's Mission in Persia in 1628-29. Published from the unique manuscript preserved in the Bodleian Library, Luzac and Co, London, 1935 ~ pp. 81-2
SOURCE for village river two mills, fort (Rebelo)
[no place name given - description used for Route 78 stage 009. PBR]
« Ayant repris la route de bon matin, nous alla- mes jusqu'à un grand village très plaisant, près d'une autre rivière qui fait tourner deux moulins. L'agglomération est située au bout d'une vaste plaine, au pied d'une montagne escarpée. On y trouve beaucoup de dattes. Elle a un fort // en torchis mais très bien fait, avec deux bastions, et entouré de barbacanes. Dans les terrains avoisinants, nous vimes beaucoup de gazelles, gibier recherché dans la région. [] » #3268 Joaquim Verissimo Serrao, Un Voyageur Portugais en Perse au début du XVIIe siècle Nicolau De Orta Rebelo, Comité National Portugais, Lisbonne, 1972 ~ p. 111

R44-027 Behry
R44-027 Behry : place IRN (caravanserai)
NIMA/GNS feature: PPL UFI: -3056065 coordinate: lat 27.9552 long 54.3321
NIMA/GNS names: Beriz , Bizeh , Tireh , بریز ,
VARIANT names: Beeres , Behry , Beli , Berez , Beri , Beries , Beris , Beriz , Berre , Berrie , Berry , Bery , Bexim, Bechim , Bieries , Bihri , Biri , Biries , Biriis (Beriẞ) , Biris , Biris or Bizri , Biriz , Briz , Bury ,
SOURCE for Beeres
« and travelled to Beeres, a pretty large Towne, and a spacious Caravan-Sarai, the best I have yet seen on yo Road, except that at Larr. Very bad Water, but plenty of Provisions.August 15.-We rose from Beeres, »#3146 Yule, Henry Colonel, The Diary Of William Hedges, The Hakluyt Society, London, 1889 ~ vol. 1 p. 206
SOURCE for Behry
« Le caravanserai de Behry a été bâti, il y a cin- quante ans, par la mère d'un gouverneur de Laar, nominé Ahvez bec ou Havez bec (Ahvaz-beyg), et consacré à son nom. [The Behry caravanserai was built fifty years ago by the mother of a governor of Laar, named Ahvez bec or Havez bec (Ahvaz-beyg), and dedicated in her name] » #3213 Sir John Chardin, ed. Louis Langlès, Voyages du Chevalier Chardin en Perse et autres lieux de l’Orient, Nouvelle édition, Le Normant, Imprimeur-Libraire, Paris, 1811 ~ vol. 8 p. 477
SOURCE for Beli
« Partimmo tardi da Benarù il Giovedì ultimo, e per malagevole ſtrada, così di piani, come di peſſime falite ce ſceſe di pietre, arriyammo dopo aver fatte 30. miglia in 11. ore, nel Cafale, e famoſo Karvanſerà di Beli. [We left Benarù late on the last Thursday, and along a difficult road, both flat and rocky, we arrived after having covered 30 miles in 11 hours, in the Cafale, and famous Karvanſerà di Beli.] » #3239 Giovanni Francesco Gemelli Careri, Giro del mondo, del dottor D. Gio. Francesco Gemelli Careri.., stamp. di G. Roselli, Napoli, 1699 ~ pt. 2 p. 271
SOURCE for Berez
« MOGU BAY to SHIRAZ 8. BEREZ | 21 | 147 Seven hours. The road is over the open country generally, but a few passes over low ridges are met with. Water is procurable from wells and springs. Camp in an open desert. No supplies. » #3334 Routes in Asia: Routes in Persia and Balochistan, Office of the Superintendent of Government Printing, Calcutta, 1878 ~ p. 388
SOURCE for Beri
« 15 Nov 1645 » #3230 Dagh Register gehouden bij den oppercoopman Leonard Winninx ‘tsindert den 6 Julij anno 1645 dat uijt Gamron naer Spahan vertreckt, tot den 24e November, daeraen volgende, als wanneer in gemelte Gamron wederom gearriveert is." inventory number 1152 catalogue reference number 1.04.02, Nationaal Archief, Den Haag, ~ 385
« 14 July 1645 » #3230 Dagh Register gehouden bij den oppercoopman Leonard Winninx ‘tsindert den 6 Julij anno 1645 dat uijt Gamron naer Spahan vertreckt, tot den 24e November, daeraen volgende, als wanneer in gemelte Gamron wederom gearriveert is." inventory number 1152 catalogue reference number 1.04.02, Nationaal Archief, Den Haag, ~ f. 361
SOURCE for Beries
« Den 21. dito op 't vorige uur verreisde hy weder, en quam met den dag in Beries; [On the 21st of the same day, at the previous hour, he set out again, and arrived in Beries that same day;] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ vol. 5 p. 273
« Den 29. dito na 6 mylen rydens, in 't dorp Beries. [The 29th ditto after 6 miles drive, in the village of Beries.] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ vol. 5 p. 285
SOURCE for Beris
« [27th February]. About 5 sett out for Diacoo, 9 farsangs; the 1[st] farsang bad way, the other 2 good till you come to a Radeler house 3 farsangs more very bad way. Went over a great many mountains, goeing up hill and down till come to Beris about 1 in the morning. Beris is a very good caravensaroy and a good village; lay there till morning and went to Discoo, 3 farsangs more; good way, very good caravensaroy and good village.
note: Diary of 27 February 1707/8.
Beris, Biriz. The Bury of Fryer (II, 198 and n. 1), and the Bibri of Thévenot (Pt. II, 130), who had a similar experience of "very stormy way . up hill and down hill," but found the inn "a fair new built" structure, "one of the loveliest Karavanserays in all Persia." Le Bruyn also (II, 68) praises the inn at "Bieries," and the one in the "large handsome village" of "De-hakoe." » #3248 Bernard P. Scattergood, Ed. Temple, Carnac Rihard, The Scattergoods and the East India Company, A Collection of Mss., Indian Antiquary, Bernard Quaritch, London, 1930 vol. LIX:pt DCCXXXVI-A:pp. 33-74 ~ pp. 43 and 48
SOURCE for Beriz
[not to be confused with another Beriz NIMA/GNS feature: PPL UFI: -3056064 coordinate: lat 27.8928 long 54.083 NIMA/GNS names: Bavaz , Beriz , Biriz 25.5kms bearing 254°. PBR]
« [margin: 11 of November] On the 11th of November, we left this spot and reached Beriz early in the morning. This was another small town like the one we had left behind, and we spent just one night ther »#2651 trans. and ed; Jeffrey S. Turley and George Bryan Souza, The Commentaries of D. García de Silva y Figueroa on his Embassy to Shah ʿAbbās I of Persia on Behalf of Philip III, King of Spain, Brill, Leiden, 2017, ~ p. 317
SOURCE for Berre
« (26) Berre [? sic) -6 farsakhs. A place with a fort in ruins. Two ab-anbars on the road. » #1570 A Chronicle of the Carmelites in Persia, and the Papal Mission of the XVIIth and XVIIIth Centuries, Eyre and Spottiswoode, 1939, 2 vol. ~ vol. 1 p. 219 notes
« And this five and twentieth day at night lodged at a Casal, called Berre. And to the South of the Towne is an old Castle upon an high Mountaine. » #3292 John Newberry, Two Voyages of John Newberry, in: Purchas, Samuel, Hakluytus posthumus, or Purchas his pilgrimes : contayning a history of the world in sea voyages and lande travells by Englishmen and others in 20 vols., Glasgow : J. Maclehose, , 1905, vol. 8 pp. 449-481 ~ p. 460
SOURCE for Berrie
« Here we picht in a prophets lodge lying by the waye side, whose name is Shohzoda [Shahzada], the townes nam is Berrie [Biriz], haueing traveled 5 or 6 lges. Here the water is good. » #3214 Stodart, Robert; introduction and notes by Sir. E. Denison Ross, The Journal of Robert Stodart: Being an account of his experiences as a member of Sir Dodmore Cotton's Mission in Persia in 1628-29. Published from the unique manuscript preserved in the Bodleian Library, Luzac and Co, London, 1935 ~ p. 82
SOURCE for Berry
« we mounted our melancholly Mules, and made our next Manzeel at Berry. Nothing was obfervable in the way, fave a huge thick wall, of great length and height, cut by infinite toyle out of the follid rock, to fafeguard the Larians from the Skyrazians, Larr in that place terminating. Berry is a ſmall Village; it promiſes much at diſtance, but when there,deludes the expectation: yet is it famous through the Perfian Territories » #1608 Herbert, Thomas, Sir, Some Yeares Travels into divers parts of Asia and Afrique. Describing especially the two famous Empires, the Persian, and great Mogull: weaved with the history of these later times ... With a revivall of the first discoverer of America. Revised and enlarged by the Author., Printed by R. Bip. for Jacob Blome and Richard Bishop, London, 1638, ~ p. 130
SOURCE for Bery
« Bij goeden tret quamen al voormiddagh naer niet min als drie mijlen rijdens in Bery (2), een slegt dorp, maer vrij aansienelijk om de carewansera, weynigh jaren verlede daar door den Lhaersen gouverneur 72 pas- sen in de lengte, 79 dito in de breete, weersijts met een stallingh 10 treden wijt, van binnen een ruym viercant pleyn, rontsom met 24 moeye camerkens en aan de ingangh off in de poorte mede twee affgeslote camerkens, in welker eene den Edele Heer Cunaeus logys nam, [If the weather was good, I arrived early this afternoon, not less than three miles away, in Bery (2), a poor village, but quite significant for the carewansera, some years ago the governor of Lhaersen built it there 72 paces in length, 79 ditto in the width, again with a shed 10 steps away, inside a spacious square square, round with 24 large cafeterias and at the entrance to the gate also two closed cafeterias, in which the Noble Lord Cunaeus took refuge,] » #3226 Cornelis Janszoon Speelman Ed. A. Hotz, Journaal der reis van den gezant der O.I. Compagnie Joan Cunaeus naar perzië in 1651-1652, J. Müller, 1908 ~ p. 56
SOURCE for Bexim, Bechim
« au quart de l'aube, pour aller nous restaurer dans un autre appelé Bexim.Il est grand, avec de belles maisons, quoiqu'elles soient en torchis. [at quarter to dawn, to go and eat in another called Bexim. It is large, with beautiful houses, although they are made of cob.] » #3268 Joaquim Verissimo Serrao, Un Voyageur Portugais en Perse au début du XVIIe siècle Nicolau De Orta Rebelo, Comité National Portugais, Lisbonne, 1972 ~ p. 111
SOURCE for Bieries
« nous pourfuivimes notre chemin le vingt-fixieme, une heure avant le coucher du foleil, par des montagnes pierreulesde méchans chemins,arrivåmes à une heure du matin au Caravanseras de Bieries dans la plaine, après une traite de 5. licues. C'est un grandbel édifice de pierre, [We continued our journey on the twenty-fifth, an hour before sunset, through stony mountains of steep paths, arriving at one o'clock in the morning at the Caravanseras of Bieries in the plain, after a journey of 5 licues. It is a large beautiful stone building,] » #3227 LeBrun, Corneille, Voyages de Corneille Le Brun par la Moscovie, en Perse, et aux Indes Orientales., Wetstein, Amsterdam, 1718 ~ p. 316
SOURCE for Bihri
« we arrived at a great Village called Bihri, where many Palms and Tamarisk-Trees grow: there are ſeveral Ciſerns there, but the water of them is full of Worms, and therefore one must be careful to ſtrain it through a Cloath, We Lodged in a fair new built Kervanʃeray in that Village, this is one of the lovlieſt Kervanʃerays in all Perfia, not only for the ſolidity of the Fabrick, being built of rough Stone and hard Flint, but alſo for its neat Portal, large ſquare Court, many fpacious Rooms, » #1574 Thévenot, Jean de, The travels of Monsieur de Thévenot into the Levant : in three parts, viz. into I. Turkey, II. Persia, III. The East-Indies / newly done out of French., Printed by H. Clark for H. Faithorne [etc.], 1687 ~ vol. 2 p. 130
« Le vingt-sixième, je partis à une heure après minuit, et marchai jusques à neuf heures du matin, en partie dans la plaine et en partie entre les montagnes, dans lesquelles je vis une vieille tour qui était pour garder le passage. Je demeurai à Bihri, petite ville bâtie au coin d'une plaine qui aboutit à une haute montagne. Le carvansera est neuf et bâti assez magnifiquement par la mère d'Aimas, kan de Lar, le grand Cha-Abas ayant pris ce pays-là sur les Guèbres qu'il contraignit de se faire maho- métans. Ce fut dans ce même carvansera que Monsieur Thévenot, l'un des plus illustres voyageurs de notre siècle', se blessa fort dangereu- sement, un de ses pistolets qu'il avait demandés à son valet pour les mettre auprès de lui sur le matelas où il était couché, s'étant malheu- reusement lâché et lui ayant percé la cuisse, de quoi il fut presque en termes de mourir. [On the twenty-sixth, I set out at one o'clock after midnight, and walked until nine o'clock in the morning, partly in the plain and partly between the mountains, in which I saw an old tower which was to guard the passage. I stayed in Bihri, a small town built on the corner of a plain which leads to a high mountain. The carvansera is new and built quite magnificently by the mother of Aimas, kan of Lar, the great Cha-Abas having taken that country from the Guèbres whom he forced to become Mohammedans. It was in this same carvansera that Monsieur Thévenot, one of the most illustrious travelers of our century, seriously injured himself, one of his pistols which he had asked his valet to place near him on the mattress. where he was lying, having unfortunately let go and pierced his thigh, from which he almost died.] » #3144 Jean-Baptiste Tavernier, Pascal Pia, Voyages en Perse et description de ce royaume par Jean-Babtiste Tavernier Marchand Francais, E´d. du Carrefour, Paris, 1930 ~ pp. 316-7
SOURCE for Biri
« Il venerdi, forse due ore innanzi giorno, avendo camminato sola- mente da due leghe, scaricammo a prender riposo vicino ad un caravanserai che chiamano della campagna di Biri, perchè poco lontano di là sta la villa Biri, abitata [On Friday, perhaps two hours before the day, having walked only two leagues, we unloaded to take a rest near a caravanserai which they call Biri countryside] » #1530 Pietro Della Valle, Viaggi di Pietro della Valle: il pellegrino, G. Gancia, Brighton, 1843, ~ vol. 2 p. 384
« On the 11th we traveled from the 22nd hour until the 2nd hour of the night and lodged in the caravanserai Beriz, bigger than the others, with several little towers around it. The arches inside were open from top to bot tom, and each arch corresponded to a room. There were staircases in the four corners to go up to the terrace.(20) fn. 20. Bembo calls it "Biri." Beriz is 19 km northwest of Lar. » #3299 trans. Clara Bargellini ed. Anthony Welch Ambrosio Bembo, The Travels and Journal of Ambrosio Bembo, University of California Press, Berkeley and Los Angeles, 2007 ~ p. 294
SOURCE for Biries
« Den 17. dito reden wy over veel gebergte van kley en key-fteenen, quamen in een ſchoone Valey, en trokken door een groot dorp, Biries genaamd. In 't inkomen zag men een vierkante gemetzelde pilaar laan, zynde ontrent voeten hoog, alwaar voor eenigen tyd een per- zoon levendig is ingemetzeld. Hier ftaat ook een cierlyke Piramide, zynde eeu grafitede, daar onder een ſchoone kapel, met Tapyten belegd, is, in welke ook eenige lampen brandden, en werd daar dagelyks voor de verltorvenen gebeden. Hier is een koftelyke nieuwe Karrawan- fera met veel overdekte water-tankken en putten. Regt voor de Karrawanfera ftaat een uitstekende fchoone verwelfde watertank, zynde wel 100 voeten over 't Kruis, en 300 voeten in 't rond. Dit is een van de opmerkens weerdigite metzelwerken, die ik in Meden Perien heb gezien, hebbende 4 bebe en Konink- lyke ruime poorten of ingangen om water te ſcheppen. Men heeft hier veel begraaf-fteden en eenig geboomte. [On the 17th we rode over many mountains of Kley and Keyfteene, came to a beautiful Valley, and passed through a large village called Biries. In the entrance one saw a square brick pillar avenue, about feet high, where a person was lively bricked in for some time. Here is also a beautiful Pyramid, made of graphite, under which there is a beautiful chapel, covered with Tapytes, in which some lamps were also burning, where prayers were said daily for the deceased. Here is a cool new Karrawanfera with many covered water tanks and wells. In front of the Karrawanfera there is an excellent beautiful arched water tank, about 100 feet above the Cross, and 300 feet around. This is one of the most remarkable stoneworks I have seen in Meden Perien, having 4 bebe and royal spacious gates or entrances for creating water. There are many burial places and some trees here.] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ bk. 2 pp. 264-5
SOURCE for Biriis (Beriẞ)
« den 18. Dez. 1685 vor Sonnenaufgang bis zu dem großen Dorfe Biriis (Beriẞ) 5 Farsach. [December 18, 1685 before sunrise to the large village of Biriis (Beriẞ) 5 Farsach.] » #3220 Engelbert Kaempfer, ed. Karl Meier-Lemgo, Die Reisetagebu¨cher, F. Steiner, Weisbaden, 1968 ~ p. 118
SOURCE for Biris
« The fine serai and little hamlet of Biris, with blue domed mosque close by, stands at the edge of a narrow flat; plain, some 10 miles long east and west, and 2 miles broad. »#1241 Wilson, Sir Arnold T., Notes on a Journey from Bandar Abbas to Shiraz via Lar, in February and March, 1907, The Geographical Journal, London, 1908 (Feb.), 31:2:152-69 ~ p. 160
« On découvre le village de Biris, quelque temps avant d'y arriver (1). Un fort situé sur une éminence, regarde l'entrée de la vallée qui se dirige de l'O. à l'E., et qu'ildomine. Les murailles, et quelques tours quiles flanquaient, existent encore. Une ving-taine de familles seulement habitent ce lieu,et donnent au gouverneur de Lår les deuxtiers de leurs récoltes.Biris renferme beaucoup de citernes, un immense caravansérail, et deux mausolées nouvellement construits. fn. 1 Il m'a semble que de Deh-ak-kou à Biris, nous n'avions pas marché autant à l'E., que le marque la carte de d'Anville. [We discover the village of Biris, some time before arriving there (1). A fort located on an eminence, looks at the entrance to the valley which runs from the W. to the E., and which it dominates. The walls, and some towers which flanked them, still exist. Only about twenty families live there, and give the governor of Lår two-thirds of their harvests. Biris contains many cisterns, an immense caravanserai, and two newly built mausoleums. fn. 1 It seemed to me that from Deh-ak-kou to Biris, we had not walked as far to the E., as d'Anville's map shows.] » #3179 Adrien Dupré, Voyage en Perse, fait dans les années 1807, 1808 et 1809, en traversant la Natolie et la Mésopotamie, 1819 ~ vol. 1 p. 446-7
SOURCE for Biris or Bizri
« Nous traversâmes ensuite une autre montagne et une autre plaine où est situé Biris ou Bizri, petit village ruiné, avec un vaste caravansérail, bâti par Chah-Abbas [We then crossed another mountain and another plain where Biris or Bizri is located, a small ruined village, with a vast caravanserai, built by Shah-Abbas] » ##3241 Aucher-Eloy, Relations de voyages en Orient de 1830 à 1838., Librairie Encyclopédique De Roret, Paris, 1843 ~ pt.2 p. 528
SOURCE for Biriz
« Biriz has a sarai, shrine, and three cisterns, one of which had an abundance of good water at this time. Firewood and grazing practically nil. Supplies nil. Large open plain for camping ground. Locusts have eaten up all crops in this district. » #3080 Simla Drawing Office, General Staff, India, Mobilisation Routes In Persia (Vol. IV, Part II) (Fars, Laristan, Kerman And Yazd) British Library: India Office Records and Private Papers, IOR/L/MIL/17/15/12/10, in Qatar Digital Library, ~ p. 192
SOURCE for Briz
« Persian text omitted. [When they leave from Dehko, they go to Sharfu, it is six miles away. When they went three farsakhs, they reached the village of Briz. There are several valleys without water on the road. In the village of Briz, there are eight ponds and a fort, and there are not many houses, houses, and wells.] » #3228 Sadid al-Saltaneh, Mohammad'Ali Khan, Safarnameh-ye Sadid al-Saltaneh, Bihnashr, Tehran, 1883 ~ p. 583
SOURCE for Bury
« Hence to Bury (1) metes out Twelve Miles more, where the best Caravan Ser Raw is on all the Road, it being not only well Adorned with White facing Stone, but is both a Large and Convenient, as well as Stately Fabrick.
Hard by this is a Peor, or Burying-place of one of their Prophets, being a goodly Monument, with an Arabick School Founded in his Honour, and Endowed with a good Pension for to maintain the Devotion of their Priests. fn. 1 Biris, about 15 miles as the crow flies N.W. of Lar, the Berry of Herbert (130). "I stand at Bihry, a little City seated upon a plain, that borders upon a high mountain. The Inn is new and very mag- nificently built by the mother of Aimas, Kan of Lar, when the great Sha-Abbas took the country from the Gaures, whom he constrain'd to turn Mahumetans" (Tavernier, 252 f.). Hedges (Diary, i, 206) calls it Beeres, and praises the "spacious Caravan-Sarai, the best I have seen on y Road, except that at Larr." » #1591 Fryer, John M. D., A New Account of East-India and Persia in eight letters being nine years travel (Edited, with notes and an introduction, by William Crooke), Hakluyt Society:Kraus Reprint, 1909:1967, 3 vols. ~ vol. 2 p. 198

R44-028 Laar : place IRN
NIMA/GNS feature: PPL UFI: -3072906 coordinate: lat 27.683362 long 54.34172
NIMA/GNS names: Lar , Larestan , Shahr-e Qadim-e Lar , شهر قدیم لار , لار ,
VARIANT names: Laar , Laer , Lar , Lara , Larr , Lhaar , Lhor ,
SOURCE for Laar
« et après m'être remis enchemin, et avoir passé bien des caravanserais,de petites citernes, des canaux d'eau souterrains,quantité de masures et de ruines d'édifices, cnapprochant de la ville de Laar, j'y entrai sur lesonze heures du matin, [and after getting back on my way, and having passed many caravans, small cisterns, underground water channels, a number of hovels and ruins of buildings, approaching the town of Laar, I entered it on eleven o'clock in the morning,] » #3213 Sir John Chardin, ed. Louis Langlès, Voyages du Chevalier Chardin en Perse et autres lieux de l’Orient, Nouvelle édition, Le Normant, Imprimeur-Libraire, Paris, 1811 ~ vol. 8 p. 479
« Le 27, j'arrivai à Laar, au point du jour, car on ne me portoit que de nuit, à cause de la chaleur; [On the 27th, I arrived at Laar, at daybreak, because they only took me at night, because of the heat;] » #3213 Sir John Chardin, ed. Louis Langlès, Voyages du Chevalier Chardin en Perse et autres lieux de l’Orient, Nouvelle édition, Le Normant, Imprimeur-Libraire, Paris, 1811 ~ vol. 9 p. 80
« The tenth I had very ill way along the mountain: I preferred this before another fairer way, which I might have taken by the Plains, but more about by four Leagues: Late at night I came to the City of Laar. » #3669 Adam Olearius, Johann Albrecht von Mandelslo, John Davies, The Voyages and Travells of the Ambassadors Sent by Frederick, Duke of Holstein, to the Great Duke of Muscovy and the King of Persia, J. Starkey and T. Basset, 1669 ~ p. 4
SOURCE for Laer
« Le chemin delà juſques à Laer eft rempli de maifons de campagnede jardins. Nous traverfämes cette villeallåmes loger de l'autre côté, après une traite de 4. lieuës [The path beyond to Laer is filled with country houses and gardens. We crossed this town and went to stay on the other side, after a journey of 4 leagues] » #3227 LeBrun, Corneille, Voyages de Corneille Le Brun par la Moscovie, en Perse, et aux Indes Orientales., Wetstein, Amsterdam, 1718 ~ p. 316
« 15 Nov 1645 » #3230 Dagh Register gehouden bij den oppercoopman Leonard Winninx ‘tsindert den 6 Julij anno 1645 dat uijt Gamron naer Spahan vertreckt, tot den 24e November, daeraen volgende, als wanneer in gemelte Gamron wederom gearriveert is." inventory number 1152 catalogue reference number 1.04.02, Nationaal Archief, Den Haag, ~ f. 385
« Laer (Lar) for each carga half a mahmudi for rahdāri, in the case of silk one mahmūdi. If nothing has been paid in Küristan tolls have to be paid here. » #3297 John Emerson, Rahdars and Their Tolls in Safavid and Afsharid Iran, Journal of the Economic and Social History of the Orient, 1987 vol. 30:no. 3:pp. 318-327 ~ p. 321
SOURCE for Lar
« The invasion of Persia by the Afghans in 1721-22 was accompanied by an incursion of Baluchis from Makran into Kirman and Lar, where they committed serious depredations. In November 1721 the Baluchi hordes attacked the town of Lar, and in particular a caravansarai occupied by twelve Dutchmen who were escorting treasure of the Dutch East India Company; but the Hollanders beat off the attack with great loss to their assailants and with none to themselves, and subsequently, having removed into the Lår fort, defended that also with success. » #660 Lorimer, John Gordon, Gazetteer of the Persian Gulf, Oman and Central Arabia, Superintendent Government Printing, India, 1915, ~ vol. 1 pt. 1 p. 63
« In a detailed article published in 1979,1 Heinz Gaube made an important contribution to our knowledge of the various stages of the important trade route which connected Bandar `Abbas with Lar, and onwards with Shiraz and Isfahan. In addition, Gaube gave us detailed information on the three types of khans or caravanserais which provided the traveler with shelter and often with food and fodder supplies on this route. By comparing the description of this trade route by Wilson in 1907 with those of some seventeenth century travelers Gaube concluded that very little had changed in 300 years. He » #3002 Willem Floor, Persian Gulf: Links with the Hinterland, Bushehr, Borazjan, Kazerun, Banu Ka`b and Bandar Abbas, Mage Publishers, Washington, 2015 ~ p. 251
« 23rd March, Lar, 6 farsakhs ; 6.30 a.m. to
2 p.m. The Iwaz plain is twenty miles long, and little more than a mile wide. ... Lar has a garrison of thirty artillerymen, with six guns. The guns were stowed in the verandah of the Bagh-i- Nishat, so I had opportunities of inspecting them. They are one 12-pounder, one 9-pounder, and four 6-pounders ; all bronze guns. Four were cast in Tabriz, and two in Enzeli by a Tabriz workman. ... Lar has trade with Bombay through the three ports of Linga, Bandar Abbas, and Tahiri. » #3078 Stack, Edward, Six months in Persia, Sampson Low, Marston, Searle and Rivington, London, 1882 ~ vol. 1 p. 132 and 141-2
« [fol. 204r] The city of Lār, the capital of Carmania Deserta, is most ancient and is greatly esteemed by all the local Arabs. It is situated at the end of a large plain where the mountains, which run continously to this point, withdraw on both sides, and the terrain flattens out and opens up, creating an area more than three leagues wide. The mountains draw closer together again a little way past the city, creating a narrow pass or gorge through which the road leads to Shirāz. Lār is a little smaller than Hormuz, though its streets are not quite as narrow, nor are the houses as nicely built. The houses of Lār all have mud walls, plastered on the inside with that mud mixed with small bits of straw that was mentioned in the description of the fortress of Bandel. »#2651 trans. and ed; Jeffrey S. Turley and George Bryan Souza, The Commentaries of D. García de Silva y Figueroa on his Embassy to Shah ʿAbbās I of Persia on Behalf of Philip III, King of Spain, Brill, Leiden, 2017, ~ p. 304
« Della Valle succumbed to the same fever, sensibly decided to leave the wretched Minab and somehow, in a state of semi-consciousness, survived the long, agonizing journey to Lar, an old town on the main route from Gamrf to Shiraz and a summer retreat for the coastal towns.(47) There he remained from January to June 1622, slowly recovering, readjusting his life and finding the determination to continue his travels. fn. 47 For Lår, its earlier history, contemporary seventeenth century accounts and an excellent bibliography, see Jean Calmard, Lär, Laristan', Encyclopaedia of Islam (2nd ed.), v, 665-76; Jacqueline Calmard, Les routes de Chiraz au Golfe Persique vues par les voyageurs européens (1640-1720), Paris, 1978; J. Aubin, Références pour Lar médiévale', Journal Asiatique, CCXLIII, 1955, 491-505. » #3215 J. D. Gurney, Pietro della Valle: The Limits of Perception, Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies, London, Vol. 49:No. 1,:pp. 103-116 ~ p. 111
« Im Jahre 1960 erschütterte ein schweres Erdbeben die Altstadt von Lar und ver- nichtete oder beschädigte zahlreiche historische Bauten. Die Stadt wurde an anderer Stelle etwa sechs Kilometer südlich wieder aufgebaut, das eigentliche Zentrum bildet aber die heute wieder instandgesetzte Altstadt mit der Bezeichnung Shahr-e qadim. Das Ortsbild von Lar läßt heute nur noch teilweise den mittelalterlichen oder safavidi- schen Zustand erkennen. [In 1960, a severe earthquake shook the old town of Lar and destroyed or damaged numerous historical buildings. The city was rebuilt at another location about six kilometers south, forming the actual center but the old town, which has been restored today and is called Shahr-e qadim. The townscape of Lar today only partially shows its medieval or Safavid condition.] » #3205 R. Pohanka, The historical buildings of the city of Lar., Archäologische Mitteilungen aus Iran, 1983 vol. 16:pp. 347-48. ~ p.327
« Il n'y a que deux carvanseras à Lar, l'un dans la ville qui n'est pas trop bon, et l'autre au bout de la ville, du côté d'Ormus, qui serait assez commode, n'était qu'il se remplit d'eau quand les grandes pluies viennent à tomber, et il faut attendre quelquefois des jours entiers que les eaux soient écoulées. [There are only two carvanseras in Lar, one in the town which is not too good, and the other at the end of town, on the Ormus side, which would be quite convenient, was only It fills with water when the heavy rains fall, and you sometimes have to wait for whole days for the water to drain.] » #3144 Jean-Baptiste Tavernier, Pascal Pia, Voyages en Perse et description de ce royaume par Jean-Babtiste Tavernier Marchand Francais, E´d. du Carrefour, Paris, 1930 ~ pp. 317-8
« Après l'avoir passé, nous arrivons enfin à Lâr, où nous descendons chez le gouverneur, qui nous avait fait préparer un logement dans son palais. [After passing it, we finally arrive at Lâr, where we stay at the governor's, who had prepared accommodation for us in his palace.] » #3179 Adrien Dupré, Voyage en Perse, fait dans les années 1807, 1808 et 1809, en traversant la Natolie et la Mésopotamie, 1819 ~ vol. 1 p. 433
« And from Tarum I journeyed to Lar (27), and from Lar to Bandar fn. 25 Kashan, Nain, Sirjan and Tarum, Iranian towns. fn. 26 Batman, a weight varying locally.fn. 27 Lar, a town in southern Iran. Nikitin visited it twice. » #623 Nikitin, Athanasy, Khozhenie za tri moria Afanasiia Nikitina, 1466-1472 gg. (Afansy Nikitin's Voyage beyond the Three Seas, 1466-1472), Moskva, 1960, ~ p. 109
« Retornando su la riva preditta a l'incontro de Ormuos se ritrova una terra chiamata Lar; 323) è terra grossa e bona; fa fogi .2000.; è mercadantesca e di passo, imperhochè quelli che vanno e vengono per questo colpho sempre danno di capo a questa terra. fn. 323. Lär è oggi, come ai tempi del Barbaro, la principale città dell'omonimo distretto del Fürs. Sorgeva su una delle strade carovaniere che congiungevano Shiraz con Hurmuz e in tempi più recenti con Bandar-Abbas. Il mercante e viaggiatore russo Afanasii Nikitin la visitò nel 1469, e poi di nuovo nel 1472, ma ha poco da raccontarne. Pietro della Valle soggiorno qualche tempo Lar al principio del 1622; cfr. i suoi Viaggi, ed. Torino (Brighton), 1843, III, pp. 301-326 0 332336. Per una breve descrizione della città, ed una incisione che ne mostra una parte, cfr. C. DE BRUYN, Travels into Muscovy, Persia and Part of the East-Indies, cit., II, p. 69. (Lo.) [Returning to the aforementioned shore at the meeting of Ormuos, one finds a land called Lar; 323) it is large and good land; it has 2000 leaves; it is a merchant and a transit land, because those who come and go by this river always end up at this land. fn. 323. Lär is today, as in the time of Barbaro, the principal city of the homonymous district of the Fürs. It arose on one of the caravan routes that connected Shiraz with Hurmuz and in more recent times with Bandar-Abbas. The Russian merchant and traveler Afanasii Nikitin visited it in 1469, and then again in 1472, but has little to say about it. Pietro della Valle stayed for some time in Lar at the beginning of 1622; cf. his Travels, ed. Turin (Brighton), 1843, III, pp. 301-326 0 332336. For a brief description of the city, and an engraving showing part of it, see C. DE BRUYN, Travels into Muscovy, Persia and Part of the East-Indies, cit., II, p. 69. (Lo.)] » #3310 Lockhart,L. Morozzo Della Rocca,R. Tiepolo,M.F., I viaggi in Persia degli ambasciatori veneti Barbaro e Contarini, Ist. Poligrafico dello Stato, 1973 ~ p. 148
« From there we continued our march for three days through [another] desert like the former, and came to the city of Lar, a large city with many springs and perennial streams and gardens, and with fine bazaars. (133) We stayed there in the hospice of the ascetic shaikh Abū Dulaf Muhammad (134) he was the person that we had in mind to visit at Khunju Pal.fn. 131764 This is the earliest mention of a town of Lar; the contemporary Persian geographer Mustawff (138) mentions Lär only as a district near the seacoast (adding, strangely, 'Its population are Muslims'), but twice men- tions the town of Laghir, on the main road to Shiraz, twelve farsakhs north- west of Khunj (176, n. 2).fn. 134 Not identified » #357 Ibn Baṭu¯ṭah, Muh?ammad ibn ʿAbd Alla¯h, The Travels of Ibn Battuta translated with revisions and notes, from the Arabic text edited by C. Defre´mery and B. R. Sanguinetti, by H. A. R. Gibb., Hakluyt Society:Munshiram Manohardal Publishers Pvt Ltd, Cambridge:New Delhi, 1958- :1993, ~ vol. 2 p. 405
SOURCE for Lara
« Per monti e ſaſſi dirupati cammi nammo 7. ore il Sabato 2. ed a fine di 20-miglia giugnemmo in Lara Città capitale del Regno di tal nome. [We walked for 7 hours on Saturday 2nd through mountains and steep cliffs and at the end of 20 miles we reached Lara, the capital city of the Kingdom of that name.] » #3239 Giovanni Francesco Gemelli Careri, Giro del mondo, del dottor D. Gio. Francesco Gemelli Careri.., stamp. di G. Roselli, Napoli, 1699 ~ pt. 2 p. 272
« Nous n'entråmes donc à Lara que le lendemain matin, et y trouvámes quatre Portugais résidents, qui attendaient là avec leurs marchandises de pouvoir se rendre à Ormuz. En effet, si l'on pouvait venir d'Ormuz en Perse, la route était coupée dans l'autre sens en raison de la guerre entre le Sofi et le roi d'Ormuz. [We therefore only entered Lara the next morning, and found there four Portuguese residents, who were waiting there with their goods to be able to go to Ormuz. Indeed, if one could come from Hormuz to Persia, the road was cut in the other direction due to the war between the Sofi and the king of Hormuz.] » #3268 Joaquim Verissimo Serrao, Un Voyageur Portugais en Perse au début du XVIIe siècle Nicolau De Orta Rebelo, Comité National Portugais, Lisbonne, 1972 ~ p. 103
« From here they set out, and on their journeys they went to the city of Lara, » #2516 Afonso de Albuquerque, ed.Raymundo Antonio de Bulhão Pato, Henrique Lopes de Mendonça, Cartas de Affonso de Albuquerque, seguidas de documentos que as elucidam, Academia Real Das Sciencias de Lisboa, 1884, 1898 ~ vol. 2 p. 250
SOURCE for Larr
« we sett forward and came to the citie of Larr [Lar] , where we were curteously entertayned by the darago, and a howse apoynted for vs to ly in, wth our provissions according to the quanti tie of the formaund sent in for three dayes together. Here we picht, hauing traveled 5 1ges. of a resonable waye but somthing stonie. » #3214 Stodart, Robert; introduction and notes by Sir. E. Denison Ross, The Journal of Robert Stodart: Being an account of his experiences as a member of Sir Dodmore Cotton's Mission in Persia in 1628-29. Published from the unique manuscript preserved in the Bodleian Library, Luzac and Co, London, 1935 ~ pp. 82-3
« [28th February]. About 4 afternoon sett out for Larr, 5 farsangs; the first two very good way till come to Picataw, a good caravensaroy lyeing at the foot of a great mountain which must clime over to goe the other three farsangs to Laar. Stoney way.
note:Diary of 28 February 1707/8.
Laar. Lâr. Here again where one would expect a description of the city, Scattergood passes it over without remark. See Fryer (II, 190) and Le Bruyn (II, 69), who has an illustration of "Laer." » #3248 Bernard P. Scattergood, Ed. Temple, Carnac Rihard, The Scattergoods and the East India Company, A Collection of Mss., Indian Antiquary, Bernard Quaritch, London, 1930 vol. LIX:pt DCCXXXVI-A:pp. 33-74 ~ pp. 43 and 49
SOURCE for Lhaar
« (die uyt Chiras, om met sijn wijn- caffila naer Bandhaar Gamron te verreysen twee dagen voorleden in Lhaar gecomen was [(who had arrived in Lhaar from Chiras two days before with his wine caffila to go to Bandhaar Gamron] » #3226 Cornelis Janszoon Speelman Ed. A. Hotz, Journaal der reis van den gezant der O.I. Compagnie Joan Cunaeus naar perzië in 1651-1652, J. Müller, 1908 ~ p. 45
« Deze ftad Lhaar legt op en tufſchen het gebergte, is tamelyk bebouwd, en vertoond zig door 't geboomte zeer vermakelyk. Het Kasteel legt op een berg, en is vry groot. De Wazier woond op een andren berg in cen treffelyk gebouw. Hier heeft men een uitnemende fchoone Balaar, of markt, met zeer nette gewelfzelen overdekt. Hier zyn ook veel Jooden. [This town of Lhaar lies on top of the mountains, is fairly built up, and is very attractive because of the trees. The Castle is located on a mountain, and is quite large. De Wazier lived on another mountain in a beautiful building. Here there is an excellent beautiful Balaar, or market, covered with very neat vaults. There are also many Jews here.] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ vol. 5 p. 265
« Den 20. dito ten 2 uuren des 's nagts uyt Lhaar vertrokken zynde: quam zyn Ed: ten 7 uuren in het dorp Dehikoe [On the 20th of the same day, having left Lhaar at 2 o'clock in the morning, his Ed arrived at the village of Dehikoe at 7 o'clock.] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ vol. 5 p. 273
« Den 31. dito na 4 mylen dito ontrent 1 myl van Lhaar, bezoekende ondertufichen malkandren over en weder. [The 31st ditto after 4 miles ditto about 1 mile from Lhaar, meanwhile visiting each other.] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ vol. 5 p. 285
SOURCE for Lhor
« Lhor is a City of an Ancient Date, and still retains its Name, which for that it was so guarded by Nature that it could not easily be conquered, held many Ages the Majesty of a Kingdom; but now it is governed by a Puritanical Caun (for that he has visited Ma/iomefs Tomb) under the Persian Emperor » #1591 Fryer, John M. D., A New Account of East-India and Persia in eight letters being nine years travel (Edited, with notes and an introduction, by William Crooke), Hakluyt Society:Kraus Reprint, 1909:1967, 3 vols. ~ p. 191

R44-029 Bags-gae (Bakhche-gah)
R44-029 Bags-gae (Bakhche-gah) : place IRN (caravanserai)
NIMA/GNS feature: none independent coordinate: lat 27.682812 long 54.343066 † basis (p)
VARIANT names: Bags-gae (Bakhche-gah) , Baſiga , caravanserai (Bembo) ,
SOURCE for Bags-gae (Bakhche-gah)
« Ce jour-là, 7, je partis de Laar sur les trois heures du soir, par le faubourg qu'on appelle Bags-gae (Bakhche-gah), c'est-à-dire, lieu de tribut, parce que les gardes des chemins y ont un petit bureau, vis-à-vis d'un grand caravanserai, où ils prennent leurs droits sur toutes les marchandises qu'on transporte. [That day, 7, I left Laar at three o'clock in the evening, through the suburb called Bags-gae (Bakhche-gah), that is to say, place of tribute, because the guards of the roads have a small office there, opposite a large caravanserai, where they take their rights on all the goods that are transported. ] » #3213 Sir John Chardin, ed. Louis Langlès, Voyages du Chevalier Chardin en Perse et autres lieux de l’Orient, Nouvelle édition, Le Normant, Imprimeur-Libraire, Paris, 1811 ~ vol. 8 pp. 486-7
« Diese Konzentration von Karavanserails in der Stadt Lar, zu denen vermutlich auch ein heute nicht mehr existierendes Karavanserail, welches sich nach Chardin in Bags-Gae einer südlichen Vorstadt von Lar, befand, (6) gehörte ist nicht verwunderlich, liegt die Stadt doch etva in Zentrum der Verstrecke von Bender Abbas nach Jahrom, einem Weg, der auf Grund seiner Xlimabedin unmen, seiner Anfälligkeit für Überfälle und seiner Wasserlosigkeit bei den europäischen Reisenden des 17. 18. Jhts, bekannt und gefürchtet war. [This concentration of caravanserails in the city of Lar, which probably also included a caravanserail that no longer exists today and which was located in Bags-Gae, a southern suburb of Lar, according to Chardin, (6) is not surprising, as the city is located approximately Center of the route from Bender Abbas to Jahrom, a route that was known and feared by European travelers of the 17th and 18th centuries due to its Xlimabedin unmen, its susceptibility to raids and its lack of water.] » #3206 Pohanka, R, Karawanenwege und Karavanserails in Laristan: Die Strassenabschnitte Lar-Djahrom, Lar-Khundj and Lar-Bastak., original manuscript, Österreichisches Archäologisches Institut, 1984 ~ p. 2
SOURCE for Baſiga
« Wy trokken voorby de Karrawanſera's Baſiga, en Sargab, [We passed by the Karrawanſeras Baſiga, and Sargab,] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ bk. 5 p. 265
SOURCE for caravanserai (Bembo)
« Our lodging was in a new caravanserai outside the city, although it was not well built. There were many gardens all around, and there I found melons and watermelons that did not seem to us to be very good and not better than the ones in Kong. » #3299 trans. Clara Bargellini ed. Anthony Welch Ambrosio Bembo, The Travels and Journal of Ambrosio Bembo, University of California Press, Berkeley and Los Angeles, 2007 ~ p. 293

R44-029b Chercoff
R44-029b Chercoff : place IRN (caravanserai) NIMA/GNS feature: PPL UFI: -3073003 coordinate: lat 27.6901 long 54.3872 NIMA/GNS names: Latifi , لطیفی , VARIANT names: Charcaph , Charcapin , Charkhab , Chercoff , Latifi , S. Zacherchap , SOURCE for Charcaph « [margin: 27] The next day, three hours before dawn [text blacked out] [margin: two hours after sunrise], the caravan reached Charcaph, (29) a league from Lār, where the governor of the city sent word inviting the Ambassador to come visit him, and requesting that he not enter the city until the next day at eight or nine o’clock because he wished to offer him a reception.fn. 29 Possibly present-day Chuki. » #2651 trans. and ed; Jeffrey S. Turley and George Bryan Souza, The Commentaries of D. García de Silva y Figueroa on his Embassy to Shah ʿAbbās I of Persia on Behalf of Philip III, King of Spain, Brill, Leiden, 2017, ~ SOURCE for Charcapin «151 (km) Charcapin (De Silva Figueroa) » #3196 Heinz Gaube, Ein Abschnitt der ṣafavidischen Bandar-e 'Abbās: Širāz-Strasse: Die Strecke von Seyyed Gemāl ad-Din nach Lār, Iran, Journal of the British Institute of Persian Studies, London, 1979 Vol. 17:pp. 33-47 ~ p. 46 SOURCE for Charkhab « Part of the travelogues and one of the few archeological findings about the village of Charkhab (Charkhab) is the ancient name of the city of Latifi today in Larestan, which itself expresses part of the longevity and historical signs of this land. Also, based on historical findings, the foundation stone of Latifi city was laid about three hundred years ago by hardworking people, those who have roots in the culture and long past of this country. At that time, the people who lived at a distance of ten kilometers from the old city of Lar in a shrine called "Darvish Aali" and belonged to the two tribes of "Hasan Charkhabi" and "Baqer Charkhabi" and were called Charkhabi, and these people lived through agriculture. and horticulture and they made a living by means of wells, aqueducts and draining wheels. » [accessed 07 Mar 2024] SOURCE for Chercoff «151 (km) Chercoff (Chardin) » #3196 Heinz Gaube, Ein Abschnitt der ṣafavidischen Bandar-e 'Abbās: Širāz-Strasse: Die Strecke von Seyyed Gemāl ad-Din nach Lār, Iran, Journal of the British Institute of Persian Studies, London, 1979 Vol. 17:pp. 33-47 ~ p. 46 SOURCE for Latifi « The road now passes through highly cultivated land, past date groves. At 19 miles, the village of Latifi is passed; the road here subdivides into numerous tracks, and the town can be entered at several points. For a detailed account of Lar, » #3080 Simla Drawing Office, General Staff, India, Mobilisation Routes In Persia (Vol. IV, Part II) (Fars, Laristan, Kerman And Yazd) British Library: India Office Records and Private Papers, IOR/L/MIL/17/15/12/10, in Qatar Digital Library, ~ p. 171 « Dans une direction oblique, presque au pied des monts, à droite, paraît, au milieu d'une forêt de palmiers, le village de Latifi, d'une cinquantaine de feux seulement. [In an oblique direction, almost at the foot of the mountains, on the right, appears, in the middle of a forest of palm trees, the village of Latifi, with only about fifty lights.] » #3179 Adrien Dupré, Voyage en Perse, fait dans les années 1807, 1808 et 1809, en traversant la Natolie et la Mésopotamie, 1819 ~ vol. 1 p. 433 SOURCE for S. Zacherchap «151 (km) S. Zacherchap (Thévenot) » #3196 Heinz Gaube, Ein Abschnitt der ṣafavidischen Bandar-e 'Abbās: Širāz-Strasse: Die Strecke von Seyyed Gemāl ad-Din nach Lār, Iran, Journal of the British Institute of Persian Studies, London, 1979 Vol. 17:pp. 33-47 ~ p. 46

R44-030 Tchem sesengui
R44-030 Tchem sesengui : place IRN (caravanserai)
NIMA/GNS feature: none independent coordinate: lat 27.623046 long 54.732045 † basis (p)
from google earth west and east ext. walls about 29m and 4-5° west of north. north and south ext. walls about 25m with interior courtyard about 16x12m.?
The route mileage recorded by Butcher reflects the actual ge mileage from Lar to here.
VARIANT names: Chamzenghi , Samsamgen , Samsomgien , Samſamge , Schemzenghi , Sham Zangee , Shams Sangi , Shamssangi , Shamszangi , Shamzengi , Siamse Sangy , Sjeam Sang , Tchem sesengui , Tchem-Dissingui , Tschem-Sengui , Tscheniche Tschengi ,
SOURCE for Chamzenghi
« Je logeai dans un petit carvanseraappelé Chamzenghi; il est fort bas et bâti en croix avec quatre portespour donner du vent de tous côtés. [I stayed in a small carvansera called Chamzenghi; it is very low and built in a cross with four doors to provide wind on all sides.] » #3144 Jean-Baptiste Tavernier, Pascal Pia, Voyages en Perse et description de ce royaume par Jean-Babtiste Tavernier Marchand Francais, E´d. du Carrefour, Paris, 1930 ~ p. 322
SOURCE for Samsamgen
see source for Siamse Sangy
SOURCE for Samsomgien
SOURCE for Samſamge
« Den 22. dito vertrokken wy weder, namen onze reize na Samſamge, trokken voorby een Karrawanſera, Waffelee genaamd, hadden ook een redelyke weg door verſcheide rievieren en vericheidene vlaktens, met Salpeter, ... Alhier wierd onze Sergeant ziek. Men heeft hier 2 bequame Karrawanſera's en goed gemak; maar brak water. [On the 22nd we left again, took our journey to Samſamge, passed by a Karrawanſera called Waffelee, also had a reasonable route through several rivers and several plains, with Saltpetre, ... Here our Sergeant became ill. There are 2 comfortable Karrawanſeras here and good convenience; but brackish water.] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ bk. 5 p. 265
SOURCE for Schemzenghi
« keeping on our way over little Sandy Hills, we came at three a Clock to another, which is alfo covered, and called Schemzenghi, where we flopt, and this place is ʃeven Agaiʃch from Lar. » #1574 Thévenot, Jean de, The travels of Monsieur de Thevenot into the Levant : in three parts, viz. into I. Turkey, II. Persia, III. The East-Indies / newly done out of French., Printed by H. Clark for H. Faithorne [etc.], 1687, ~pt. 2 p. 132
«133 (km) S. Schemzenghi (Thévenot) » #3196 Heinz Gaube, Ein Abschnitt der ṣafavidischen Bandar-e 'Abbās: Širāz-Strasse: Die Strecke von Seyyed Gemāl ad-Din nach Lār, Iran, Journal of the British Institute of Persian Studies, London, 1979 Vol. 17:pp. 33-47 ~ p. 46
SOURCE for Sham Zangee
« Thus far we came directly in a Line; now we wander to and again in the Meanders of the Barren Hills, with indefatigable Industry, till we descend into a large Plain, at the End whereof Sham Zangee (1) an Abassin, had built an old Caravan, Twenty Miles from Cormoot; where we met a Caphala of light Asses going for the Port; and here we were obliged to change more of our Camels, they being quite tired. fn. 1 Shamsangl. "I lodg'd at a little Inn call'd Shamzenghi. It is low, built like a Cross, with four doors to receive the cool winds every way” (Tavernier, 254). For the route, see Wilson, op. cit. 158. » #1591 Fryer, John M. D., A New Account of East-India and Persia in eight letters being nine years travel (Edited, with notes and an introduction, by William Crooke), Hakluyt Society:Kraus Reprint, 1909:1967, 3 vols. ~ vol. 2 pp 189-90
SOURCE for Shams Sangi
« The valley now bifurcates, one branch trending W. by S., the other W. by N., the road following the latter. At 2½ miles a ruined eistern is passed lying a mile S. of the road. At 4¾ miles is the ruined caravansarai and dry cisterns of Shams Sangi; water (in March 1907) nil; grazing good; fuel scanty; supplies nil. At 5 miles the road traverses a series of shallow ravines, some containing pools of salt water, and the ground is quite barren. » #3080 Simla Drawing Office, General Staff, India, Mobilisation Routes In Persia (Vol. IV, Part II) (Fars, Laristan, Kerman And Yazd) British Library: India Office Records and Private Papers, IOR/L/MIL/17/15/12/10, in Qatar Digital Library, ~ p. 169
« Shams Sangi Sarai (In ruins) » in {map#1135 U.S. Army Map Series K501: Iraq and Iran:, , , The University of Chicago fig. Lar G-40A 1942}
SOURCE for Shamssangi
« Shamssangi » in {map#1203 in #1241 Wilson, Sir Arnold T., Notes on a Journey from Bandar Abbas to Shiraz via Lar, in February and March, 1907, The Geographical Journal, London, 1908 (Feb.) 31:2:152-69 ~ fig. Country between Bandar Abbas abd Siraz}
SOURCE for Shamszangi
« The ground is now sandy, and at 2 miles has sunk into ravines, through which the road passes. These ravines, known by the rame of "Chahar- Birkeh," are generally bare of vegetation, and intersecting like a labyrinth, extend away on either hand; to south to the foot of the hills. At 4 miles we ascend from the ravines by a steep bank about 40 feet high. At 4 miles 7 furlongs the road passes a ruined caravanserai and cistern named "Shamszangi". About here there is good grass, and an abundance of kanar bush. The road then becomes very stony, and at short intervals crosses three small shallow water-courses. At 7 miles we descend, by a steep slope, a sudden fall of about 40 feet in the general level of the valley, which is now covered with a thin yellow grass dotted with furze and occasional kanse bush. » #3208 Samuel Butcher, Persia 1888. From Rishir to Bunder Abbas, 1894 ~ p. 27
SOURCE for Shamzengi
SOURCE for Siamse Sangy
« Bahadany (1) ende mede Siamse Sangy (2), twee mijlen van den anderen gelegen, in welke laatste onse caffila den verleden middagh was aangecomen,fn. 2 Tjashmeh-zangi de bron van den Ethiopiër, bij verkorting uit- gesproken Shamzengi, zooals het dan ook voorkomt op de Simla kaart en bij Tavernier, Thévenot en Fryer, welke laatste de overlevering geeft, dat de karavanserai gebouwd werd door een,,Abassin" en vertelt: „The Hollanders have here a neat, but small dwelling, whither their Commodore comes sometimes." Dit was in 1877. Hij, Chardin en De Bruyn wijden uit over de doorgestane warmte en Tavernier, een reiziger van veel ondervinding, noemt den weg tusschen Hormuz en Jar le chemin le plus facheux de la Perse, parceque bien souvent il n'y a point d'eau." Onze landgenoot schrijft, zooals veeltijds, deu naam on- juist naar den gehoorden klank af: Samsomgien (hij is meer vertrouwd met het penseel dan met de pen) en Erasmus Petter, de lijfwacht die de reis van den gezant Johan van Leenen (1689) meemaakt en be- schrijft (Valentijn, Oud es Nieuw Oost-Indiën, V, 265), maakt er zich af met Samsamgen. [Bahadany (1) and the Siamse Sangy (2), located two miles from the other, in which latter our caffila had arrived last afternoon, fn. 2 Tjashmeh-zangi the source of the Ethiopian, abbreviated as Shamzengi, as it also appears on the Simla map and at Tavernier, Thévenot and Fryer, the latter of which gives the tradition that the caravanserai was built by an "Abassin" " and says: "The Dutch have here a neat, but small dwelling, whither their Commodore comes sometimes." This was in 1877. He, Chardin and De Bruyn elaborate on the heat endured and Tavernier, a traveler of much experience, mentions the road between Hormuz and Jar le chemin le plus facheux de la Perse, parceque bien souvent il n'y a point d'eau." Our compatriot, as he often does, writes the name incorrectly according to the sound heard: Samsomgien (he is more familiar with the brush than with the pen) and Erasmus Petter, the bodyguard who accompanied the envoy's journey. Johan van Leenen (1689) experiences and describes (Valentijn, Oud es Nieuw Oost-Indiën, V, 265), concludes with Samsamgen.] » #3226 Cornelis Janszoon Speelman Ed. A. Hotz, Journaal der reis van den gezant der O.I. Compagnie Joan Cunaeus naar perzië in 1651-1652, J. Müller, 1908 ~ p. 44
SOURCE for Sjeam Sang
« ... ; KA 1793, fol. 980b (Sjeam Sang). » #1169 Floor, Willem, The Bandar Abbas-Isfahan Route in the Late Safavid era, Iran, Journal of the British Institute of Persian Studies, London, 1999, 37:67-94 ~ p. 85 f.n. 117
SOURCE for Tchem sesengui
« se termina à un fort néchant gite, nommé Tchem sesengui (*), où il n'y a que deux petits caravanserais, avec des citernes à l'entour, sans aucune habitation. Il y vient dès le point du jour des paysans du voisinage voir s'il y a du monde, et ce qu'il leur faut. Ces caravanserais ne sont pas faits comme les autres que j'ai décrits; ils sont bas, petits, carrés au dehors, avec deux petites chambres à chaque coin. Le dedans, fait en forme de croix grecque, est tout ouvert, de sorte que si l'on veut être enformé, il faut tendre une tente, ou un tapis, non-seulement au dedans, mais aussi au dehors, à l'entrée qui est entre les petites chambres. Ces petits édifices sont couverts d'un dôme, et ont au dehors un corridor ou rebord de pierre, où l'on se tient au frais, quand le so- leil n'y donne pas.
fn. (*) Lises tchechméhi Zenguy (fontaine de l'Ethiopien). Fryer écrit Sham Zangee, et dit, en effet, que c'était le nom d'an Abyssin qui fit construire ce karavansérây situé à 20 milles anglais de Khormouts, et à 40 milles de Lår.
[ended at a very poor lodge, called Tchem sesengui (*), where there are only two small caravanserais, with cisterns all around, without any dwelling. Farmers from the neighborhood come there at daybreak to see if there are people there, and what they need. These caravanserais are not made like the others that I have described; they are low, small, square on the outside, with two small rooms at each corner. The interior, made in the shape of a Greek cross, is completely open, so that if one wishes to be sheltered, one must spread a tent, or a carpet, not only inside, but also outside, at the entrance. which is between the small rooms. These small buildings are covered with a dome, and have outside a corridor or stone ledge, where you can stay cool when the sun is not shining.
fn. (*) Lises tchechméhi Zenguy (Ethiopian fountain). Fryer writes Sham Zangee, and says, in fact, that it was the name of an Abyssinian who had this karavanséray built, located 20 English miles from Khormouts, and 40 miles from Lår. ] » #3213 Sir John Chardin, ed. Louis Langlès, Voyages du Chevalier Chardin en Perse et autres lieux de l’Orient, Nouvelle édition, Le Normant, Imprimeur-Libraire, Paris, 1811 ~ vol. 8 p487
SOURCE for Tchem-Dissingui
« La plaine devient de plus en plus horrible, elle est toute couverte de sel; trois farsangs plus loin, le caravansérail isolé de Tchem-Dissingui. Sur la route, on trouve quantité de ruines, de citernes et de caravansérails. [The plain becomes more and more horrible, it is all covered with salt; three farsangs further, the isolated caravanserai of Tchem-Dissingui. On the road, there are plenty of ruins, cisterns and caravanserais.] » #3241 Aucher-Eloy, Relations de voyages en Orient de 1830 à 1838. Part 2, 1843 ~ p. 531
SOURCE for Tschem-Sengui
«133 (km) Tschem-Sengui (Chardin) » #3196 Heinz Gaube, Ein Abschnitt der ṣafavidischen Bandar-e 'Abbās: Širāz-Strasse: Die Strecke von Seyyed Gemāl ad-Din nach Lār, Iran, Journal of the British Institute of Persian Studies, London, 1979 Vol. 17:pp. 33-47 ~ p. 46
SOURCE for Tscheniche Tschengi
« Dann ½ Farsach zur Karawanserei Tschenitsche Tschengi, von Feldsteinen erbaut, zu 4 Seiten offen... Diese Art Karawansereien gibt es in den Chermesiren (Garmẞir, d. i. das warme Land), um bei der Hitze den Wind desto besser von allen Seiten aufzufangen [Then ½ Farsach to the Tscheniche Tschengi caravanserai, built of field stones, open on 4 sides... This type of caravanserai is found in the Chermesir (Garmẞir, i.e. the warm country) in order to better absorb the wind from all sides in the heat] » #3220 Engelbert Kaempfer, ed. Karl Meier-Lemgo, Die Reisetagebu¨cher, F. Steiner, Weisbaden, 1968 ~ p. 121. [There seems to be a mistake in the above.Kaempfer usually starts his daily diary with his destination, then proceeds to describe his route. From Basti Parija C. he begins Wasili 5 Farsach. Then 2 Farsach to the Bahadeni caravanserai. Kaempfer is accurate with distances. 5 Farsachs equivalent to 28.8 km is the actual distance to Bahadeni and it can be assumed Wasili is somewhere between the Basti Parija C. and Bahadeni. Interchanging the 5 and 2 makes sense and places Wasili at the Haji 'Ali C.

R44-031 Gormouth (Khormout)
R44-031 Gormouth (Khormout) : place IRN (caravanserai)
NIMA/GNS names: Harmood , Hormoz , Hormud , Hormud-e Mehr Khu'i , Hormud-e Mehr Khuyeh , Hormud-e Mir Khu , Hormud-e Mir Khund , Hormud-e Mir Khuneh , Hormuz , حرمود میر خو , هرمود مهر خوئی ,
VARIANT names: Choeremoet , Churmoot , Cormoot , Cromu , Germoet , Germouth , Goermoet , Gormoedt , Gormoet , Gormouth (Khormout) , Hhormont , Hormout (Hurmut) , Hormouz- Sefit-Boun , Hormud , Hormud-e Mir Khund , Hormūd-e Mirkhoyi , Hormuus , Hormux , Hormuz , Horum , Karavanserail Hormud-e Abbasi , Khurma , Kormout , Kormur , Whormoot , Whorwoote ,
SOURCE for Choeremoet
« Den 23. dito trokken wy voorby twee eenzame Manſels, ieder 2 Karrawanſera's en water-tangen hebbende, d'eene Bahadini, en d'andere Sjek Sjek genaamd; reden over klippig gebergte, en zyn by een vermakelyk geboomte en dorp gekomen. Hier zyn 2 Karwanſera's, dog klein, en eenige tankken; dog flegt water. Deze Mantel werd Choeremoet genaamd. [On the 23rd day we passed by two lonely Manſels, each having 2 Karrawanſeras and water-tongs, one called Bahadini, and the other Shek Shek; drove over cliffy mountains, and came to a pleasant tree and village. Here are 2 Karwanſeras, both small, and some tanks; dog throws water. This Cloak was called Choeremoet.] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ bk. 5 p. 266
SOURCE for Churmoot
« 14 The 14th daye being Sundaye we came to Churmoot [Hormuz), (3) a litl fine towne lying in a groue of date trees. Here we picht in a caravansero lying wthin a bowshott from the towne,haueing traveled 6 lges. of stonie waye. This daye we came over a high craggi hill. Here is good tanck water. » #3214 Stodart, Robert; introduction and notes by Sir. E. Denison Ross, The Journal of Robert Stodart: Being an account of his experiences as a member of Sir Dodmore Cotton's Mission in Persia in 1628-29. Published from the unique manuscript preserved in the Bodleian Library, Luzac and Co, 1935 ~ p. 83
SOURCE for Cormoot
« Thus far we came directly in a Line; now we wander to and again in the Meanders of the Barren Hills, with indefatigable Industry, till we descend into a large Plain, at the End whereof Sham Zangee (1) an Abassin, had built an old Caravan, Twenty Miles from Cormoot; where we met a Caphala of light Asses going for the Port; and here we were obliged to change more of our Camels, they being quite tired. fn. 1 Shamsangl. "I lodg’d at a little Inn call’d Shamzenghi. It is low, built like a Cross, with four doors to receive the cool winds every way” (Tavernier, 254). For the route, see Wilson, op. cit. 158. » #1591 Fryer, John M. D., A New Account of East-India and Persia in eight letters being nine years travel (Edited, with notes and an introduction, by William Crooke), Hakluyt Society:Kraus Reprint, 1909:1967, 3 vols. ~ vol. 2 pp 189-90
« March the 2d. At 4 afternoon sett out for Cormoot, 7 farsangs; the 1st farsang a little stoney, 4 ore good way till come to a Radeler house at the foot of a mountain which we must pass, being one farsang bad way; the last farsang good way. Cormoot is a large village with abundance of Date trees; may have your horse shod and anything else fitt for Travellers.
Note: Diary of 2 March 1707/8.
Cormoot. Hormuz. Le Bruyn (II, 70 and 134) calls it Gormoet and Germoet, and he has an illustration of the inn. » #3248 Bernard P. Scattergood, Ed. Temple, Carnac Rihard, The Scattergoods and the East India Company, A Collection of Mss., Indian Antiquary, Bernard Quaritch, London, 1930 vol. LIX:pt DCCXXXVI-A:pp. 33-74 ~ pp. 43 and 49
SOURCE for Cromu
SOURCE for Germoet
« quamen ongeveer naer ses grote mijlen rijdens 'savonts tusschen 10 à 11 uuren met 'tondergaan der mane in de carewansera aan 't dorp Germoet (1) te rusten.fn. 1 Hormuz (Simla kaart). De karavaanweg van Bender-Congo (Kung)naar Lar vereenigt zich hier met dien van Bender-Abbas. Thans wordtLingah (nabij Kung gelegen) door dezen weg bediend. De afleiding lagergegeven van Gorma (khurma dadel) komt ook voor bij Fryer, Char-din, Thévenot (Hormont), De Bruyn en Tomaschek, en heeft wel haaroorsprong in de aanwezigheid van een aantal dadelpalmen. [After about six miles of riding, we came to rest in the carewansera at the village of Germoet (1) between 10 and 11 o'clock in the evening when the moon was going down.fn. 1 Hormuz (Simla card). The caravan road from Bender-Congo (Kung) to Lar joins here with that from Bender-Abbas. Currently Lingah (located near Kung) is served by this road. The lower derivation of Gorma (khurma date) also occurs in Fryer, Chardin, Thévenot (Hormont), De Bruyn and Tomaschek, and does have its origin in the presence of a number of date palms.] » #3226 Cornelis Janszoon Speelman Ed. A. Hotz, Journaal der reis van den gezant der O.I. Compagnie Joan Cunaeus naar perzië in 1651-1652, J. Müller, 1908 ~ p. 42
SOURCE for Germouth
«095 (km) Germouth (Chardin) » #3196 Heinz Gaube, Ein Abschnitt der ṣafavidischen Bandar-e 'Abbās: Širāz-Strasse: Die Strecke von Seyyed Gemāl ad-Din nach Lār, Iran, Journal of the British Institute of Persian Studies, London, 1979 Vol. 17:pp. 33-47 ~ p. 46
[see source « Gormouth (Khormout) » belowof alternate Chardin spelling. PBR]
SOURCE for Goermoet
« Den 12. dito vertrek zyn Ed: weder op 't vorige uur desnachts, trok voorby Tangadoelon, quam ontrent half negen in Goermoet, [On the 12th his Ed left: again at the previous hour at night, passed Tangadoelon, arrived at Goermoet about half past eight,] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ vol. 5 p. 273
« Den 6. dito na 4 mylen ruim rydens, in 't dorp Goermoet, en na nog een myl, 's middags in de Karrawaanſera Borka Aga Sjouwmaat. [On the 6th, after 4 miles, in the village of Goermoet, and after another mile, in the afternoon in the Karrawaanſera Borka Aga Sjouwmaat.] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ vol. 5 p. 285
SOURCE for Gormoedt
« 19 Nov 1645 » #3230 Dagh Register gehouden bij den oppercoopman Leonard Winninx ‘tsindert den 6 Julij anno 1645 dat uijt Gamron naer Spahan vertreckt, tot den 24e November, daeraen volgende, als wanneer in gemelte Gamron wederom gearriveert is." inventory number 1152 catalogue reference number 1.04.02, Nationaal Archief, Den Haag, ~ f. 385
SOURCE for Gormoet
« Nous paſſames enfuite des montagnes et des rochers, et arrivámes à une heure du matin au Caravanʃerai de Gormoet; après une traite de 5. lieuës. [We passed mountains and rocks, and arrived at one o'clock in the morning at the Caravan'erai of Gormoet; after a milking of 5 leagues.] » #3227 LeBrun, Corneille, Voyages de Corneille Le Brun par la Moscovie, en Perse, et aux Indes Orientales., Wetstein, Amsterdam, 1718 ~ p. 318
SOURCE for Gormouth (Khormout)
« La traite aboutit à un grand village, qu'on nomme Gormouth (Khormout), si grand qu'il occupe bien une demi-lieue de terrain avec ses jardins, quiconsistent en unamas de dattiers; et c'est la raison de sa dénomination, qui vient de gormah (Khormá), qui signifie datte (*).
fn. (*) Nakhl. Ce mot arabe signifie palmier, dattier, Phoenix dac- tylifera, Linn. Voyez les détails les plus circonstanciés sur la culture du dattier, et la récolte et l'usage de ses fruits, dans les Amænita- fes exotica, pag. 661-754; et dans un fragment très-curieux de la Cosmographie d'Ebn al-odardy, pag. 41-73, des Dissertationes ad saeras litteras et philologiam orient, spectantes, d'Aurivillius, un vol. fn-8. (L.)
[The path leads to a large village, called Gormouth (Khormout), so large that it occupies half a league of land with its gardens, which consist of a pile of date palms; and this is the reason for its name, which comes from gormah (Khormá), which means date (*).
fn. (*) Nakhl. This Arabic word means palm, date palm, Phoenix dactylifera, Linn. See the most detailed details on the cultivation of the date palm, and the harvest and use of its fruits, in the Amænitafes exotica, pag. 661-754; and in a very curious fragment of the Cosmography of Ebn al-odardy, pag. 41-73, from Dissertationes ad saeras litteras et philologiam orient, spectantes, by Aurivillius, a vol. fn-8. (L.)] » #3213 Sir John Chardin, ed. Louis Langlès, Voyages du Chevalier Chardin en Perse et autres lieux de l’Orient, Nouvelle édition, Le Normant, Imprimeur-Libraire, Paris, 1811 ~ vol. 8 p.488
SOURCE for Hhormont
«095 (km) Hhormont (Thévenot) » #3196 Heinz Gaube, Ein Abschnitt der ṣafavidischen Bandar-e 'Abbās: Širāz-Strasse: Die Strecke von Seyyed Gemāl ad-Din nach Lār, Iran, Journal of the British Institute of Persian Studies, London, 1979 Vol. 17:pp. 33-47 ~ p. 46
SOURCE for Hormout (Hurmut)
« Hormout (Hurmut) for each carga four qäzbekis for gūshi, but with a small present one may have to pay only a quarter or at a maximum half of this amount. » #3297 John Emerson, Rahdars and Their Tolls in Safavid and Afsharid Iran, Journal of the Economic and Social History of the Orient, 1987 vol. 30:no. 3:pp. 318-327 ~ p. 321
SOURCE for Hormouz- Sefit-Boun
« Nous arrivons à deux heures à Hormouz- Sefit-Boun (1), village environné de murs flan- qués de tours. Nous obtinmes un logement; mais on ne voulut rien nous fournir. Ce vil- lage, autrefois considérable, n'est aujourd'hui composé que de dix familles qui sont venues s'y établir depuis quatorze mois seulement. [We arrive at two o'clock at Hormouz-Sefit-Boun (1), a village surrounded by walls flanked by towers. We obtained lodging; but they would not provide us with anything. This village, formerly considerable, is today composed of only ten families who have come to settle there for only fourteen months.] » #3179 Adrien Dupré, Voyage en Perse, fait dans les années 1807, 1808 et 1809, en traversant la Natolie et la Mésopotamie, 1819 ~ vol. 1 p. 429
SOURCE for Hormud
« A little farther on from that point, Hormud appeared; this is where we had planned on stopping for the day. Shortly before entering the city, we were greeted by its governor and five or six other Persians who accompanied the Ambassador to a [margin: small] tent that his servants had pitched in a palm orchard next to the town. This place was more beautiful than any other we had seen thus far: the ground was covered with thick, green grass, and it was nestled among a great number of palms that were laden with the most beautiful dates imaginable. ... The Ambassador [fol. 221r] was also regaled with wine and fruit, including great bunches of dates that were as big and tasty as the ones from Fārs. The dates from Jahrom and from this small town of Hormu are generally praised and prized more than any others. Just as the Ambassador was about to dine, there arrived a dervish or hermit that lived by himself in a nearby hermitage, and who was considered by all the Persians to be a holy man. »#2651 trans. and ed; Jeffrey S. Turley and George Bryan Souza, The Commentaries of D. García de Silva y Figueroa on his Embassy to Shah ʿAbbās I of Persia on Behalf of Philip III, King of Spain, Brill, Leiden, 2017, ~ p. 328
SOURCE for Hormud-e Mir Khund
SOURCE for Hormūd-e Mirkhoyi
« The caravan then arrived at another caravanserai that was near a village of seventy shacks that had been badly constructed out of mud walls, but its location was pleasant and beautiful, surrounded by many palm and other kinds of trees that were green and leafy, notwithstanding it was so late in the fall. This village is called Hormūd (26) because of the great abundance of its dates.
fn. 26 Hormūd-e Mirkhoyi; Silva y Figueroa may be correct in his translation of the Persian word for date palm. »
#2651 trans. and ed; Jeffrey S. Turley and George Bryan Souza, The Commentaries of D. García de Silva y Figueroa on his Embassy to Shah ʿAbbās I of Persia on Behalf of Philip III, King of Spain, Brill, Leiden, 2017, ~ p. 300
SOURCE for Hormuus
SOURCE for Hormux
« Hormux » in {map#1243 in #3222 Frederic Goldsmid, Lieutenant H. B. Vaughan's Recent Journey in Eastern Persia, Proceedings of the royal geographical society, London, Vol. 12:No. 10:pp. 577-595 ~ fig. Lieut. Vaughan's Route Journey through Central Persia}
SOURCE for Hormuz
«095 (km) Hormuz (Wilson) » #3196 Heinz Gaube, Ein Abschnitt der ṣafavidischen Bandar-e 'Abbās: Širāz-Strasse: Die Strecke von Seyyed Gemāl ad-Din nach Lār, Iran, Journal of the British Institute of Persian Studies, London, 1979 Vol. 17:pp. 33-47 ~ p. 46
« Of Hormuz itself we are told the ruins around it must once have been a much larger place. The hills on its north side contain sulphur and large quantities iron. "Ibex wild sheep, partridges, and sand-grouse abound." Owing to the reports of conflict between the Arabs and Persians Darab, and the consequent insecurity for travellers, the first three days of the new year were spent at Hormuz. » #3222 Frederic Goldsmid, Lieutenant H. B. Vaughan's Recent Journey in Eastern Persia, Proceedings of the royal geographical society, London, Vol. 12:No. 10:pp. 577-595 ~ p. 580
« Persian text omitted. [12 They move from Agha Jamal to Hormuz, the distance is two miles. There are mountains on both sides and the road is flat. Hormoz village is located at the foot of the mountain. The river Shur flows through this mountain and village, and Hormoz has many houses and palm trees. two
They have a caravanserai and ten ponds. Most of the people living there are riflemen, all of them have Martin. There are many mines in Mount Hormuz, there is also a spring of fresh water in the slope of Mount Gharib near the village. There is also a castle in the middle of the grove.] » #3228 Sadid al-Saltaneh, Mohammad'Ali Khan, Safarnameh-ye Sadid al-Saltaneh, Bihnashr, Tehran, 1883 ~ p. 581
« At 12 miles halt at Hormuz. ... A small village surrounded by a ruined wall, and about 50 yards square. A few huts outside, a dilapidated caravanserai, and a few ruinous bourkahs about.The village musters 20 fighting men. There is a tower in the centre of the accompanying description. On the approach of danger about ten men retire to it and command the village and approaches by their fire. » #3269 H. B. Vaughan, Report of a journey through Persia., Superintendent of Government Printing in Calcutta, 1890 ~ p. 10
SOURCE for Horum
«095 (km) |Horum (De Silva Figueroa) » #3196 Heinz Gaube, Ein Abschnitt der ṣafavidischen Bandar-e 'Abbās: Širāz-Strasse: Die Strecke von Seyyed Gemāl ad-Din nach Lār, Iran, Journal of the British Institute of Persian Studies, London, 1979 Vol. 17:pp. 33-47 ~ p. 46
« About two days Journey from Guin lies the little City Horum, so call'd from its Beauty and great plenty of Dates; as also anotherof the same denomination, between Cabrestan and Lara. Between Guin and Horum you meet with a barren and uninhabited Desart, of three days Journey, not having in all that way above two Pits of Water. » #3302 Ogilby, John, Asia. The first part being an accurate description of Persia, and the several provinces thereof : ..., Printed by the author at his house in White-friers, London, 1673 ~ p. 7
SOURCE for Karavanserail Hormud-e Abbasi
« Karavanserail Hormud-e Abbasi (Abb. 5) (183)Lage: 14 km südöstlich von Karavanserail Ceki, 7 km nordwestlich des Karavanserails Hadji Agha Djamal, in + 490 m ü. N. N., an der Straße von Lar nach Bandar-e Abbas.Das Karavanserail wird als Gendarmeriestation ge-nutzt; es entspricht dem Typ der größeren Pavillon-Kara-vanserails. Daneben steht die stark verfallene Ruine eines weiteren Bauwerkes dieses Typus sowie vier Zisternen. fn 183 Der Ort wurde am 4. 12. 1984 besucht.- H. Gaube, a.a.O., 44- [aravanserail Hormud-e Abbasi (Fig. 5) (183) Location: 14 km southeast of Caravanserail Ceki, 7 km northwest of Caravanserail Hadji Agha Djamal, at an elevation of 490 m above sea level, on the road from Lar to Bandar-e Abbas.The caravanserail is used as a gendarmerie station; it corresponds to the type of larger pavilion caravanserails. fn 183 The site was visited on December 4, 1984. - H. Gaube, op. cit., 44-] » #3079 Kleiss, Wolfram, Karawanenbauten in Iran. Materialien zur iranischen Archäologie, Materialien zur iranischen Archa¨ologie, D. Reimer, Berlin, 2000 Band 6:Teil 4: ~ p. 144
SOURCE for Khurma
« (30) Khurma-6 farsakhs. » #1570 A Chronicle of the Carmelites in Persia, and the Papal Mission of the XVIIth and XVIIIth Centuries, Eyre and Spottiswoode, 1939, 2 vol. ~ vol. 1 p. 219
SOURCE for Kormout
« Je marchai trois heures dans une plaine fertile, puis entre d'affreux rochers, et sur les dix heures du soir j'arrivai à Kormout, grand village rempli de palmiers. [I walked for three hours in a fertile plain, then between horrible rocks, and around ten o'clock in the evening I arrived at Kormout, a large village filled with palm trees.] » #3144 Jean-Baptiste Tavernier, Pascal Pia, Voyages en Perse et description de ce royaume par Jean-Babtiste Tavernier Marchand Francais, E´d. du Carrefour, Paris, 1930 ~ p. 322
« Nous traversâmes ensuite une basse montagne, et nous descendîmes encore dans une plaine où est le village de Khormout; notre menzil, à douze heures de Tengonou. [We then crossed a low mountain, and we descended again into a plain where the village of Khormout is; our menzil, twelve hours from Tengonou.] » #3241 Aucher-Eloy, Relations de voyages en Orient de 1830 à 1838. Part 2, 1843 ~ p. 531
SOURCE for Kormur
« Durch Kormur, Koferstan, Göſchiran und andere Orth über mannigfaltigeGe bürg und sehr gesalkene Wasserlein fas men wir vor ungeheuer hohe Berge die kein Thal durchschnitte/soweit unsere Aus gen seben kunten. [Through Kormur, Koferstan, Göſchiran and other places over various mountains and very salty little streams we came across immensely high mountains which, as far as our eyes could see, were not crossed by any valley.] » #1609 Schillinger, Franz Caspar, Persianische und Ost-Indianische Reis, Nu¨rnberg, 1707 ~ p. 269
SOURCE for Whormoot
« Our next daies travell was to Whormoot, eleven farfangs (thirty three miles) where we found a black paviliion; in it three old Arabians; who, out of their Alcoran ingeminated a dolefull requiem to their Brothers carcaffe, over which they fat; their lookes were clouded with pathetick fadneffe, their cheekes bedewed with briny teares, intending (afeer the Jewish mode, septem ad luctus) to folemnife his farewell feven daies, finging, fighing, weeping. ... Nigh Whormoot are Duzgun, LazianDe, and other Townes, where is got the beſt AffaFatida through all the Orient:the tree is like our brier in height, the leaves reſemble Fig leaves, the root the Radith: the vertue had need be much, it ftincks ſo odiously. But, though the favour bee fo bale, the fapor is fo excellent, that no meat, no fauce, no veffell pleaſes the Guzurats pallat, fave what reliſhes of it. » #1608 Herbert, Thomas, Sir, Some Yeares Travels into divers parts of Asia and Afrique. Describing especially the two famous Empires, the Persian, and great Mogull: weaved with the history of these later times ... With a revivall of the first discoverer of America. Revised and enlarged by the Author., Printed by R. Bip. for Jacob Blome and Richard Bishop, London, 1638, ~ p. 125
SOURCE for Whorwoote
«095 (km) Whorwoote (Herbert) » #3196 Heinz Gaube, Ein Abschnitt der ṣafavidischen Bandar-e 'Abbās: Širāz-Strasse: Die Strecke von Seyyed Gemāl ad-Din nach Lār, Iran, Journal of the British Institute of Persian Studies, London, 1979 Vol. 17:pp. 33-47 ~ p. 46

R44-032 Tenguedélan
R44-032 Tenguedélan : place IRN (caravanserai)
NIMA/GNS names: Pas Par Dalan , Tang Dalan , Tang-e Dalan , تنگ دالان ,
Supplement: Arch. Site Karawanenhaltepunkt Tang-e Dalan located 0.49 km heading 16° of these coordinates.
VARIANT names: Carvansera Dalong , Carvansera Delangh , Dalaun , Par Par Dalan , Pas-Par-Dalan , S. Tang-Dolan , S. Tangtalan , S. Tanguedalan , Tang Dalan , Tangadoelon , Tang-e Dalan , Tangedelangh , Tangedelon , Tanggetelon , Tanghoedalou , Tanghy-Dolon , Tango Talan , Tangotalan , Tankadalone , Tanke Dalon , Tenghidalan , Tenghi-Daloûn , Tengi Dalun , Tengidahan , Tenguedélan , Tenquidalen , Yanikidalin ,
POSSIBLE LOCATION at Tang Dalan FOR Ourmangel (Newberry) [PBR],
SOURCE for Carvansera Dalong
SOURCE for Carvansera Delangh
SOURCE for Dalaun
« Ensuite, après six farsangs de marche, nous arrivâmes à Dalaun, petit village que Chardin appelle Tenk-Dalaun (Tenk serait-il une corruption de Kend, village?), qui a cinq ou six maisons et autant de cabanes, quelques cultures et de bonne eau. Dalaun doit son existence à une petite source qui sort du pied de la montagne. [Then, after six farsangs of walking, we arrived at Dalaun, a small village that Chardin calls Tenk-Dalaun (is Tenk a corruption of Kend, village?), which has five or six houses and as many huts, some crops and good water. Dalaun owes its existence to a small spring that emerges from the foot of the mountain.] » #3241 Aucher-Eloy, Relations de voyages en Orient de 1830 à 1838. Part 2, 1843 ~ p. 532
SOURCE for Par Par Dalan
« Par Par Dalan » in {map#1135 U.S. Army Map Series K501: Iraq and Iran:, , , The University of Chicago fig. Fin G-40B 1941}
« KM 063 Pas Par Dalan (Wilson) » #3196 Heinz Gaube, Ein Abschnitt der ṣafavidischen Bandar-e 'Abbās: Širāz-Strasse: Die Strecke von Seyyed Gemāl ad-Din nach Lār, Iran, Journal of the British Institute of Persian Studies, London, 1979 Vol. 17:pp. 33-47 ~ p. 46
« At 8¾ miles the large caravanserai of Pas Par Dälän is reached, and close by the ruins of older struc- tures. There is a small grove of date trees. A foot- path, guarded by a small watch tower, leads over the hills to the village of Dalan. » #3113 Routes in Persia. vol. III, part I., Printed at the government monotype press, Simla, 1918 ~ p. 32
SOURCE for Pas-Par-Dalan
« As we near the eastern mouth of the Tang, the sides of the gorge gradually decrease in height, till at 17 miles they merge in a vale, sparsely covered with grass, upon whiclr, on surmounting a short and gentle slope, we enter. At 17 miles 7 furlongs, the two delapidated caravanserais of Pas-Par-Dalan, with two cisterns, and a grove of date trees, are close to the south side of the road, and 400 yards to north of a low but steep and rocky range about 200 feet high, over which a path, for infantry only, leads to the village of Dalan, distant 600 yards or so from the southern foot of the low range. The road, for pack animals, from Pas-Par-Dalan to the latter village, passing round the eastern extremity of this range, is 4 miles 2 furlongs in length. Altitude of Pas-Par-Dalan above sea, 881 feet. The village of Dalan possesses a partly ruined caravanserai, and is surrounded by date groves. » #3208 Samuel Butcher, Persia 1888. From Rishir to Bunder Abbas, 1894 ~ p. 30
« At 8 miles the large caravansardi of Pās Par Dālān is reached, and close by the ruins of older structures. There is a small grove of date trees. A footpath, guarded by a small watch tower, leads over the hills to the village of Dalan. » #3080 Simla Drawing Office, General Staff, India, Mobilisation Routes In Persia (Vol. IV, Part II) (Fars, Laristan, Kerman And Yazd) British Library: India Office Records and Private Papers, IOR/L/MIL/17/15/12/10, in Qatar Digital Library, ~ pp. 166-7
SOURCE for S. Tang-Dolan
« KM 063 S. Tang-Dolan (Herbert) » #3196 Heinz Gaube, Ein Abschnitt der ṣafavidischen Bandar-e 'Abbās: Širāz-Strasse: Die Strecke von Seyyed Gemāl ad-Din nach Lār, Iran, Journal of the British Institute of Persian Studies, London, 1979 Vol. 17:pp. 33-47 ~ p. 46
SOURCE for S. Tangtalan
« KM 063 S. Tangtalan (De Silva Figueroa) » #3196 Heinz Gaube, Ein Abschnitt der ṣafavidischen Bandar-e 'Abbās: Širāz-Strasse: Die Strecke von Seyyed Gemāl ad-Din nach Lār, Iran, Journal of the British Institute of Persian Studies, London, 1979 Vol. 17:pp. 33-47 ~ p. 46
SOURCE for S. Tanguedalan
« KM 063 S. Tanguedalan (Chardin) » #3196 Heinz Gaube, Ein Abschnitt der ṣafavidischen Bandar-e 'Abbās: Širāz-Strasse: Die Strecke von Seyyed Gemāl ad-Din nach Lār, Iran, Journal of the British Institute of Persian Studies, London, 1979 Vol. 17:pp. 33-47 ~ p. 46
SOURCE for Tang Dalan
« Persian text omitted. [They move from Jihun and go to Tang Dalan, it is three farsakhs and the road is straight. The road splits before reaching half a mile.] » #3228 Sadid al-Saltaneh, Mohammad'Ali Khan, Safarnameh-ye Sadid al-Saltaneh, Bihnashr, Tehran, 1883 ~ p. 580
SOURCE for Tangadoelon
« Den 12. dito vertrek zyn Ed: weder op 't vorige uur desnachts, trok voorby Tangadoelon, quam ontrent half negen in Goermoet, [On the 12th his Ed left: again at the previous hour at night, passed Tangadoelon, arrived at Goermoet about half past eight,] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ vol. 5 p. 273
SOURCE for Tang-e Dalan
« [margin: 23] The next day, the 23rd, the caravan stopped at a caravanserai called Tang-e Dālān. The valley through which we were traveling narrowed there, the mountains being closer together.... All those who stop at this caravanserai of Tang-e Dālān use this aqueduct as an open and level road when they go to the villages that were founded on the plain for supplies, thanks to the same aqueduct »
#2651 trans. and ed; Jeffrey S. Turley and George Bryan Souza, The Commentaries of D. García de Silva y Figueroa on his Embassy to Shah ʿAbbās I of Persia on Behalf of Philip III, King of Spain, Brill, Leiden, 2017, ~ p. 298-9
SOURCE for Tangedelangh
« quamen 's avonts met 'tligt van de maan door key en moeyelijke bergwegh ontrent ten thien uuren en ruym 6 mijlen verder in Tangedelangh) weder bij de caffila, welke om een uur naar middernagt voorts te gaan van de miiddag aff daar gerust had. [In the evening with the moonlight through a key and difficult mountain road around 10 o'clock and about 6 miles further in Tangedelangh) we arrived again at the caffila, which had rested there for an hour to midnight from noon onwards.] » #3226 Cornelis Janszoon Speelman Ed. A. Hotz, Journaal der reis van den gezant der O.I. Compagnie Joan Cunaeus naar perzië in 1651-1652, J. Müller, 1908 ~ p. 41
SOURCE for Tangedelon
« and afterwards with much Pain we measured six Miles more to Tangedelon (2), where we eased our selves at a Caravan Ser Raw near a Stream of living Water sweetly gliding through the middle of it, and wash’d the Dust off our sweaty Bodies, in a Tank contrived to make a pleasant Bath under the Roof of the Seraw. Tangedelon expresses in its Mothers Speech, A Strait Passage, which hits exactly with the following Munsel; fn. 2 “ The Tang-i-Dalan is a narrow gorge through which the Hajamal river flows” {Ibid. 157). “Next [after Cowrestan] to Tanghy-Dolon {i.e. a narrow way) praiseworthy in her Lodge or Carravans-raw, but especially in the sweet Crystallin water we found there” (Herbert, 125). “The distinction between Dahaneh and Teng, both Persian words applied to passes, is strictly as follows: Dahaneh is the span or pass lying between two hills ; Teng is a narrow defile between vertical walls of rock” (Curzon, i, 123 n.). » #1591 Fryer, John M. D., A New Account of East-India and Persia in eight letters being nine years travel (Edited, with notes and an introduction, by William Crooke), Hakluyt Society:Kraus Reprint, 1909:1967, 3 vols. ~ vol. 2 p. 189
SOURCE for Tanggetelon
« 15 The 15th daye we came to Tanggetelon [Tang-i-Dalan], a caravansero lying in a wildernesse.Here we picht, haueing traveled 5 long lges. of veri stonie waye, weh seemed to me as though itwere som times overflowne wth water. Here is good store of water but noght els for man or horse, but ther is a litle towne beioynd a hill lying by thls ca: a matter of a leauge off, wch is waterd wth the same water as comes from this caravan: » #3214 Stodart, Robert; introduction and notes by Sir. E. Denison Ross, The Journal of Robert Stodart: Being an account of his experiences as a member of Sir Dodmore Cotton's Mission in Persia in 1628-29. Published from the unique manuscript preserved in the Bodleian Library, Luzac and Co, 1935 ~ p. 84
SOURCE for Tanghoedalou
« On y mit la malade qui s'y trouva beaucoup plus à fon aife que dans la premiere, et nous arrivámes à 2. heures du matin au Caravanserai de Tanghoedalou, où nous trouvames Monficur Bakker inspecteur des magazins, dont on a déja parlé, le fecretaire et le maitre d'hôtel de Gamron, qui venoient à la rencontre de Monfieur Kastelein. [We put the patient there, who was much more at home than in the first, and we arrived at 2 a.m. at the Caravanserai of Tanghoedalou, where we found Monficur Bakker, inspector of stores, of whom we have already spoken, the secretary and the butler of Gamron, who came to meet Monfieur Kastelein.] » #3227 LeBrun, Corneille, Voyages de Corneille Le Brun par la Moscovie, en Perse, et aux Indes Orientales., Wetstein, Amsterdam, 1718 ~ p. 318
SOURCE for Tanghy-Dolon
« next, to Tanghy-Dolon (i. e. a narrow way) praifeworthy in her Lodge or Carravans-raw, but eſpecially in the ſweet Cryſtallin water wee found there. » #1608 Herbert, Thomas, Sir, Some Yeares Travels into divers parts of Asia and Afrique. Describing especially the two famous Empires, the Persian, and great Mogull: weaved with the history of these later times ... With a revivall of the first discoverer of America. Revised and enlarged by the Author., Printed by R. Bip. for Jacob Blome and Richard Bishop, London, 1638, ~ p. 125
SOURCE for Tango Talan
« Otro dia, á 23, vino la carauana á parar al carauasar de Tango Talan, haziendose alli mas estrecho el valle por donde se caminaua, por estar los montes mas çercanos, á donde fue la primera vez que se uio correr agua de un arroyo salado, aunque traia tan poca que apenas mojauan los camellos los pies en ella, pero todo aquel llano pareçia cubierto de aquellas guijas redon- das que suele auer en los rrios. Auia junto á este ca- rauasar dos grandes cisternas con abundancia de buena agua; [Another day, on the 23rd, the carauana came to stop at the carauasar of Tango Talan, where the valley through which it was walking became narrower, because the mountains were closer, where it was the first time that water was heard flowing from a salty stream, although it had so little that the camels barely dipped their feet in it, but that entire plain seemed covered with those round pebbles that usually find in rivers. There were two large cisterns next to this carauasar with an abundance of good water;] » #3245 García de Silva y Figueroa, Manuel Serrano y Sanz, Comentarios De D. Garcia De Silva Y Figueroa De La Embajada Que De Parte Del Rey De España Don Felipe III Hizo Al Rey Xa Abas De Persia, La Spciedad de Bibliofilos Espanoles, Madrid, 1905 ~ vol. 1 pp. 282-3
SOURCE for Tangotalan
« Le lendemain 23. la Carauane s'arreſta à vn Carauanfera, nomme Tangotalan, dans vn lieu où la montagne fe ferrant de fort prés, étreffit le Valon, en forte qu'à peine ferme-t-elle vn chemin, où les chameaux puiffent paffer. [The next day, 23, the Carauane stopped at a Carauanfera, called Tangotalan, in a place where the mountain closing in very close, squeezes the Valon, so strong that it barely closes a path, where the camels can walk paffer.] » #3246 traduite de l'espagnol par Mr. de Wicqfort, L'ambassade de D. Garcias de Silva Figueroa en Perse, contenant la politique de ce grand Empire, les moeurs du roy schach Abbas et une relation exacte de tous les lieux de Perse et des Indes où cet ambassadeur a esté l'espace de huit années qu'il y a demeuré, Louis Billaine, Paris, 1667 ~ p. 60
SOURCE for Tankadalone
« 3 [March]. Sett out for Jehun, 7 farsangs, very bad stoney way. About 8 at night arrived at Tankadalone, 5 farsangs, a good caravensaroy with a Tank in the middle built in form of a cross, within side. Here lay till 4 in the morning; then sett out for Jehun, the other 2 farsangs. Arrived about 6 in the morning the 4th March. This is a good caraven. saroy tho small; a great distance from any village.
note: Diary of 3 March 1707/8.
Tankadalone. Tang-i-Dalan, a narrow gorge: Pers. tang, 'narrow,' and dalan, 'corri- dor,' here meaning a gorge. See Fryer, II, 189 and n. 2. Le Bruyn (II, 70-1) calls it Tang-boedalou and says that "A small canal passes through the Caravanserai, which is not very large, but extremely agreeable, and well-built: It is all of stone, and the water of the canal, which runs through it, flows from a little rivulet at a small distance from it. It has likewise the advantage of being sheltered from the hot winds." He does not mention the inn in the plain of Jehun, "a great distance from any village," where Scattergool halted. » #3248 Bernard P. Scattergood, Ed. Temple, Carnac Rihard, The Scattergoods and the East India Company, A Collection of Mss., Indian Antiquary, Bernard Quaritch, London, 1930 vol. LIX:pt DCCXXXVI-A:pp. 33-74 ~ pp. 44 and 49
SOURCE for Tanke Dalon
« Den 24. dito trokken wy voorby 3 Karrawanſera's, Ahaſimaal, Bascomakoe, en Sertang genaamd, hebbende elendige huis-velting. Onzen Sergeant, met den Opper-meelter voor uyt gereden zynde, vonden wy op de weg leggen, konnende wegens een zware koorts 't paard ryden niet verdragen. Wy namen ons verblyf tot Tanke Dalon, een tamelyke Karrawanſera, en twee huizingen, [On the 24th we passed by 3 Karrawanſeras, named Ahaſimaal, Bascomakoe, and Sertang, who had miserable house-felling. We found our Sergeant, who had ridden ahead with the Chief Master, lying on the road, unable to bear to ride the horse due to a severe fever. We took up our abode at Tanke Dalon, a fairly small Karrawanſera, and two houses,] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ bk. 2 p. 266
SOURCE for Tenghidalan
« Our way continued ſtill bad, till about ſeven of the Clock in the Morning, that we came to a Kervanferay, called Tenghidalan this Kervanſeray is covered as many others are, but it is much finer. It is a Square about eight Fathom; in the middle of each Face there is a great Arch, by which one enters into Vaults, which make and Croſs, as in the others, but they are higher, and it is not under thefe Vaults that Travellers Lodges for the Chambers are in the four Corners, about three Fathom (quare, two or three foot raiſed from the Ground, and open on the two fides within, where there are great Arches from the Floor up to the Vault; each Chamber harh its Chimuy, and other small conveniences: the Place in the middle is covered with a Dome, in which there is a great round opening in the top, » #1574 Thévenot, Jean de, The travels of Monsieur de Thévenot into the Levant : in three parts, viz. into I. Turkey, II. Persia, III. The East-Indies / newly done out of French., Printed by H. Clark for H. Faithorne [etc.], 1687 ~ pt. 2 p. 133
SOURCE for Tenghi-Daloûn
« Après avoir passé le lit d'un large torrent sans eau, on joint le hameau de Ten- ghi-Daloûn, où sont deux citernes en forme de berceau. L'eau qu'elles renferment est un peu saumâtre. Au milieu de ce hameau est une tour où des gardes veillent nuit et jour pour préserver les villageois de quelque attaque.Le 18, après avoir fait le tour d'une col- line, nous passons à gué un ruisseau salé, qui coule de droite à gauche. Peu après est un aquéduc à demi ruiné. [After crossing the bed of a large torrent without water, we reach the hamlet of Tenghi-Daloûn, where there are two cradle-shaped cisterns. The water they contain is a little brackish. In the middle of this hamlet is a tower where guards watch night and day to protect the villagers from any attack.On the 18th, after going around a hill, we ford a salty stream, which flows from right to left. Shortly after is a half-ruined aqueduct.] » #3179 Adrien Dupré, Voyage en Perse, fait dans les années 1807, 1808 et 1809, en traversant la Natolie et la Mésopotamie, 1819 ~ vol. 1 pp. 426-7
SOURCE for Tengi Dalun
« den 24. Dez. zur Karawanserei Tengi Dalun (Tâng Dâlân) 6 Farsach. [on Dec. 24 zur Karawanserei Tengi Dalun (Tâng Dâlân) 6 Farsach.] » #3220 Engelbert Kaempfer, ed. Karl Meier-Lemgo, Die Reisetagebu¨cher, F. Steiner, Weisbaden, 1968 ~ p. 122
SOURCE for Tengidahan
« Dieser Platz zog die Aufmerksamkeit aller Reisenden auf sich, die unseren Weg nahmen, denn hier traf man nach dem Verlassen der Ebene von Bandar-e "Abbās zum ersten Mal auf-wenn auch schlecht schmeckendes fließendes Wasser. Thévenots Beschreibung der Anlage ist wert zitiert zu werden: Er gelangte zu einem Karvansarai, Tengidahan genannt. Der ist bedeckt wie viele andere, ist aber weit schöner. Er hat auf beiden Seiten in der Mitte ungefähr acht Klafter im Geviert.[This place attracted the attention of all travelers who took our route, for here, after leaving the plain of Bandar-e "Abbās, one encountered, for the first time, running water, albeit bad in taste. Thévenot's description of the place is worth quoting be: He came to a Karvansarai, called Tengidahan. It is covered like many others, but is far more beautiful. It has about eight fathoms squared in the middle on both sides.] » #3196 Heinz Gaube, Ein Abschnitt der ṣafavidischen Bandar-e 'Abbās: Širāz-Strasse: Die Strecke von Seyyed Gemāl ad-Din nach Lār, Iran, Journal of the British Institute of Persian Studies, London, 1979 Vol. 17:pp. 33-47 ~ p. 42
SOURCE for Tenguedélan
« Ma traite se termina à Tenguedélan (*), comme qui diroit défilé, ou passage étroit, où il y a deux caravanserais et des citernes. Ce lieu est entre deux montagnes fort hautes, qui ne sont éloignées que d'un quart de lieue l'une de l'autre. L'un des caravanserais a un bassin d'eau vive, qui coule au travers d'un canal de pierre; (*) Prononces Tenk dildun. Ces mots, dit Fryer, signifient dans leur langue maternelle, un passage étroit. Herbert donne la même interprétation; expembat cos mots devroient signifier caure étroits, affligis, et le nom du kiraviarly suivant, semble justifier ma conjecture, C. le Bruyn at Thivent s'accordent à faire une description charmante de ce kravénarity, à unes lequel passe uns petite rivière. (L) [My journey ended at Tenguedélan (*), as if one would say parade, or narrow passage, where there are two caravanserais and cisterns. This place is between two very high mountains, which are only a quarter of a league apart. One of the caravanserais has a pool of white water, which flows through a stone channel;(*) Pronounced Tenk dildun. These words, says Fryer, mean in their native language, a narrow passage. Herbert gives the same interpretation; expembat these words should mean narrow, afflicted caure, and the name of the following kiraviarly, seems to justify my conjecture, C. le Bruyn and Thivent agree in making a charming description of this kravénarity, through which a small river passes. (L)] » #3213 Sir John Chardin, ed. Louis Langlès, Voyages du Chevalier Chardin en Perse et autres lieux de l’Orient, Nouvelle édition, Le Normant, Imprimeur-Libraire, Paris, 1811 ~ vol. 8 p. 493
« Le 23, au soir, je montai à cheval, foible et étourdi que j'étois, comme un homme prêt à tomber malade. Je fis ma traite, et arrivai à Tanguedelan (1); fn. 1 Tenk délâun, dont il a été fait mention ci-dessus, tom. VIII, pag. 493. (L-s.) [On the 23rd, in the evening, I mounted my horse, weak and dizzy as I was, like a man ready to fall ill. I did my trading, and arrived at Tanguedelan (1); fn. 1 Tenk délâun, mentioned above, tom. VIII, p. 493. (L-s.)] » #3213 Sir John Chardin, ed. Louis Langlès, Voyages du Chevalier Chardin en Perse et autres lieux de l’Orient, Nouvelle édition, Le Normant, Imprimeur-Libraire, Paris, 1811 ~ vol. 9 p. 79
SOURCE for Tenquidalen
« j'arrivai à un carvansera neuf appelé Tenquidalen. Il y a au milieu un petit bassin d'eau vive formé par un ruisseau qui vient de la montagne, et comme il y a un vallon et un torrent entre deux, on fait passer cette eau par un canal sous le torrent, [I arrived at a new carvansera called Tenquidalen. In the middle there is a small pool of living water formed by a stream that comes from the mountain, and as there is a valley and a torrent between two, this water is passed through a channel under the torrent,] » #3144 Jean-Baptiste Tavernier, Pascal Pia, Voyages en Perse et description de ce royaume par Jean-Babtiste Tavernier Marchand Francais, E´d. du Carrefour, Paris, 1930 ~ p. 322
SOURCE for Yanikidalin
« (31) Yanikidalin [? sic-- 6 farsakhs. » #1570 A Chronicle of the Carmelites in Persia, and the Papal Mission of the XVIIth and XVIIIth Centuries, Eyre and Spottiswoode, 1939, 2 vol. ~ vol. 1 p. 219

R44-033 Courbazargan
R44-033 Courbazargan : place IRN
NIMA/GNS feature: PPL UFI: 10950633 coordinate: lat 27.292863 long 55.350589
NIMA/GNS names: Takeh Khani , تکه خانی ,
VARIANT names: Chour basere Chan (Gür-bazargan) , Courbassergan , Courbazargan , Goer-baʃer-goen , Goerbaſeregoen , Goerebaſirgan , Goorbazergum , Goorebazargoone , Goos Basargoon , Gourbasarghant , Gour-Bazerguian , Gur-e Båsårgån , Guri bizirgon , Kor Bazirghion , Taghi Khani , Takeh Khani , Takht-i-Khän , Taki Khani , Taki-Khan ,
POSSIBLE LOCATION at Takeh Khani FOR Kinbazirkan [Floor],
SOURCE for Chour basere Chan (Gür-bazargan)
« weder voortsgereden en 'savonts ten 10 uuren door seer moeyelijke steenachtige wegen 4 mijlen verder in de carewansera Chour basere Chan (4) quamen. 4) Gür-bazargan, het graf van den koopman. Tavernier (I, 751) legt nit dat de karavanserai gebouwd werd volgens den laatsten wil van een koopman, die, van Bender-Abbas gekomen, aldaar, ten gevolge van de doorgestane warmte en gebrek aan schuilplaats, overleed. De Brayn (345) heeft Goer basergoen, Fryer (235) Goor-Bazergum. In het zuiden van Perzië wordt de uitgang an zeer algemeen uitge sproken oen. [We drove on again and arrived at 10 o'clock in the evening through very difficult stony roads 4 miles further into the carewansera Chour basere Chan (4). fn. 4 Gür-bazargan, the merchant's grave. Tavernier (1, 751) explains that the caravanserai was built according to the last will of a merchant who, having come from Bender-Abbas, died there as a result of the heat he had endured and lack of shelter. De Brayn (345) has Goer basergoen, Fryer (235) Goor-Bazergum. In southern Persia the ending an is very commonly pronounced o.] » #3226 Cornelis Janszoon Speelman Ed. A. Hotz, Journaal der reis van den gezant der O.I. Compagnie Joan Cunaeus naar perzië in 1651-1652, J. Müller, 1908 ~ p. 40
SOURCE for Courbassergan
SOURCE for Courbazargan
« Celui où je finis majournée, s'appelle Courbazargan, situé entre deuxmontagnes, fort proche l'une de l'autre, dans unendroit sec et stérile, sans habitation, et sansautres édifices que deux citernes. Le nom de cegite signifie cimetière des marchands (1), fn. (1) Gour bázárgaun, le tombeau des marchands: ces mots sont persans. Ce karavansérây est à quatre milles ou cinq aghatch du précédent, environné de montagnes fertiles en melons d'eau, ali- ment que ses qualités rafraichissantes rendent bien précieux dans cette contrée où l'on est dévoré par la chaleur, et que l'on recommande dans les maladies contractées à Hormouz, comme on ne tardera pas à le voir dans la suite de cette relation. Goûr Bazårgåun est à quinze milles anglais ou quatre åghatch de Khårehstaun. Voyez Fryer's new account of East India and Persia, p. 233; Voyages de Thévenot, tom. IV, pag. 420, 471, et ma note suivante. (L-s.) [The one where I end my day is called Courbazargan, located between two mountains, very close to each other, in a dry and sterile place, with no habitation, and no buildings other than two cisterns. The name of this cottage means merchants' cemetery (1), fn. (1) Gour bázárgaun, the tomb of the merchants: these words are Persian. This karavanséray is four miles or five aghatch from the previous one, surrounded by mountains fertile in watermelons, a food which its refreshing qualities make very precious in this country where we are devoured by the heat, and which we recommended in diseases contracted in Hormouz, as we will soon see in the rest of this relationship. Goûr Bazårgåun is fifteen English miles or four åghatch from Khårehstaun. See Fryer's new account of East India and Persia, p. 233; Travels of Thévenot, tom. IV, p. 420, 471, and my following note. (L-s.)] » #3213 Sir John Chardin, ed. Louis Langlès, Voyages du Chevalier Chardin en Perse et autres lieux de l’Orient, Nouvelle édition, Le Normant, Imprimeur-Libraire, Paris, 1811 ~ vol. 8 p. 494
SOURCE for Goer-baʃer-goen
« Le lendemain nous avançâmes à l'eft, et arrivámes à minuit au Caravanserai de Goer-bafer-goen, après une traite de 4. lieuës [The next day we advanced to the eft, and arrived at midnight at the Caravanserai of Goer-bafer-goen, after a journey of 4 leagues] » #3227 LeBrun, Corneille, Voyages de Corneille Le Brun par la Moscovie, en Perse, et aux Indes Orientales., Wetstein, Amsterdam, 1718 ~ p. 319
SOURCE for Goerbaſeregoen
« Den 10. dito. Namiddernacht vertrok 6 zyn Ed. weder, en quam na zons opgang aan de rutt plaats Goerbaſeregoen. [On the 10th of the same night, His Honour left again at midnight, and arrived at the quiet place Goerbaſeregoen after sunrise.] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ vol. 5 p. 272
« Den 8. dito na 4½ myl, quam zyn Ed: in 't dorp Karrawaanſera Goerbaſeregoen. [The 8th ditto after 4½ miles, near his Ed: in the village of Karrawaanſera Goerbaſeregoen.] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ vol. 5 p. 285
SOURCE for Goerebaſirgan
« en quamen tot Goerebaſirgan, zynde de naam van een groot Armenifch Heer, die hier begraven legt by een groote vervallene tank; ook ſtond 'er nog eenig metzelwerk op zyn graf.Hier is een tamelyke Karrawanfera dog zyn Ed: nam zyn verblyf in zyn tent. Hier flaan wel eenige hutten; maar geen huizen. [and came to Gurubaſirgan, being the name of a great Armenian lord, who is buried here by a large dilapidated tank; There was also some masonry on his grave.Here is a rather nice Karrawanfera dog his Ed: took up residence in his tent. There are some huts here; but no houses.] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ vol. 5 p. 266
SOURCE for Goorbazergum
then gently descending we were led down to Goorbazergum (1), Fifteen miles from Caurestan.
In this Bottom is a solitary Inn, very commodiously seated; it is surrounded with Mountains, at whose Bottoms are store of Water-Melons, a grateful Cooler in this Extremity of Heat: Goor-Bazergum is as it were to say, The Merchants Grave, in the Persian Tongue.
SOURCE for Goorebazargoone
Route Notes: testzzzz
SOURCE for Goos Basargoon
« 4th March. About 3 afternoon sett out for Coverstone, 7 farsangs, stoney way; about 3 farsangs came to a Caravensaroy called Goos Basargoon. Coverstone is a small good Cara vensaroy, a very good village just by it, where may have all things eatable.
note:Diary of 4 March 1707/8.
Goos Basargoon: ? Gor-i-Bazargân ('tomb of the merchant'). See Fryer, II, 188 and n. 1. It is the Goer-Baser-goen of Le Bruyn (II, 71, 134) where, in 1706, he found "no company. The name is not found on modern maps. It is the Kurybazirgon of Rennell, » #3248 Bernard P. Scattergood, Ed. Temple, Carnac Rihard, The Scattergoods and the East India Company, A Collection of Mss., Indian Antiquary, Bernard Quaritch, London, 1930 vol. LIX:pt DCCXXXVI-A:pp. 33-74 ~ pp. 44 and 49
SOURCE for Gourbasarghant
« Le quatrième, je montai à cheval à une heure après minuit, et passai par un pays inhabité et entrecoupé de gros torrents quand il tombe de la pluie. On n'y trouve que deux petits carvanseras, et sur les huit heures du matin, j'arrivai à celui que l'on appelle Gourbasarghant. Il a été bâti des deniers qu'un marchand qui venait d'Ormus laissa en mourant pour ce sujet, ses forces lui ayant manqué au même lieu par la chaleur excessive, [On the fourth, I mounted my horse at one o'clock after midnight, and passed through an uninhabited country interspersed with great torrents when it rained. There are only two small carvanseras, and around eight in the morning I arrived at the one called Gourbasarghant. It was built from the money that a merchant who came from Ormus left when he died for this subject, his strength having failed him in the same place by the excessive heat,] » #3144 Jean-Baptiste Tavernier, Pascal Pia, Voyages en Perse et description de ce royaume par Jean-Babtiste Tavernier Marchand Francais, E´d. du Carrefour, Paris, 1930 ~ p. 323
[Tavernier arrived here from Tenquidalen by horse in 7 hrs. about 30kms then proceeds to Cauvrestan on foot in just under 7 hrs. about 27kms. PBR]
SOURCE for Gour-Bazerguian
« 19 février. Même direction: nous suivons une plaine déserte couverte de beaux Mimosa; à trois heures, caravansérail de Gour-Bazerguian, [February 19. Same direction: we follow a deserted plain covered with beautiful Mimosas; at three o'clock, caravanserai of Gour-Bazerguian,] » #3241 Aucher-Eloy, Relations de voyages en Orient de 1830 à 1838. Part 2, 1843 ~ p. 533
SOURCE for Gur-e Båsårgån
« Dec. 26 to the Guri Bessergun caravanserai (Gur-e Båsårgån) 6 Farsach. ... Continue 1 hour through stony hills and dry rivers 4 Farsach SO 2 hours further to Gur-e Båsårgån caravanserai, a summer caravanserai built of stones. It rested on 4 pillars on the inside and had 2 round, arched rain poles, one of which had collapsed. All around were rough hills. » #3220 Engelbert Kaempfer, ed. Karl Meier-Lemgo, Die Reisetagebu¨cher, F. Steiner, Weisbaden, 1968 ~ p. 123
SOURCE for Guri bizirgon
« L'ottavo posammo nel caravanserai che sta fabbricato solo, senza altra abitazione, in campagna, detto Guri bizirgon, o Sepoltura del mercante, vicino al quale anche al venire in giù avevamo già alloggiato. [The eighth we placed in the caravanserai which stands alone, without any other dwelling, in the countryside, called Guri bizirgon, or Merchant's Tomb, near which we had already stayed when we came down.] » #1530 Pietro Della Valle, Viaggi di Pietro della Valle: il pellegrino, G. Gancia, Brighton, 1843, ~ vol. 2 p. 317
SOURCE for Kor Bazirghion
« where we clambered up and down for above an hour among ftones; and then we found the way better, till we: came to a covered Kervanseray, called Kor Bazirghion, that is to fay the Merchants Ditch, where we arrived about eight a Clock. This Kervanſeray is on of the fame bigneſ s as the other where we Lodged the day before; it is built much after the fame manner, having in each Corner three Chambers, of which the one (which is on the inſide,) is open by Arches on two fides, and the other two have their Door without the Kervanseray: this place is five Agatsch from Tenghidalan. » #1574 Thévenot, Jean de, The travels of Monsieur de Thévenot into the Levant : in three parts, viz. into I. Turkey, II. Persia, III. The East-Indies / newly done out of French., Printed by H. Clark for H. Faithorne [etc.], 1687 ~ pt. 2 p. 133
SOURCE for Taghi Khani
« Persian text omitted. [Across the road, they reached a pond and a caravanserai, which is known as Taghi Khani Caravanserai.] » #3228 Sadid al-Saltaneh, Mohammad'Ali Khan, Safarnameh-ye Sadid al-Saltaneh, Bihnashr, Tehran, 1883 ~ p. 580
SOURCE for Takeh Khani
SOURCE for Takht-i-Khän
« To the N. the Kūh-i-Kishi slopes steeply down to the road, but gradually diminishes in size, until at Takht-i-Khan it is not visi-ble amongst the maze of sand hills. To the S. the Küh-i-Rasül slopes more gently down to the road, but likewise diminishes in size as Takht-i-Khan is approached. At 4 miles the road crosses and recrosses a dry watercourse of considerable size. At 4¼ miles the caravansarai and two cisterns of Takht-i-Khän (one holding water in March 1907). The track follows the bed of the river for some way, emerging at 5 miles, and erossing numerous small watercourses. » #3080 Simla Drawing Office, General Staff, India, Mobilisation Routes In Persia (Vol. IV, Part II) (Fars, Laristan, Kerman And Yazd) British Library: India Office Records and Private Papers, IOR/L/MIL/17/15/12/10, in Qatar Digital Library, ~ p. 165
SOURCE for Taki Khani
« A glacis-like slope from the level of the valley now touches the road on the north side. At 3 miles 2 furlongs we twice cross the stony bed, containing water in pools. of the stream Shivirawun, that had been running down the ravine, immediately to south of the track. Within another 200 yards the road passes the caravanserai and cistern of Taki Khani, both of which are in good repair, and the latter full of sweet water. On the south bank of the streart Shivirawun is a second cistern containing, by native report, good water. » #3208 Samuel Butcher, Persia 1888. From Rishir to Bunder Abbas, 1894 ~ p. 32
SOURCE for Taki-Khan
« Nous arrivâmes à huit heures et demie à un caravansérail nouvellement bâti, appelé Taki-Khán, auprès duquel est une citerne couverte. Sur la droite, à cent pas, il y en a une autre hors du chemin; on aperçoit cette dernière avant de découvrir le caravansérail. [We arrived at half-past eight at a newly built caravanserai, called Taki-Khán, near which is a covered cistern. On the right, a hundred paces away, there is another one out of the way; this last one is seen before discovering the caravanserai.] » #3179 Adrien Dupré, Voyage en Perse, fait dans les années 1807, 1808 et 1809, en traversant la Natolie et la Mésopotamie, 1819 ~ vol. 1 p. 425

R44-034 Courestoon (Kháréhstaun)
R44-034 Courestoon (Kháréhstaun) : place IRN
NIMA/GNS names: Gurestan , Hajji Barkat , Kahoorestan , Kahurestan , Khuristan , Kohurestan , Kuristan , حاجی برکت , خوريستان , كهرستان , كهورستان , كهورستان , گورستان ,
VARIANT names: Cabrestam , Cabrestan , Cabrestao , Caurestan , Caurestão , Cauriston , Cauvrestan , Cavestoon , Cawrestan , Corestan , Correstan (Kūristan) , Coureʃton , Courestoon (Kharéhstaun) , Couristan , Coverstone , Cowreʃtan , Cowrstan , dorp Couristan , Kahurestan , Karistan , Kawristan , Koferstan , Koreʃton , Kovestron , Kovristoún , Kuristan , Rarestoun , Village 12 Leagues to Gamron ,
SOURCE for Cabrestam
« Taking leave of this place, and proceeding upon their way for another three day's journey, the Portuguese of Balthasar Pessoa arrived at a place called Cabrestam (Kahuristan), enfeoffed of the Kingdom of Ormuz, and possessing wells of good water, some palm groves, and nearby, a great caravansary described as a large and vaulted one-story house of four gates, with a cistern in the vicinity. Cabrestam is a place heated by the fierce rays of the summer sun, so much so that Antonio Tenreiro, an ocular witness, declares he has seen men suffocate in the terrible heat of this land of Persia. » #3255 Ronald Bishop Smith., The First Age of the Portuguese Embassies, Navigations and Peregrinations in Persia (1507-1524), Decatur Press, Bethesda, Maryland, 1970 ~ p. 64
SOURCE for Cabrestan
« A 12 de outubro de 1617 metteu-se n'uma galé para a costa do relio de Lara, e desembarcou no porto de Bandel. Foi recebido multo honrosamenté por aquelle que ali era governador em nome do rei da Persia, e fornecen-Ihe conselhos para transportar sua equipagem. Saiu de Bandel a 20 de abril, é caminhando ao longo da costa do mar, em dois dias chegou a pequena povoa ção de Cabrestan, em seis á de Lara, capital da Caramania deserta, em tres a Guin, primeira cidade da Persia propriamente dita, e em seis a Schira antigamente Cyropolis. [On October 12, 1617, he boarded a galley for the coast of Lara, and disembarked at the port of Bandel. He was received most honorably by him who was governor there in the name of the king of Persia, and gave him advice for transporting his equipment. He left Bandel on the 20th of April, walking along the sea coast, in two days he reached the small town of Cabrestan, in six days he reached Lara, the capital of deserted Caramania, in three he reached Guin, the first city in Persia proper. , and in six to Schira formerly Cyropolis.] » #2280 Manoel Bernardes Branco, Portugal e os estrangeiros, Livraria De A. M. Pereira, Lisboa, 1879, ~ p. 316
« Cabrestan (De Silva Figueroa » #3196 Heinz Gaube, Ein Abschnitt der ṣafavidischen Bandar-e 'Abbās: Širāz-Strasse: Die Strecke von Seyyed Gemāl ad-Din nach Lār, Iran, Journal of the British Institute of Persian Studies, London, 1979 Vol. 17:pp. 33-47 ~ p. 46
SOURCE for Cabrestao
« . the place names 'Cabrestáo' (f. ir), corresponding to the Persian locality Kahurestan, in which the Persian sequence /an/ is rendered with the digramma 'áo' and 'Bisnao' (f. 3r); » #3224 Margherita Farina, Giovanni Battista Raimondi's Travel in the Middle East: A Case of Sixteenth-Century Portuguese-Italian Interference, Oriente Moderno, NUOVA SERIE, ~ pp. 55-6
SOURCE for Caurestan
« The rest of this day’s Journy was between the Mountains, where we were encounter’d by strange Flashes of Lightning, the Foretellers of this Night’s Rain, which we hardly escaped before we came to Caurestan (1) in all Twenty Miles: This Caravan Ser Raw is named from a Tree growing here, and a Village properly so called (of which it is a Composition in Persian), it being the first we met with whose Houses were fixed. fn. 1 Kuristan, about 12 miles E, of the bridge. 'I'he place has been described by Wilson {op. at. 154 ff.)- Herbert (125) calls it Cowrestan, "Caavrestan ...famous for water-melons,as bigas our pumkins, and are the best in all Persia. The Meat is very red and as sweet as Sugar, which is a great refreshment to travellers” (Tavernier, 254). » #1591 Fryer, John M. D., A New Account of East-India and Persia in eight letters being nine years travel (Edited, with notes and an introduction, by William Crooke), Hakluyt Society:Kraus Reprint, 1909:1967, 3 vols. ~ vol. 2 p. 187
SOURCE for Caurestão
« Ce village de Caurestão n'a guère que dix à vingt maisons, avec quel- ques jardins et un fort de torchis ne disposant d'aucune pièce d'artillerie. [This village of Caurestão has barely ten to twenty houses, with a few gardens and a cob fort with no artillery pieces.] » #3268 Joaquim Verissimo Serrao, Un Voyageur Portugais en Perse au début du XVIIe siècle Nicolau De Orta Rebelo, Comité National Portugais, Lisbonne, 1972 ~ p. 103
« Partimos daqui, e caminhámos tres jornadas polo meſmo modo, e chegámos a hum logar, que fe chama Cabreſtað, em o qual ha alguns palmares, e póços de agoa doce, e junto delle está húa cafa grande térrea de abóbeda com quatro portaes, e junto della húa cifterna grande. A eftas caſas chamaõ em a lingua Perfiana Carvançaras, que quer dizer, pouzada de cafilas, e estrangeiros. [We set out from here and walked three days in the same way, and arrived at a place called Cabreſtað, where there are some palm groves and wells of fresh water, and next to it is a large, vaulted ground floor with four gates, and next to it a large cifterna. In the Persian language these houses are called Carvançaras, which means, a place of inns and foreigners.] » #3280 Antonio Baiao, Itinerarios Da India A Portugal Por Terra, Imprensa Da Universidade Coimbra, 1923 ~ p. 8
SOURCE for Cauriston
« 17 The 17th daye we came to Cauriston [Kuristan],a litle towne lying vpon a playne. Here is good refreshing both for man and horse. Here we picht in a caravan: haueing traveled 4 lges.of a resonable waye. Here is likewise tanck water. » #3214 Stodart, Robert; introduction and notes by Sir. E. Denison Ross, The Journal of Robert Stodart: Being an account of his experiences as a member of Sir Dodmore Cotton's Mission in Persia in 1628-29. Published from the unique manuscript preserved in the Bodleian Library, Luzac and Co, 1935 ~ p. 84
SOURCE for Cauvrestan
« Le cinquième, étant parti un peu après minuit, je marchai jusques à sept heures du matin par un pays sec et tout désert où il y a beaucoup d'arbres de lentisques, et fus au gite à un assez bon village nommé Cauvrestan, où je vis de grands champs d'orge que l'on moissonnait. [On the fifth, having left a little after midnight, I walked until seven o'clock in the morning through a dry and deserted country where there are many mastic trees, and was at the lodge in a fairly good village called Cauvrestan, where I saw large fields of barley that were being harvested.] » #3144 Jean-Baptiste Tavernier, Pascal Pia, Voyages en Perse et description de ce royaume par Jean-Babtiste Tavernier Marchand Francais, E´d. du Carrefour, Paris, 1930 ~ p. 323
SOURCE for Cavestoon
« Cavestoon (Chardin) » #3196 Heinz Gaube, Ein Abschnitt der ṣafavidischen Bandar-e 'Abbās: Širāz-Strasse: Die Strecke von Seyyed Gemāl ad-Din nach Lār, Iran, Journal of the British Institute of Persian Studies, London, 1979 Vol. 17:pp. 33-47 ~ p. 46
SOURCE for Cawrestan
« Cawrestan (Herbert) » #3196 Heinz Gaube, Ein Abschnitt der ṣafavidischen Bandar-e 'Abbās: Širāz-Strasse: Die Strecke von Seyyed Gemāl ad-Din nach Lār, Iran, Journal of the British Institute of Persian Studies, London, 1979 Vol. 17:pp. 33-47 ~ p. 46
SOURCE for Corestan
« ten negen uuren in 't dorp Corestan (2) in de carewansera, een weynigh buyten 't selve gelegen, quamen. 't Is een rust- plaetsken van weynigh accomodatie ende 't dorp bestaat in ontrent 100 van slijk en leem opgetrocke huyskens, meest van boeren die hun oogst van zaeyvelden trekken, bewoont. Hier bleven tot vierfn. 2 De Simla kaart heeft Karistan (de Bruyn: Koreston; Tavernier: Cauvrestan). Chardin vertaalt het metamas d'arbres épineux" en treft er dan ook een soort wilde pruimenboomen aan, die men ter plaatse noemde kauré. Het schijnt oorspronkelijk de naam te zijn geweest van het omliggende district, zooals trouwens de uitgang aanwijst. Dupré vindt het dorp verlaten en noemt de geheele vallei Kovristoun. [at nine o'clock in the village of Corestan (2) in the carewansera, a short distance away, quamen. It is a rest area with little accommodation and the village consists of about 100 houses made of mud and loam, mostly occupied by farmers who pull their harvest from the fields. Stayed here until four fn. 2 The Simla map has Karistan (de Bruyn: Koreston; Tavernier: Cauvrestan). Chardin translates "metamas d'arbres épineux" and finds a type of wild plum tree there, which was locally called kauré. It seems to have originally been the name of the surrounding district, as the exit indicates. Dupré finds the village deserted and calls the whole valley Kovristoun.] » #3226 Cornelis Janszoon Speelman Ed. A. Hotz, Journaal der reis van den gezant der O.I. Compagnie Joan Cunaeus naar perzië in 1651-1652, J. Müller, 1908 ~ p. 40
SOURCE for Correstan (Kūristan)
« Correstan (Kūristān) for each carga 0,5 mahmūdi for rāhdāri; for silk one mahmūdi had to be paid. If paid here no toll was levied at Lär » #3297 John Emerson, Rahdars and Their Tolls in Safavid and Afsharid Iran, Journal of the Economic and Social History of the Orient, 1987 vol. 30:no. 3:pp. 318-327 ~ p. 321
SOURCE for Coureʃton
« about three quarters of an hour after leven we came to fuch another, near to a great Village called Coureʃton, four Agatsch from Kor Bazirghion » #1574 Thévenot, Jean de, The travels of Monsieur de Thévenot into the Levant : in three parts, viz. into I. Turkey, II. Persia, III. The East-Indies / newly done out of French., Printed by H. Clark for H. Faithorne [etc.], 1687 ~ pt. 2 p. 134
SOURCE for Courestoon (Kharéhstaun)
« Je fus pourtant huit heures à arriver au gite, qui étoit à un village nommé Courestoon (Kháréhstaun), où il y a beaucoup de dattiers, et une sorte de pruniers sauvages, que les gens du pays nomment kauré, mot qui se prend aussi pour toute sorte d'arbre épineux ; et c'est d'où est venu le nom de Courestoon (1), que porte ce village, qui veut dire amas d'arbres épineux. fn. 1 Lisez Kharéhstaun er Khâurchstaun. Ce mot appartient à la langue persane. Fryer attribue la dénomination du karavanseray et du village à un arbre (épineux) qui croît dans cet endroit. Ce sont les dernières maisons stables et fixes de la route de Gambroàn. A new account, etc. pag. 235. (L-s.) [However, it took me eight hours to arrive at the cottage, which was in a village called Courestoon (Kháréhstaun), where there are many date palms, and a sort of wild plum tree, which the locals call kauré, a word which is also taken for every kind of thorny tree; and this is where the name Courestoon (1) came from, which this village bears, which means cluster of thorny trees. fn. 1 Read Kharéhstaun er Khâurchstaun. This word belongs to the Persian language. Fryer attributes the name of karavanseray and the village to a (thorny) tree which grows in this place. These are the last stable and fixed houses on the Gambroàn road. A new account, etc. p. 235. (L-s.)] » #3213 Sir John Chardin, ed. Louis Langlès, Voyages du Chevalier Chardin en Perse et autres lieux de l’Orient, Nouvelle édition, Le Normant, Imprimeur-Libraire, Paris, 1811 ~ vol. 8 p. 495
« Le 22, étant à Coureston (Khdrehstdun), je reçus un exprès avec des nouvelles que le vaisseau que j'attendois de Surat, avoit mouillé l'ancre la nuit même que j'en étois parti. [On the 22nd, being at Coureston (Khdrehstdun), I received an express with news that the vessel which I expected from Surat, had anchored the very night that I left it.] » #3213 Sir John Chardin, ed. Louis Langlès, Voyages du Chevalier Chardin en Perse et autres lieux de l’Orient, Nouvelle édition, Le Normant, Imprimeur-Libraire, Paris, 1811 ~ vol. 9 p. 79
SOURCE for Couristan
SOURCE for Coverstone
« 4th March. About 3 afternoon sett out for Coverstone, 7 farsangs, stoney way; about 3 farsangs came to a Caravensaroy called Goos Basargoon. Coverstone is a small good Cara vensaroy, a very good village just by it, where may have all things eatable.
note:Diary of 4 March 1707/8.
Coverstone. Kuristân. Le Bruyn (II, 71) describes it as "the great town of Koreston seated in a plain." » #3248 Bernard P. Scattergood, Ed. Temple, Carnac Rihard, The Scattergoods and the East India Company, A Collection of Mss., Indian Antiquary, Bernard Quaritch, London, 1930 vol. LIX:pt DCCXXXVI-A:pp. 33-74 ~ pp. 44 and 49
SOURCE for Cowreʃtan
« the third night to Cowreʃtan, ſeven; » #1608 Herbert, Thomas, Sir, Some Yeares Travels into divers parts of Asia and Afrique. Describing especially the two famous Empires, the Persian, and great Mogull: weaved with the history of these later times ... With a revivall of the first discoverer of America. Revised and enlarged by the Author., Printed by R. Bip. for Jacob Blome and Richard Bishop, London, 1638, ~ p. 125
SOURCE for Cowrstan
« The fift day at night we departed from Bender gomrow and the eighth day we lodged at a Casal, called Cowrstan. » #3292 John Newberry, Two Voyages of John Newberry, in: Purchas, Samuel, Hakluytus posthumus, or Purchas his pilgrimes : contayning a history of the world in sea voyages and lande travells by Englishmen and others in 20 vols., Glasgow : J. Maclehose, , 1905, vol. 8 pp. 449-481 ~ p. 460
SOURCE for dorp Couristan
SOURCE for Kahurestan
« den 26. Dez. zum Dorf und der Karawanserei Kahuiristan (Kahurtscherân) 4 Farsach. [Dec. 26 to the village and caravanserai of Kahuiristan (Kahurcherân) 4 Farsach.] » #3220 Engelbert Kaempfer, ed. Karl Meier-Lemgo, Die Reisetagebu¨cher, F. Steiner, Weisbaden, 1968 ~ p. 124
« This small town of Kahūrestān is situated on a great plain formed by mountains that are separated by more than a league at this location. Because of the particular lay of the land there are several wells here, though their water is partially saline, but it is drawn with a waterwheel and is adequate for irrigating and fertilizing a large portion of the plain where the local inhabitants possess fields of barley, legumes, and a few herbs from which they derive profit. The water also enables many of the spiny trees that were found along the roadside to grow, though these were leafier and provided more shade; the Ambassador’s servants and everyone else in the caravan sought refuge from the sun under them. » #2651 trans. and ed; Jeffrey S. Turley and George Bryan Souza, The Commentaries of D. García de Silva y Figueroa on his Embassy to Shah ʿAbbās I of Persia on Behalf of Philip III, King of Spain, Brill, Leiden, 2017, ~ p. 294
SOURCE for Karistan
« At 4 miles 3 furlongs we pass the caravanserai and three cisterns of Karistan, all in good repair, and the latter full of water. ...
NOTE. From a mound immediately to north-east of the cisterns of Karistan a pass named "Tang Abad". leading through the range Gishu, bears E. by N. ¼ N. » #3208 Samuel Butcher, Persia 1888. From Rishir to Bunder Abbas, 1894 ~ p. 33
SOURCE for Kawristan
« In these parts there is a desert extending over four nights' journey, which is the haunt of Arab brigands and in which | the samum wind blows up in the two months of June and July. ... We travelled through this desert until we came to Kawristân, a small town with running streams and gardens, and extremely hot.(132) fn. 132 This is apparently Küristān, a village on the Rûd-i Küristān, a western affluent of the Rûd-i Shûr, and on the direct westward route from the vicinity of the later town of Bandar 'Abbās. The spelling Kawrästän in the text is an error; cf. vol. IV, p. 311 (Arabic). » #357 Ibn Baṭu¯ṭah, Muh?ammad ibn ʿAbd Alla¯h, The Travels of Ibn Battuta translated with revisions and notes, from the Arabic text edited by C. Defre´mery and B. R. Sanguinetti, by H. A. R. Gibb., Hakluyt Society:Munshiram Manohardal Publishers Pvt Ltd, Cambridge:New Delhi, 1958- :1993, ~ vol. 2 pp. 404-405
« Kawristān » in Map 1. The routes from Shiraz to the Gulf via Lår (1638-1706). (After Jacqueline Calmard, Les routes de Chiraz au Golfe Persique.) #2645 The Encyclopaedia of Islam, 2nd Edition, Brill, Leiden, ~ vol. 5 p. 666
SOURCE for Koferstan
« Durch Kormur, Koferstan, Göſchiran und andere Orth über mannigfaltigeGe bürg und sehr gesalkene Wasserlein fas men wir vor ungeheuer hohe Berge die kein Thal durchschnitte/soweit unsere Aus gen seben kunten. [Through Kormur, Koferstan, Göſchiran and other places over various mountains and very salty little streams we came across immensely high mountains which, as far as our eyes could see, were not crossed by any valley.] » #1609 Schillinger, Franz Caspar, Persianische und Ost-Indianische Reis, Nu¨rnberg, 1707 ~ p. 269
SOURCE for Koreʃton
« et nous pourſuivimes notre chemin, et arrivâmes à 11. heures du foir au grand bourg de Koreʃton, dans la plaine. Nous y logeames chez le Baillif, fans nous arrêter au Caravanserai. [and we continued our journey, and arrived at 11 o'clock in the evening at the large town of Koreʃton, in the plain. We stayed there with the Baillif, but we stopped at the Caravanserai.] » #3227 LeBrun, Corneille, Voyages de Corneille Le Brun par la Moscovie, en Perse, et aux Indes Orientales., Wetstein, Amsterdam, 1718 ~ p. 319
SOURCE for Kovestron
« Kovestron (Thévenot) » #3196 Heinz Gaube, Ein Abschnitt der ṣafavidischen Bandar-e 'Abbās: Širāz-Strasse: Die Strecke von Seyyed Gemāl ad-Din nach Lār, Iran, Journal of the British Institute of Persian Studies, London, 1979 Vol. 17:pp. 33-47 ~ p. 46
SOURCE for Kovristoún
« Lorsqu'on est plus avancé, on voit, sur la gauche du chemin, trois citernes rondes et deux autres en berceau, voûtées et construites en briques, et à quelques pas une tour environnée d'un mauvais fossé. C'est la demeure des percepteurs d'un droit de péage, qui est d'un châhi par charge, et d'un droit de capitation pour les Arméniens et les Juifs, qui est d'une demi-piastre aïn. Les habitations sont éparses dans le reste de cette vallée, appelée Kovristoún.. [When we are further along, we see, on the left of the road, three round cisterns and two others in barrel vaults, vaulted and built of bricks, and a few steps away a tower surrounded by a bad ditch. It is the residence of the collectors of a toll, which is one shāhi per charge, and of a poll tax for Armenians and Jews, which is half a piastre ain. The dwellings are scattered in the rest of this valley, called Kovristoún.] » #3179 Adrien Dupré, Voyage en Perse, fait dans les années 1807, 1808 et 1809, en traversant la Natolie et la Mésopotamie, 1819 ~ vol. 1 p. 424
SOURCE for Kuristan
« Kuristan (Wilson) » #3196 Heinz Gaube, Ein Abschnitt der ṣafavidischen Bandar-e 'Abbās: Širāz-Strasse: Die Strecke von Seyyed Gemāl ad-Din nach Lār, Iran, Journal of the British Institute of Persian Studies, London, 1979 Vol. 17:pp. 33-47 ~ p. 46
« At 9 miles pass the dilapidated caravanserai of Kaleh Puru, with cistern (dry in March 1907) and uninhabited, the fort lying half a mile to the north of the road. At 10 miles a water-course, containing pools of water, is crossed, 80 yards broad, and banks 10 feet high. At 10½ miles and 11½ miles, pass lines of ruined qanāts. The road now becomes very stony, and sparsely covered with scrub. At 12½ miles reach the caravanserai of Kūristan. The foot hills of the Gishū range are now three miles to the north; the hills to the south, known as the Küh-i-Rasül, are two miles distant. Water. From cisterns at caravanserai and 6 wells mile N.-W » #3113 Routes in Persia. vol. III, part I., Printed at the government monotype press, Simla, 1918 ~ p. 30
SOURCE for Rarestoun
« 20 février. Même direction: après une heure de marche, Rarestoun avec un caravansérail et quelques maisons, mais sans habitants. [February 20. Same direction: after an hour's walk, Rarestoun with a caravanserai and a few houses, but without inhabitants.] » #3241 Aucher-Eloy, Relations de voyages en Orient de 1830 à 1838. Part 2, 1843 ~ p. 533
SOURCE for Village 12 Leagues to Gamron
« In that posture I went away the 19. and got that day to a great Village within 12. Leagues of the City of Gamron, and took up my lodging at the Calenter's of the place. » #3669 Adam Olearius, Johann Albrecht von Mandelslo, John Davies, The Voyages and Travells of the Ambassadors Sent by Frederick, Duke of Holstein, to the Great Duke of Muscovy and the King of Persia, J. Starkey and T. Basset, 1669 ~ p. 5

R44-034a Coureston bridge
R44-034a Coureston bridge : place IRN (bridge) NIMA/GNS feature: BDG UFI: 11773307 coordinate: lat 27.190116 long 55.76193 NIMA/GNS names: Pol-e Latidan , پل لاتیدان , VARIANT names: 'a bridge' , Coureston bridge , Kul Bridge , Kur bridge , Pol-e Latidan , Pouli Sengh , Stone Bridge , SOURCE for 'a bridge' « March 5th. About 3 afternoon sett out for Getchee, 6 farsangs. Half way is a bridge and some water that you must pass over. About 7 at night arrived at our Marell. note: Diary of 5 March 1707/8. Bridge. This seems to be the bridge described by Fryer (II, 186 and n. 1) and Le Bruyn, who saw it in 1705 (II, 71): "We passed over a large plain full of wild trees, and crossed the river of Koreston [Shor], which was then very low; but it frequently overflows in the winter. There is a bridge a quarter of a league in length; but entirely useless, by reason of its being ruinous in the middle. I found this to be seven paces wide; it had likewise several arches, and a parapet on each side." » #3248 Bernard P. Scattergood, Ed. Temple, Carnac Rihard, The Scattergoods and the East India Company, A Collection of Mss., Indian Antiquary, Bernard Quaritch, London, 1930 vol. LIX:pt DCCXXXVI-A:pp. 33-74 ~ pp. 44 and 49 SOURCE for Coureston bridge « A la moitié de la traite,on passe un pont fort grand, nommé le pont deCoureston, où l'on arrive par une digue qui,d'espace en espace, est entrecoupée par des arches, pour donner cours à l'eau ; [Halfway through the passage, we cross a very large bridge, called the Coureston bridge, where we arrive by a dike which, from space to space, is intersected by arches, to give flow to the water;] » #3213 Sir John Chardin, ed. Louis Langlès, Voyages du Chevalier Chardin en Perse et autres lieux de l’Orient, Nouvelle édition, Le Normant, Imprimeur-Libraire, Paris, 1811 ~ vol. 8 p. 498 SOURCE for Kul Bridge « Lage: 17 km westlich Karavanserail Mogh Ahmad, 25 km östlich der Rud-e Kul-Brücke, in + 30 m ü. N. N., an der Route von Bandar-e Abbas nach Lar. [Location: 17 km west of Karavanserail Mogh Ahmad, 25 km east of the Rud-e Kul bridge, at + 30 m above sea level. N.N., on the route from Bandar-e Abbas to Lar. ] » #1814 Kleiss, Wolfram, Karawanenbauten in Iran. Materialien zur iranischen Archäologie, Materialien zur iranischen Archa¨ologie, D. Reimer, Berlin, 2000 Band 7:Teil 5: ~ p. 119 SOURCE for Kur bridge « Dieser Fluß Kur (Rudkhånäye Kur) (159) fn. 159 Vgl. darüber GABRIEL, S. 326. ... Hier war noch auf beiden Uferseiten der Rest einer vortrefflichen Brücke, welche durch die Gewalt des Stromes abgerissen war. Doch standen noch diesseits des Flusses über den sumpfigen... von 40 noch 34 große Bogen, zwischen welchen... ein kleiner, über dem Wasser erhabener zum Schmuck (?). Jenseits über das schlüpfrige Land lief der andre Teil der Brücke, in vielen kleinen Bogen bestehend, noch 1/4 Meile weg, so daß von einem Ende zum andern diese Brücke eine große halbe Meile lang gewesen. [This river Kur (Rudkhånäye Kur) (159) fn. 159 See GABRIEL, p. 326. ... Here on both sides of the river was the remains of an excellent bridge, which had been torn down by the force of the river. But there were still 34 large arches on this side of the river over the marshy... out of 40, between which... a small one raised above the water for decoration (?). Beyond over the slippery land the other part of the bridge, consisting of many small arches, ran another quarter of a mile away, so that from one end to the other this bridge was a large half mile long.] » #3220 Engelbert Kaempfer, ed. Karl Meier-Lemgo, Die Reisetagebu¨cher, F. Steiner, Weisbaden, 1968 ~ p. 124 SOURCE for Pol-e Latidan « This bridge is located on the Kul River on the Lar road and 80 km west of Bandar Abbas , hence it is also known as the Kul Bridge. » [accessed 14 Feb 2024] « Sur les trois heures du matin je passai deux ponts de pierre joints ensemble par une longue chaussée. [About three o'clock in the morning I crossed two stone bridges joined together by a long causeway.] » #3144 Jean-Baptiste Tavernier, Pascal Pia, Voyages en Perse et description de ce royaume par Jean-Babtiste Tavernier Marchand Francais, E´d. du Carrefour, Paris, 1930~ p. 323 SOURCE for Pouli Sengh « Betwixt three and four of the Clock we went over a very high and fair Bridge, above three Fathom broad, and betwixt ſeven and eight hundred common Paces long, it is well Paved, and has a fide-Wall on each fide about a Foot and a half high: under this Bridge runs a River above nine or ten Fathom broad, which is heard at a great diſtance, by reafon of the noise it makes in its courſe; there is no drinking of the water of it, for it is Salt, and it difcharges it felf into the Sea about fix hundred Paces from thence. The name of that River is Robbouna, that is to ſay the running River, and that is the name they give to all great Rivers; it comes from Kermont, the name of the Bridge is Pouli Sengh, that is to fay Stone- Bridge, or otherwife Pauli Coreʃton before this River comes to the Bridge, it runs by the Foot of the Hills on the Left Hand Northwards, and there it begins to beSalt: » #1574 Thévenot, Jean de, The travels of Monsieur de Thévenot into the Levant : in three parts, viz. into I. Turkey, II. Persia, III. The East-Indies / newly done out of French., Printed by H. Clark for H. Faithorne [etc.], 1687 ~ pt. 2 p. 134 SOURCE for Stone Bridge « Athwart this Fen, which was upward of Three Miles, was Built not long since, as by the Modern Architecture may be guessed, a stately Stone Bridge with Arches, on which high Banisters with Niches, and a brave paved Cawsey Elegantly Built, which kept pace with us, but by the Negligence of these People, as well as Injury of Floods and Sands, it was broke down in several places, especially where the Torrent made the deepest Channel, so that though firm and strong in the greatest part of it, yet by its being ruined in the most needful, it is become impassable; and though a Work of extraordinary Benefit and Charge, yet already rendred of little Use (1). fn. 1“On the north bank of the river [Shor], about half a mile from the road, will be seen two bridges, each of about forty arches, of stone, and still almost intact. The river has long ago changed its bed, and left the bridges standing useless on the bank” (Wilson, op. cit. 154). Tavernier (254 f.) gives a long description of this bridge, “built by a Persian., whose name was Aly : who wanting employment at home, apply’d himself to the King of Golconda^ who lik’d him so well, that he made him General of his Army. Being thus advanc’d, he also turn’d Merchant, and trading first with one vessel, then with two, got a great estate.” » #1591 Fryer, John M. D., A New Account of East-India and Persia in eight letters being nine years travel (Edited, with notes and an introduction, by William Crooke), Hakluyt Society:Kraus Reprint, 1909:1967, 3 vols. ~ vol. 2 p. 186 « Den 27. dito 's morgens met zonneſchyn weer voort-gang makende, moeſten door veel kley, inoeras en eenige ricvieren, trokken voorby een Karrawanſera, Koereſſon genaamd, en quamen by een ſteene brug, die wel so bogen heeft, leggende over een ſnel-loopende rievier, [On the 27th morning, moving again with sunshine, we had to pass through a lot of clay, inoeras and some rivers, passed a Karrawanſera, called Koereſſon, and came to a stone bridge, which has so many arches, laying over a rapid -running river,] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ vol. 5 p. 266

R44-035 Guetchy
R44-035 Guetchy : place IRN (caravanserai)
NIMA/GNS feature: none independent coordinate: lat 27.144946 long 55.877197
Supplement: see place name « Madi »
VARIANT names: Caravansera , Gacheen , Gachin , Gatchin , Gedji (Gätschin) , Gesje , Getche , Getfie , Getje , Getschijen , Ghetʃchi , Gitsi , Gitsy , Gochine , Guetchy , Karavanserail Gecine (newer) , Kishigan ,
SOURCE for Caravansera
« but my indisposition kept me there till the 22. of February. That day I travelled six leagues to a Caravansera, where I rested my self till the heat of the day was over, and then got three leagues further to another Caravansera. » #3669 Adam Olearius, Johann Albrecht von Mandelslo, John Davies, The Voyages and Travells of the Ambassadors Sent by Frederick, Duke of Holstein, to the Great Duke of Muscovy and the King of Persia, J. Starkey and T. Basset, 1669 ~ p. 5
SOURCE for Gacheen
« Next night wee got to Gacheen, five farfangs further; » #1608 Herbert, Thomas, Sir, Some Yeares Travels into divers parts of Asia and Afrique. Describing especially the two famous Empires, the Persian, and great Mogull: weaved with the history of these later times ... With a revivall of the first discoverer of America. Revised and enlarged by the Author., Printed by R. Bip. for Jacob Blome and Richard Bishop, London, 1638, ~ p. 125
SOURCE for Gachin
« As soon as the moon rose, the journey continued until eight o’clock in the morning, at which point the caravan reached the caravanserai of Gachin,(13) which is four leagues from Band ʿAli. fn 13 Present-day Gachin-e Pāʿin, meaning “Gachin of the Sea”; see Speelman, Joan Cunaeus, n.p. » #2651 trans. and ed; Jeffrey S. Turley and George Bryan Souza, The Commentaries of D. García de Silva y Figueroa on his Embassy to Shah ʿAbbās I of Persia on Behalf of Philip III, King of Spain, Brill, Leiden, 2017, ~ p. 292
SOURCE for Gatchin
« At 6 miles 1 furlong the road crosses a very shallow water-course, choked with sand, and about 60 yards broad. On its eastern banks we pass the ruins of a caravanserai, and a well, which latter, by native report, contains drinkable water. Another 1½ furlongs brings us to an old and delapidated caravanserai, and at 6 miles 3 furlongs we pass the large cistern of Gatchin. Altitude above sea, 3 feet. » #3208 Samuel Butcher, Persia 1888. From Rishir to Bunder Abbas, 1894 ~ p. 35
SOURCE for Gedji (Gätschin)
« den 27. zur Karawanserei, vor welcher ein Schilfdorf, von Lappen und Stroh erbaut, liegt, Gedji (Gätschin) 6 Farsach.... Weiter ½ Farsach zu den Geddji (Gätschin-)Karawansereien, deren erste verfallen, die andre no brauchbar war. [the 27th to the caravanserai, in front of which lies a reed village built of rags and straw, Gedji (Gätschin) 6 Farsach. ... Continue ½ Farsach to the Geddji (Gätschin) caravanserais, the first of which fell into disrepair and the other was no longer usable.] » #3220 Engelbert Kaempfer, ed. Karl Meier-Lemgo, Die Reisetagebu¨cher, F. Steiner, Weisbaden, 1968 ~ p. 124
SOURCE for Gesje
« We see a bridge there, which is a quarter of a league long, but we should not ignore it because it is broken in the middle. I approached it and found that it was 7. not wide, many arches and a parapet on both sides. We arrived at one o'clock in the morning at the Caravanserai of Gesje, after a journey of 5 leagues » #3227 LeBrun, Corneille, Voyages de Corneille Le Brun par la Moscovie, en Perse, et aux Indes Orientales., Wetstein, Amsterdam, 1718 ~ p. 319
SOURCE for Getche
« whereby I was encouraged to auspicate a more Coelestial Path might lead us to Getche (1) in the Turkish Language signifying a Goat Village; fn.
1 Geche in Fryer's map is Gachin, 12 miles E. of Band 'Ali. "Next night we got to Gacheen, five farsangs further [from Band 'Ali]" (Herbert, 125). From the great Bridg to Guitchi is one of the most pleasant countries in all Persia, being a continu'd Grove. Guitchi is a place accommodated with two Inns, one a very fine one and convenient: the other very badly seated, by reason of the dust that con- tinually annoys it standing upon a sandy ground" (Tavernier, 255). Elsewhere (48) he calls it Guetchy. "Traversing a desert valley bounded on north and south by low hills of grey marl, the scattered village of Gachin is reached, surrounded by date groves" (Wilson, Geog. Journ. xxxi (1903), 153. » #1591 Fryer, John M. D., A New Account of East-India and Persia in eight letters being nine years travel (Edited, with notes and an introduction, by William Crooke), Hakluyt Society:Kraus Reprint, 1909:1967, 3 vols. ~ vol. 2 p. 184
« March 5th. About 3 afternoon sett out for Getchee, 6 farsangs. Half way is a bridge and some water that you must pass over. About 7 at night arrived at our Marell.
note: Diary of 5 March 1707/8.
Getchee. Gachîn. See Fryer, II, 184 and n. 1. Le Bruyn also halted at Gesje in 1705 (II, 10), where he found women "who sold fresh butter, with eggs and good fowls," but the water was "very indifferent." When he returned in the following year (II, 134) he calls the place Getjie. » #3248 Bernard P. Scattergood, Ed. Temple, Carnac Rihard, The Scattergoods and the East India Company, A Collection of Mss., Indian Antiquary, Bernard Quaritch, London, 1930 vol. LIX:pt DCCXXXVI-A:pp. 33-74 ~ pp. 44 and 49
SOURCE for Getfie
« en namen ons verblyf in cen Karrawaniera, Getfie genaamd, en ontrent een dorp gelegen, diens huizingen niet dan hutten waren. Alhier vonden wy, tot onze groote blydſchap, ver- ſcheide Europianen, die, van Gamron komende, zyn Ed: quamen welkom hieten, namelyk de Heer Hoogkamer, Koopman, en opper-hoofd van de E. Compagnies handel tot Congo, Monfr. Prins, onder-Koopman en pakhuis meeſter, Sr. Van der Hoop, Fiscaal, benevens eenige afſiſtenten Wy zagen op de weg veel plantagie van Dadel-boomen, ook veel coloquint-appelen, als mede veel genees kruiden. Alhier quamen ook zeer veel Benjanen. [and took up our abode in a Karrawaniera, called Getfie, situated near a village, the houses of which were nothing but huts. Here we found, to our great joy, several Europeans who, coming from Gamron, welcomed his Ed:men, namely the Lord Hoogkamer, Merchant, and chief of the E. Company trade to Congo, Monfr. Prince, sub-merchant and warehouse master, Sr. Van der Hoop, Fiscaal, as well as some local residents. We saw many plantations of date trees on the road, also many coloquint apples, as well as many medicinal herbs. Many Benjans also came here.] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ vol. 5 pp. 266-7
SOURCE for Getje
« Den 8.dito quam hy ten half zes in Getje in de ruftplaats, van welke Carrawanfera Bandali myl mylen afgelegen is. [On the 8th he arrived at half past five in Getje, at the resting place, from which Carrawanfera Bandali is several miles distant.] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ vol. 5 p. 272
« Den 11. dito na 2½ myl, quam zyn Ed: in Getje. [The 11th ditto after 2½ miles, near his Ed: in Getje.] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ vol. 5 p. 285
SOURCE for Getschijen
« quamen met een westelijke cours des morgens ten 6 uuren in de serae getchjien, waar in men, schoon vrij vervallen, egter logeerde [arrived at the serae getchjien at 6 o'clock in the morning with a westerly course, where, although quite dilapidated, they nevertheless stayed] » #3298 Ketelaar embassy in 1.04.02 Inventaris van het archief van de Verenigde Oost-Indische Compagnie (VOC), 1602-1795 (1811) section 1901 1719. IIIIII. Derde boek: Batavia, derde deel 1719 1719 (old KA 1793), ~ f. 978v
« ... ;KA 1793, fol. 987b. (Getschijen); ... » #1169 Floor, Willem, The Bandar Abbas-Isfahan Route in the Late Safavid era, Iran, Journal of the British Institute of Persian Studies, London, 1999, 37:67-94 ~ p. 85 fn. 131
SOURCE for Ghetʃchi
« Wednesday the eighth of April, about fix of the Clock in the Morning, we came to a covered Kervanʃiray called Ghetʃchi, fix Agatseb from Courefton: There is another belides, cloſe by, by, which is not covered, but like the reft in all things elfe, and a little ruinous. » #1574 Thévenot, Jean de, The travels of Monsieur de Thévenot into the Levant : in three parts, viz. into I. Turkey, II. Persia, III. The East-Indies / newly done out of French., Printed by H. Clark for H. Faithorne [etc.], 1687 ~ pt. 2 p. 134
SOURCE for Gitsi
SOURCE for Gitsy
« De gemelte brugh legt ontrent halver wegh, sulcx noch 24, mijl verder gereden sijnde ontrent 5 ditos van Gitsy ten negen uuren [The melting bridge is about half way, about 24 miles further, it was about 5 ditos from Gitsy at nine o'clock] » #3226 Cornelis Janszoon Speelman Ed. A. Hotz, Journaal der reis van den gezant der O.I. Compagnie Joan Cunaeus naar perzië in 1651-1652, J. Müller, 1908 ~ p. 40
SOURCE for Gochine
« 18 The 18th daye we came to Gochine [Gachin], acaravansero in a wildernesse, wher we found,contrarie to our expectation, refreshing both for man and horse, as egges, milke, dates and mosssuch as that poore place yeeldes, and haye for horses. Here we picht by a tanck a litle from the howse, haueing traveled 6 lges. of very fayerwaye and pies ant by res on of the green bushes wehgrowes all this waye, and in some places groues of date trees. » #3214 Stodart, Robert; introduction and notes by Sir. E. Denison Ross, The Journal of Robert Stodart: Being an account of his experiences as a member of Sir Dodmore Cotton's Mission in Persia in 1628-29. Published from the unique manuscript preserved in the Bodleian Library, Luzac and Co, 1935 ~ pp. 84-5
SOURCE for Guetchy
« je fis le reste de ma traite, qui étoit de trois lieues et demie, dans ces sables mouvans dont j'ai parlé, où l'on ne reconnoît ni sentier ni traces, à force d'être remués par les vents et par le gravier, que les débordemens d'eau y amassent. ... . On le nomme Guetchy (1), mot qui signifie chèvre en arabe, parce qu'on en élève beaucoup aux environs. Il y a tout proche une trentaine de cabanes de bois et de feuilles de dattier, fn. 1 Ketchy. Ce mot est turk; la chèvre re nomme a'nz en arabe, et buz en persan. C'est, dit Fryer (New account of cast India and Persia, etc., p. 133) un village, sur roues, on wheels, placé au milieu d'une vallée sablonnense, qui ne produit que des buissons et des tonces dont les chamcaux font leur nourriture. (L-s.) [I did the rest of my haul, which was three and a half leagues, in these shifting sands of which I spoke, where we recognize neither path nor traces, due to being moved by the winds and by the gravel , which the overflows of water collect there. .... It is called Guetchy (1), a word which means goat in Arabic, because many of them are raised in the surrounding area. There are around thirty wooden and date leaf huts nearby, fn. 1 Ketchy. This word is Turk; the goat is renamed a'nz in Arabic, and buz in Persian. It is, says Fryer (New account of cast India and Persia, etc., p. 133) a village, on wheels, placed in the middle of a sandy valley, which produces only bushes and tons of which the camels make their food. (L-s.)] » #3213 Sir John Chardin, ed. Louis Langlès, Voyages du Chevalier Chardin en Perse et autres lieux de l’Orient, Nouvelle édition, Le Normant, Imprimeur-Libraire, Paris, 1811 ~ vol. 8 pp. 502-3
« Le 20, me trouvant pressé par les médecins d'emmener mes gens hors du Bander-Abassi, ... Je partis sur le soir, avec le chef de la compagnie française, et j'ar- rivai à minuit à Guetchy (1), qui est à sept lieues de Bander-Abassi. fn. 1 Lisez Ketchy, et voyez ci-dessus, t. VIII, p. 503. (L-s.) [On the 20th, finding myself urged by the doctors to take my people out of Bander-Abassi, ... I left in the evening, with the head of the French company, and I arrived at Guetchy at midnight (1) , which is seven leagues from Bander-Abassi. fn. 1 Read Ketchy, and see above, t. VIII, p. 503. (L-s.)] » #3213 Sir John Chardin, ed. Louis Langlès, Voyages du Chevalier Chardin en Perse et autres lieux de l’Orient, Nouvelle édition, Le Normant, Imprimeur-Libraire, Paris, 1811 ~ vol. 9 p. 78
SOURCE for Karavanserail Gecine (newer)
« Karavanserail Gecine (Gacin/Gachin) (Taf. 25,4) (Abb. 7; 212) (102)Lage: 17 km westlich Karavanserail Mogh Ahmad, 25 km östlich der Rud-e Kul-Brücke, in + 30 m ü. N. N., an der Route von Bandar-e Abbas nach Lar. Am Ort sind ein älterer und ein jüngerer und größerer Bau sowie zwei runde Zisternen erhalten.Der jüngere, größere Bau:Typ: Quadratischer, innen kreuzförmiger Bau. Zwei-raum-Gruppen an den Nord-, West- und Südecken und eine dreischiffige Halle in der Ostecke (Abb. 213).Abmessungen: Außenmaße 17,80 × 17,80 m, Gebäu-dehöhe 3,50 m.fn 102 Die Bauten von Gecine (Gacin) wurden am 3. 3. 1984 vermessen. [Gecine (Gacin/Gachin) Caravanserail (Plate 25.4) (Figs. 7; 212) (102)Location: 17 km west of Mogh Ahmad Caravanserail, 25 km east of the Rud-e Kul Bridge, at an elevation of 30 m above sea level, on the route from Bandar-e Abbas to Lar. An older and a newer, larger structure, as well as two round cisterns, are preserved at the site.The newer, larger structure:Type: Square building with a cruciform interior. Two-room groups at the north, west, and south corners and a three-aisled hall in the east corner (Fig. 213). Dimensions: External dimensions 17.80 × 17.80 m, building height 3.50 m.fn 102 The buildings of Gecine (Gacin) were surveyed on March 3, 1984.] » #1814 Kleiss, Wolfram, Karawanenbauten in Iran. Materialien zur iranischen Archäologie, Materialien zur iranischen Archa¨ologie, D. Reimer, Berlin, 2000 Band 7:Teil 5: ~ p. 119
SOURCE for Kishigan
« (35) Kishigan [? sic] to Hurmuzor Bandar (Gämbrun)-6 farsakhs. » #1570 A Chronicle of the Carmelites in Persia, and the Papal Mission of the XVIIth and XVIIIth Centuries, Eyre and Spottiswoode, 1939, 2 vol. ~ vol. 1 p. 219

R44-036 Bendaly
R44-036 Bendaly : place IRN (caravanserai)
NIMA/GNS feature: none independent coordinate: lat 27.156925 long 56.141826 † basis (p)
VARIANT names: Band Ally , Bandali , Bandalie , Bandally , Bande Aly , Bendali , Bend-Ali , Bendaly , Bendaly , Birkeh Band-i- 'Ali , C. Bandali , K. Bend Ali , Kar Bendali ,
SOURCE for Band Ally
« they returning to Gombroon, and we going on Three Pharsangs that Night to Band Ally (1) fn. 1 Band ’All, “the embankment of ’All,” about 9 miles S.W. of Bandar ’Abbas. “The first night (from Gombroon) we rode to Bandally, sixteene English miles (and most part along the Gulph)” » #1591 Fryer, John M. D., A New Account of East-India and Persia in eight letters being nine years travel (Edited, with notes and an introduction, by William Crooke), Hakluyt Society:Kraus Reprint, 1909:1967, 3 vols. ~ vol. 2 p. 177
SOURCE for Bandali
« Een Portugees, Baltasar Borges genaamd, die te Bender Congo, waar de Portugeesche schepen aankomen, de helft van de tollen geniet, heeft hem verteld, dat hij naar Bandali, 3 mijlen van Gamron, wil verhuizen, omdat Bender Congo ongeschikt is. [A Portuguese named Baltasar Borges, who enjoys half the tolls at Bender Congo, where the Portuguese ships arrive, has told him that he wants to move to Bandali, 3 miles from Gamron, because Bender Congo is unsuitable.] » #2780 Rijks geschiedkundige publicatiën Grote serie · Volume 72 Bronnen tot de geschiedenis der Oostindische Compagnie in Perzie, 1611-1638., Martinus Nijhoff, The Hague, 1930, ~ p. 471
« Haben unser Einkehr genommen zu Bandali in einer ganz neue auferbaueten Caravansera, ware Sonns tag/und der 14:October, [We stopped off at Bandali in a brand new caravanserai, it was Sunday and the 14th of October.] » #1609 Schillinger, Franz Caspar, Persianische und Ost-Indianische Reis, Nu¨rnberg, 1707 ~ p. 272
« Den 28. dito trokken wy over een zeer moejelyk klippig en kleyagtig ge- bergte, alwaar een ſchoone nieuwe over- dekte Tank op ſtaat, met ſlegt water voorzien; want men alhier 4 a 5 mylen in 't rond ſlegt water heeft. Wy qua- men voorby twee vervalle Karrawanſera's Onefoor genaamd, en floegen ons ter neder tot Bandali, niet weinig verheugd zynde, dat wy nu de Zee weer zagen, alzoo deze plaats op 't gebergte aan ſtrand legt. [On the 28th we crossed a very difficult, rocky and clayey mountain range, where there is a beautiful new covered tank, supplied with fresh water; because there is water 4 to 5 miles around here. We passed two ruined Karrawanſeras called Onefoor, and settled down to Bandali, not a little rejoicing that we now saw the Sea again, as this place lays on the mountain on the beach.] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ vol. 5 p. 267
« Den 7. Namiddernacht, ten 4 uuren brak hy op, en quam in de Carrawanfera tot Bandali ten half zeven, [On the 7th midnight, at 4 o'clock, he set out, and arrived at the Carrawanfera at Bandali at half past six,] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ vol. 5 p. 272
SOURCE for Bandalie
« We continued our journey on the fifth at sunset, and arrived at midnight at the Caravanserai of Bandalie after a journey of 5. » #3227 LeBrun, Corneille, Voyages de Corneille Le Brun par la Moscovie, en Perse, et aux Indes Orientales., Wetstein, Amsterdam, 1718 ~ p. 319
SOURCE for Bandally
« The firſt night (from Gumbroon) wee rode to Bandally, fixteene English miles (and moft part along the gulph) or to compute it in the Perſian tongue, five farfangs and a halfe; a farlang (Pliny calls it a parasang which containes thirty ftades or foure Italian miles) is three of ours, or a Dutch league; in namesonly different. At Band Ally we found a neat Carravansraw or Inne » #1608 Herbert, Thomas, Sir, Some Yeares Travels into divers parts of Asia and Afrique. Describing especially the two famous Empires, the Persian, and great Mogull: weaved with the history of these later times ... With a revivall of the first discoverer of America. Revised and enlarged by the Author., Printed by R. Bip. for Jacob Blome and Richard Bishop, London, 1638, ~ p. 124
SOURCE for Bande Aly
« 'sCompagnies saeken op 't hoogste in agtinge gegeven hebbende, heeft Sijn Edele 't affscheyt genomen en met 'tgevolgh wegh gevordert tot 's avont ten negen uyren, dat in de carewansera (1) Bande Aly (2) 2½ mijl van Gamron ende dight aan de strandt gelegen, op de manier van een cruyskerkje in 't midden een achtcante overwulffde plaets gemaekt en seer gerieffelijk voor den reysiger. Van hier geraekte fn. 1 Karavanserai (woordelijk: verblijf, herberg der karavanen).fn. 2 Bend Ali. - Een Bend is een dam in een stroom ter opstuwing van het water voor irrigatie. Dupré (Foy. en Perse, I, 389) 1807, ver- meldt omtrent deze plaats de grafstede van een mohammed. heilige: [Having given the Company's utmost consideration, His Honor took the post and accordingly progressed until nine o'clock in the evening, which was in the carewansera (1) Bande Aly (2) 2½ miles from Gamron and the located close to the beach, in the manner of a Cruys church in the middle an octagonal overwhelmed place created and very comfortable for the visitor. Got from here fn. 1 Caravanserai (literally: residence, inn of caravans). fn. 2 Bend Ali. - A Bend is a dam in a stream to impound water for irrigation. Dupré (Foy. en Perse, I, 389) 1807, mentions the grave of a Mohammed about this place. saint:] » #3226 Cornelis Janszoon Speelman Ed. A. Hotz, Journaal der reis van den gezant der O.I. Compagnie Joan Cunaeus naar perzië in 1651-1652, J. Müller, 1908 ~ p. 38
SOURCE for Bendali
« : about an hour and a half after, we came to another little covered Kervanferay, called Bendali, which is but an Agatfch from Houni Serikb, and cloſe by the Sea: werefted there two hours, becauſe they would have fired upou us from the Fort of Bender Abaʃʃi, it we had come there in the Night time, » #1574 Thévenot, Jean de, The travels of Monsieur de Thévenot into the Levant : in three parts, viz. into I. Turkey, II. Persia, III. The East-Indies / newly done out of French., Printed by H. Clark for H. Faithorne [etc.], 1687 ~ pt. 2 p. 135
SOURCE for Bend-Ali
« L'autre chemin, qui est sur la droite, qui est le seul bon chemin, n'est presque qu'un sable continuel jusqu'au Bander-Abassi, et il se fait d'ordinaire en une journée. On passe deux carvanseras, dont le dernier s'appelle Bend-Ali, bâti au bord de la mer; et c'est où a été enterré Monsieur de Lalain, l'un des deux députés que le Roi avait envoyés en Perse et aux Indes pour l'établissement de la nouvelle compagnie de commerce dans l'Orient. [The other path, which is on the right, which is the only good path, is almost only continuous sand up to Bander-Abassi, and it is usually done in one day. We pass two carvanseras, the last of which is called Bend-Ali, built by the sea; and this is where Monsieur de Lalain was buried, one of the two deputies that the King had sent to Persia and the Indies for the establishment of the new trading company in the Orient.] » #3144 Jean-Baptiste Tavernier, Pascal Pia, Voyages en Perse et description de ce royaume par Jean-Babtiste Tavernier Marchand Francais, E´d. du Carrefour, Paris, 1930 ~ pp. 325-6
SOURCE for Bendaly
« Les environs de Bendaly (1) sont sablon- neux, remplis de dattiers et de pruniers sauvages. On y voit aussi de-çå et de-là beaucoup de ci- ternes de caravanserais et de tombeaux. fn. 1 Bend A'ly est un käravansérây ouvert de tous côtés pour laisser circuler l'air de la mer, dont il n'est éloigné que de 300 pas. Les habitans, qui végétent dans le plus grand dénument, habitent de misérables cabanes couvertes de feuilles de palmier et montées sur des roues pour pouvoir changer de place quand il leur plaît. Eend A'ly est à cinq lieues de Goûr bazárgaun. Fryer's account of East India and Persia, 230; Voyages de C. Le Bruyn, tom. IV, Pag. 476. (L-s.) [The surroundings of Bendaly (1) are sandy, full of date palms and wild plum trees. We also see here and there many caravan cisterns and tombs. fn. 1 Bend A'ly is a käravansérây open on all sides to let the sea air circulate, from which it is only 300 steps away. The inhabitants, who vegetate in the greatest destitution, live in miserable huts covered with palm leaves and mounted on wheels so that they can change places whenever they please. Eend A'ly is five leagues from Goûr bazárgaun. Fryer's account of East India and Persia, 230; Travels of C. Le Bruyn, tom. IV, Page. 476. (L-s.)] » #3213 Sir John Chardin, ed. Louis Langlès, Voyages du Chevalier Chardin en Perse et autres lieux de l’Orient, Nouvelle édition, Le Normant, Imprimeur-Libraire, Paris, 1811 ~ vol. 8 p. 503
« 6th March. Sett out for Bendaly, 4 farsangs, a little hilly way.
note: Diary of 6 March 1707/8.
Bendaly. Band-i-'Alî. See Fryer, II, 177 and n. 1. Le Bruyn praises the "Caravanserai of Band-Alie" (II, 71): "That building is open on all sides, for the commodious admission of the breezes, which blow from the sea, and are very refreshing; that place being not above 3000 paces distant from the gulf of Persia, which much resembles the main sea." » #3248 Bernard P. Scattergood, Ed. Temple, Carnac Rihard, The Scattergoods and the East India Company, A Collection of Mss., Indian Antiquary, Bernard Quaritch, London, 1930 vol. LIX:pt DCCXXXVI-A:pp. 33-74 ~ pp. 44 and 49-50
SOURCE for Birkeh Band-i- 'Ali
« Birkeh Band-i- 'Ali » in {map#1135 U.S. Army Map Series K501: Iraq and Iran:, , , The University of Chicago fig. Bandar_Abbas G-40C 1942}
« At 9 miles pass the ruined caravanserai and cistern of Band-i-'Ali. (No water in March 1907.) The sea lies half a mile to the south. » #3113 Routes in Persia. vol. III, part I., Printed at the government monotype press, Simla, 1918 ~ p. 27
« Birkeh Band-i- 'Ali » in {map#1242 , , , 'BUNDER ABBAS-PUHAL SURVEY ', '(Sd.) B.W. MAINPRISE, Capt. R.E., Octr. 1913.' [?49r] (1/2), British Library: India Office Records and Private Papers, IOR/L/PS/10/316, f 49, in Qatar Digital Library fig. Section No. II Suru to the Rud-i-Kul}
« We then pass the cistern and ruined caravanserai of "Band Ali," the former apparently in good repair, and, for 100 yards or so, traverse broken ground, intersected by gullies, amid low hillocks of sand and sun-baked clay. The mounds of sand to south of the road then merge in the general surface, and afford a view of the sea, distant about half a mile, and of the adjacent islands of Hormuz and Kishm. » #3208 Samuel Butcher, Persia 1888. From Rishir to Bunder Abbas, 1894 ~ p. 37
SOURCE for C. Bandali
« Den 7. Namiddernacht, ten 4 uuren Komt te brak hy op, en quam in de Carrawanſera Bandali ten half zeven, tot welke plaats toe zyn Ed: door den koopman van Hairen, en den onder-koopmande Later, uytgelei gedaan wierd, nemende de zelve, daar van zyn Ed. afſcheid. [On the 7th afternoon, at 4 o'clock, he arose and arrived at the Carrawanreta Bandali at half past six, to which place his Ed: by the merchant of Hairen, and the sub-merchant de Later, was carried away, taking the same, there from his Ed. farewell.] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ bk. 5 p. 272
SOURCE for K. Bend Ali
« ½ Farach nach der Karawanserei Bend Ali (Band Ali). Ist eine neue Sommerkarawanserei, guten Klanges, erhabenen Grundes ins Kreuz gebaut mit einem großen Mittelgewölbe und Seiten-Eiwanen im Kreuz. Zwischen welchen außen in jeder Ecke ein wohlgebautes Kämmenden ist. Nach dem Meeren zu hat sie noch eine Erweiterung bekommen, die in 2 großen, offenen, erhabenen Eiwanen besteht, bequem und kuhl zu logieren. - Ist etwa einen Musketenschuß von dem Golf. [½ Farach to the Bend Ali caravanserai (Band Ali). Is a new summer caravanserai, of good sound, built on a sublime base in the cross with a large central vault and side eggs in the cross. Between which there is a well-built combing end in every corner. After the sea, she got an extension, which consists of 2 large, open, raised eggs, comfortable and cool to stay in. - Is about a musket shot from the Golf.] » #3220 Engelbert Kaempfer, ed. Karl Meier-Lemgo, Die Reisetagebu¨cher, F. Steiner, Weisbaden, 1968 ~ p. 125
SOURCE for Kar Bendali
« Nach Kar Bendali (Kâr Band-e 'Ali) und weiter nach Bostuun (Bostânu). Unweit davon haben wir unter freiem Himmel bei einem Hirten geschlafen, der uns ein ziemlich gutes Trinkwasser wußte zu spendieren. [To Kar Bendali (Kâr Band-e 'Ali) and further to Bostuun (Bostânu). Not far from there we slept under the open sky with a shepherd who gave us some pretty good drinking water.] » #3220 Engelbert Kaempfer, ed. Karl Meier-Lemgo, Die Reisetagebu¨cher Engelbert Kaempfers, F. Steiner, Weisbaden, 1968 ~ p. 143

R44-037 Bander - Abassi
R44-037 Bander - Abassi : place IRN
NIMA/GNS names: Bandar `Abbas , Bandar `Abbasi , Bandar-e `Abbas , Cambarao , Gombroon , Gumrun , Port Comorao , بندر عباس , بندر عباس , بندر عباسی , گمبرن ,
VARIANT names: Bandar , Bandar Abbas , Bandar port , Bandel , Bandel do Comorão , Bander - Abassi , Bander goomroone , Bander-Abaffie , Banderabassi , Bander-Abassi , Banderabassy , Bender Abaʃʃi , Bender gomrow , Bender-Abassy , Bender-Abbassi , Camarão , Combrú , Comerão , Gambrun , Gamron , Gamru , Gamrun , Gombroon , Gombrun , Goumeron , Hurmuz or Bandar ,
SOURCE for Bandar
« so that I re|solv'd to get to Bandar, whatever it cost me, out of the confidence I had that there, among so many Merchants of several Nations who trade thither, I should find some ease. » #3669 Adam Olearius, Johann Albrecht von Mandelslo, John Davies, The Voyages and Travells of the Ambassadors Sent by Frederick, Duke of Holstein, to the Great Duke of Muscovy and the King of Persia, J. Starkey and T. Basset, 1669 ~ p. 6
SOURCE for Bandar Abbas
« There are grounds for believing that the town is situated on or near the site of the small fishing village of Shahrū (see Iṣṭakhri, 67) or Shahruvā (see the Ḥudūd al-ʿAlam, 124 and 375). When the neighbouring island of Djarūn (or Djarrūn) ceased to be so called and was given instead the name of Hormuz at the beginning of the 8th/14th century, the former name was transferred to Shahrū. » #2645 The Encyclopaedia of Islam, 2nd Edition, Brill, Leiden, ~ vol. 1 p. 1013
« trockensten, allerheißesten, giftigsten, ungesundesten, verfluchtesten und der Hölle schatverwande Ormusschen Seehafen und Stadt Gamron oder Bandar 'Abbas. [driest, hottest, most poisonous, unhealthy, most cursed and hell-bound Ormuz seaport and city of Gamron or Bandar 'Abbas.] » #3220 Engelbert Kaempfer, ed. Karl Meier-Lemgo, Die Reisetagebu¨cher, F. Steiner, Weisbaden, 1968 ~ p. 125
« Leaving Chahaly, immediately dropped into the wide bed of a river with high sandstone cliffs on each side. This we followed for 20 minutes, and then ascending the cliffs to the right by a sharp, short pass, got into a lot of curious sandstone hills cut up in every direction into funny forms and peaks by the effects of running water, Followed along a road in the plateau of sandstone, which was nothing but a series of narrow troughs cut by the innumerable feet of donkeys and assisted by rain, for over an hour, and then descending quickly, came on to the sands which surround Bandar Abbas. » #3120 John Richard Preece, Notes of a journey made between Shiraz and Jashk, via Fassa, Darab, Bandar Abbas, and Minab, Superintendent Government Printing, India, Calcutta, 1884 ~ p. 22
« 1614. (The Captain-major) “under orders of Dom Luis da Gama returned to succour Comorão, but found the enemy’s fleet already there and the fort surrendered.…News which was heard by Dom Luis da Gama and most of the people of Ormuz in such way as might be expected, some of the old folks of Ormuz prognosticating at once that in losing Comorão Ormuz itself would be lost before long, seeing that the former was like a barbican or outwork on which the rage of the Persian enemy spent itself, giving time to Ormuz to prepare against their coming thither.” - Bocarro, Decada, 349. » #379 Yule, Henry and Burnell A. C., Hobson-Jobson, The Anglo-Indian Dictionary, Wordsworth Editions Ltd, Ware, Hertfordshire, 1996 ~ p. 384
« from Lar to Bandar (28). And that is where the harbour of Hormuz (29) is, fn. 28 By "Bandar" (lit., harbour) Nikitin means Old Hormuz (see next note).fn. 29 Hormuz is an island and old seaport in the Persian Gulf. Old Hormuz stood on the coast. » #623 Nikitin, Athanasy, Khozhenie za tri moria Afanasiia Nikitina, 1466-1472 gg. (Afansy Nikitin's Voyage beyond the Three Seas, 1466-1472), Moskva, 1960, ~ p. 109
SOURCE for Bandar port
« Ho dominguo pela menhaam chegaram ao porto de banda que está na terra firme tres legoas d ormuz, [On Sunday morning they arrived at the port of Banda, which is on dry land three leagues from Ormuz,] » #2516 Afonso de Albuquerque, ed.Raymundo Antonio de Bulhão Pato, Henrique Lopes de Mendonça, Cartas de Affonso de Albuquerque, seguidas de documentos que as elucidam, Academia Real Das Sciencias de Lisboa, 1884, 1898 ~ vol. 2 p. 235
SOURCE for Bandel
« fn. 11 In referring to the general area of the Persian littoral, Silva y Figueroa employs the Portuguese term Bandel, based on Persian bandar (meaning “harbor city”); this region corresponds to the present-day Iranian province of Hormozgān, which faces the Persian Gulf near the Straits of Hormuz (see p. 244) » #2651 trans. and ed; Jeffrey S. Turley and George Bryan Souza, The Commentaries of D. García de Silva y Figueroa on his Embassy to Shah ʿAbbās I of Persia on Behalf of Philip III, King of Spain, Brill, Leiden, 2017 ~ p. 246
« fn. 94 The Persian word bandar, meaning “harbor city,” refers to the Persian littoral around
Gamrū [Bandar-e ʿAbbās]; see YandB, 58, s.v. “bandel.” For the province in which the Bandel
is located, see p. 246 n. 11. » #2651 trans. and ed; Jeffrey S. Turley and George Bryan Souza, The Commentaries of D. García de Silva y Figueroa on his Embassy to Shah ʿAbbās I of Persia on Behalf of Philip III, King of Spain, Brill, Leiden, 2017 ~ p. 285
The next morning the sultan of the Bandel, under whose jurisdiction [fol. 476r] falls the section of mainland between Gamrū and the island of Qeshm, » #2651 trans. and ed; Jeffrey S. Turley and George Bryan Souza, The Commentaries of D. García de Silva y Figueroa on his Embassy to Shah ʿAbbās I of Persia on Behalf of Philip III, King of Spain, Brill, Leiden, 2017 ~ p. 732
« The Portuguese were detained "some days" at the port of Bandel, taking horses (canalgaduras) to ride upon, and camels for their possessions (fato), and sundry other things for their journey. Our author, in a brief note, describes Bandel (Bandar Abbas) as a place of thatched houses, inhabited by poor people, living in a land well provided with dates. » #3255 Ronald Bishop Smith., The First Age of the Portuguese Embassies, Navigations and Peregrinations in Persia (1507-1524), Decatur Press, Bethesda, Maryland, 1970 ~ p. 64
SOURCE for Bandel do Comorão
« The origins of Bandel do Comorão lay in the period after the Portuguese took Hormuz in 1515 during ‘the time of the Kings of Lar who allowed them to stay there so they could better supply Ormuz.’ (5) The island’s hereditary rulers had traditionally claimed allegiance from parts of Mughestan and Birunat from which were derived significant revenues.(6)
fn. 5 CASA OCD 234/d, Fr Redento de la Cruz, Relación. chap. XXX, f.1
fn. 6 Aubin, Jean. 1973 ‘Le Royaume d’Ormuz au début du XVIe siècle’, Mare Luso-Indicum, vol 2, 107-8. Mughestan comprised the coastal territory east of the Strait of Hormuz between Minab in the north and the southern coast at Jask. Minab, Manujan and Vaskird, north-east of the Strait, represented three districts of Birunat from which Hormuz earned revenues. » #1698 Faridany, E. K., Signal Defeat: the Portuguese Loss of Comorão in 1614 and its Political and Commercial Consequences at Portugal, The Persian Gulf and Safavid Persia Conference, 8-9 September 2007 The Smithsonian Institution, Washington DC, Washington, 2007 ~ p.2
SOURCE for Bander - Abassi
« On a à la gauche les montagnes, et la mer à la droite, mais à tant de distance qu'on ne la voit que quand on est tout proche de Bander - Abassi; on dé- couvre sur la route plusieurs bois de dattiers, qui sont les maisons d'été des gens de ces pays- là. A cinq cents pas de la ville, il y a un bureau de raalidars, ou gardes des grands chemins, qui sert de bornes au gouvernement de Laar, lequel s'étend jusqu'en ce lieu. Je fus mettre pied à terre au bureau de la compagnie des Indes orientales de France , dont un fort honnête homme de Dijon, nommé M. Perrot , ëtolt le chef. [We have the mountains on the left, and the sea on the right, but at such a distance that we only see it when we are very close to Bander - Abassi; On the road we discover several date palm groves, which are the summer homes of the people of these countries. Five hundred steps from the town, there is an office of raalidars, or guards of the highways, which serves as boundaries for the government of Laar, which extends to this place. I disembarked at the office of the French East India Company, of which a very honest man from Dijon, named M. Perrot, was the head.] » #3213 Sir John Chardin, ed. Louis Langlès, Voyages du Chevalier Chardin en Perse et autres lieux de l’Orient, Nouvelle édition, Le Normant, Imprimeur-Libraire, Paris, 1811 ~ vol. 8 pp. 505-6
SOURCE for Bander goomroone
19 The 19th daye being Fridaye we came to Bander goomroone [Gombroon], being the port,wch place we did long to see; and att lengtht the almighti God out of His bountiful merciehath brought vs safe, haueing past thorow great many misseries and troubles. This night Mr.Robert Hedges, a gentn and being a spetiall freind of mine, agreed wth my self for to ride thorow to the towne being 7 lges., and lighted att the English howse, wher we were courteousely entertayned.Here we took our lodging this night.
SOURCE for Bander-Abaffie
« « Endlich den 15, Octobr.noch fruhe mors gens bey guter Zeit langten wir vor Ban- der-Abaffie an: wurden ganz gutig und ungehindert eingelassen/ und gleich im ersten Eingang von verschiedenen Euro påern freundlichst begrússet/uud in gelegene Caravanfera eingewiesen. [Finally, on October 15th, early in the morning, we arrived at Bander-Abaffie in good time. We were let in very easily and without hindrance and were greeted very kindly by several Europeans at the first entrance and shown to the nearby caravan site.] » #1609 Schillinger, Franz Caspar, Persianische und Ost-Indianische Reis, Nu¨rnberg, 1707~ » #1609 Schillinger, Franz Caspar, Persianische und Ost-Indianische Reis, Nu¨rnberg, 1707 ~ p. 272-3
SOURCE for Banderabassi
« Banderabassi » in {map#980 Plan particulier du golfe de Perse, depuis les caps de Rosalgatte et de Jasque, jusqu'à Bassora / [d'Après de Mannevillette] ; Dheulland sculp, Anonyme, Guillaume Dheulland, Graveur, 1700-1799, Bibliothèque nationale de France, département Cartes et plans, GE DD-2987 (6746)} see AHduGP map 74
SOURCE for Bander-Abassi
« De Bend-Ali au Bander-Abassi il n'y a plus que deux grandes lieues, et la plus grande partie du chemin est un pays de palmiers. [From Bend-Ali to Bander-Abassi there are only two long leagues, and the greater part of the way is a country of palm trees.] » #3144 Jean-Baptiste Tavernier, Pascal Pia, Voyages en Perse et description de ce royaume par Jean-Babtiste Tavernier Marchand Francais, E´d. du Carrefour, Paris, 1930 ~ p. 326
« Le 20, me trouvant pressé par les médecins d'emmener mes gens hors du Bander-Abassi, [On the 20th, finding myself under pressure from the doctors to take my people out of Bander-Abassi,] » #3213 Sir John Chardin, ed. Louis Langlès, Voyages du Chevalier Chardin en Perse et autres lieux de l’Orient, Nouvelle édition, Le Normant, Imprimeur-Libraire, Paris, 1811 ~ vol. 9 p. 78
SOURCE for Banderabassy
« I left Surat on February 21, 1671, on an English ship bound for the port of Banderabassy, from where I set out by land on March 25, to go as far as Babylon. » #3606 Voyage des Indes orientales, mêlé de plusieurs histoires curieuses, par M. Carré.., Vve de C. Barbin, Paris, 1699 ~ vol. 1 p. 143
SOURCE for Bender Abaʃʃi
« us from the Fort of Bender Abaʃʃi, it we had come there in the Night time, and therefore we parted not from Bendali till next day at half an hour after two in the Morning, and a little after five a Clock we came to the Houſe of a Rhadar near the Town of Bender, » #1574 Thévenot, Jean de, The travels of Monsieur de Thévenot into the Levant : in three parts, viz. into I. Turkey, II. Persia, III. The East-Indies / newly done out of French., Printed by H. Clark for H. Faithorne [etc.], 1687 ~ pt. 2 p. 135
SOURCE for Bender gomrow
« The second of August about mid- night, I arrived at Bender gomrow, where the Portugals keepe a Castle with seven or eight Souldiers, within it. And this Bender gomrow, which is on the mayne land, was sometimes the Kings of Lar, and after that Abreham Cans, and so it came to the King of Ormus. » #3292 John Newberry, Two Voyages of John Newberry, in: Purchas, Samuel, Hakluytus posthumus, or Purchas his pilgrimes : contayning a history of the world in sea voyages and lande travells by Englishmen and others in 20 vols., Glasgow : J. Maclehose, , 1905, vol. 8 pp. 449-481 ~ p. 460
SOURCE for Bender-Abassy
« 27 avril. Les chameaux sont en effet arrivés, et j'espère enfin quitter Bender-Abassy, où la chaleur est extrême, et l'air excessivement mauvais. [April 27. The camels have indeed arrived, and I hope to finally leave Bender-Abassy, where the heat is extreme, and the air extremely bad. ] » #3241 Aucher-Eloy, Relations de voyages en Orient de 1830 à 1838. Part 2, 1843 ~ p. 585
SOURCE for Bender-Abbassi
« Nous arrivâmes à midi à Bender-Abbassi . Le commandant eut la bonté de venir nous recevoir à la porte de sa maison . [We arrived at Bender-Abbassi at noon.] » #3179 Adrien Dupré, Voyage en Perse, fait dans les années 1807, 1808 et 1809, en traversant la Natolie et la Mésopotamie, 1819 ~ vol. 1 p. 390
SOURCE for Camarão
« GOMBROON, n.p. The old name in European documents of the place on the Persian Gulf now known as Bandar ’Abbas, or ’Abbasi. The latter name was given to it when Shah ’Abbas, after the capture and destruction of the island city of Hormuz, established a port there. The site which he selected was the little town of Gambrún. This had been occupied by the Portuguese, who took it from the ‘King of Lar’ in 1612, but two years later it was taken by the Shah. The name is said (in the Geog. Magazine, i. 17) to be Turkish, meaning ‘a Custom House.’ The word alluded to is probably gumruk, which has that meaning, and which is again, through Low Greek, from the Latin commercium. But this etymology of the name seems hardly probable. That indicated in the extract from A. Hamilton below is from Pers. kamrun, ‘a shrimp,’ or Port. camarão, meaning the same. » #379 Yule, Henry and Burnell A. C., Hobson-Jobson, The Anglo-Indian Dictionary, Wordsworth Editions Ltd, Ware, Hertfordshire, 1996 ~ p. 384
SOURCE for Combrú
« 1622.—“That evening, at two hours of the night, we started from below that fine tree, and after travelling about a league and a half…we arrived here in Combrú, a place of decent size and population on the sea-shore, which the Persians now-a-days, laying aside as it were the old name, call the ‘Port of Abbas,’ because it was wrested from the Portuguese, who formerly possessed it, in the time of the present King Abbas.”—P. della Valle, ii. 413; [in Hak. Soc. i. 3, he calls it Combu]. » #379 Yule, Henry and Burnell A. C., Hobson-Jobson, The Anglo-Indian Dictionary, Wordsworth Editions Ltd, Ware, Hertfordshire, 1996 ~ p. 384
SOURCE for Comerão
« No entanto o rei da Persia tinhase já apoderado em 1614 do forte de Comerão na terra firme, a tres leguas de Ormuz e das ilhas de Baharem e de Queixome, aquella muito rica por causa da pesca das perolas, e esta porque abastecia Ormuz de agua doce e de refrescos. [However, in 1614 the king of Persia had already taken over the fort of Comerão on the mainland, three leagues from Ormuz and the islands of Baharem and Queixome, the former very rich because of pearl fishing, and the latter because it supplied Ormuz with water. candy and refreshments] » #2280 Manoel Bernardes Branco, Portugal e os estrangeiros, Livraria De A. M. Pereira, Lisboa, 1879 ~ p. 315
SOURCE for Gambrun
« Of these possibly Najiram may stand for the island of Jarm on which the later town of Hurmuz stood. Karman is the Carmon of p. 76, n. 1, and p. 77, n. 1, i.e., Gambrun, which is not far from the site of Hurmuz in Mas'udi's time. » #40 Barbosa, Duarte, The Book of Duarte Barbosa, an Account of the Countries Bordering on the Indian Ocean and Their Inhabitants. Translated by M. L. Dames, Hakluyt Society:Asian Educational Services, London:New Delhi, 1918-21:2002 ~ p.79 notes
SOURCE for Gamron
« bezitten wij min of meer uitgebreide aanteekeningen van de hand der vele Europeanen, die hunne lotgevallen hebben te boek gesteld). Sedert echter Gamron (Bender-Abbas) in de tweede helft der 18de eeuw zijn plaats als [We have more or less extensive notes by many Europeans who have recorded their adventures. However, since Gamron (Bender-Abbas) took its place in the second half of the 18th century] » #3226 Cornelis Janszoon Speelman Ed. A. Hotz, Journaal der reis van den gezant der O.I. Compagnie Joan Cunaeus naar perzië in 1651-1652, J. Müller, 1908 ~ p. V
« The path from here to Gamron extends eastward, and partly along the shore. » #3227 LeBrun, Corneille, Voyages de Corneille Le Brun par la Moscovie, en Perse, et aux Indes Orientales., Wetstein, Amsterdam, 1718 ~ p. 319
« Den 29. dito zyn wy na Bendar Abaafi vertrokken, en tot Gamron (zynde de zelve ſtad, na Abaaz Bandar Abaafi genaamd) gekomen. [On the 29th we left Bendar Abaafi and came to Gamron (the same city called Bandar Abaafi after Abaaz).] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ vol. 5 p. 267
SOURCE for Gamru
« However, in 1622, when Hormuz changed hands, most buildings were destroyed and the Safavides decided to divert all traffic to Gamru, on the mainland opposite of Hormuz. The rise of Gamru, named Bandar 'Abbàs by their new masters, caused the final decline of Hormuz. » #2023 Ralph Kauz and Roderich Ptak, Hormuz in Yuan and Ming sources, Bulletin de l'École française d'Extrême-Orient, ~ p. 29
« The tents were pitched next to the remains of the fortress of Gamrū, the same one that had been so infamously lost three years earlier,(3) the blame for which falls [margin: less heavily] on its defenders [margin: than upon those who failed to come to its aid]. [fol. 192v] The Ambassador was forced to tarry in this location for a few days in the blistering heat because horses had to be purchased for his servants and for the monks he had brought with him for the journey to Lār and Shirāz. fn 3 3 See p. 246, n. 11. » #2651 trans. and ed; Jeffrey S. Turley and George Bryan Souza, The Commentaries of D. García de Silva y Figueroa on his Embassy to Shah ʿAbbās I of Persia on Behalf of Philip III, King of Spain, Brill, Leiden, 2017, ~ p. 289
SOURCE for Gamrun
« The great depot for the produce of India, China, and Persia, was then removed to Gombroon* and Ormuz, and has ever since remained in the hands of the Persian monarch. » fn. « * Gamrún, or Gamrú.-E » #253 Kempthorne, Lieut. G.B., Notes on a Survey along the Eastern Shores of the Persian Gulf in 1828, Royal Geographical Society, 1835
SOURCE for Gombroon
« The name Djarun was transferred to the small town and port of Suru or Shahru on the mainland 17 km to the north-west, where goods in transit to or from Hormuz were transhipped; this name became corrupted to Gamru and was further corrupted by Europeans into Gambrun, Gombrun and Gombroon. » #2645 The Encyclopaedia of Islam, 2nd Edition, Brill, Leiden, ~ vol. 3 p. 585
« they returning to Gombroon, and we going on Three Pharsangs that Night to Band Ally (1) fn. 1 Band ’All, “the embankment of ’All,” about 9 miles S.W. of Bandar ’Abbas. “The first night (from Gombroon) we rode to Bandally, sixteene English miles (and most part along the Gulph)” » #1591 Fryer, John M. D., A New Account of East-India and Persia in eight letters being nine years travel (Edited, with notes and an introduction, by William Crooke), Hakluyt Society:Kraus Reprint, 1909:1967, 3 vols. ~ vol. 2 p. 177
« Fourteene dayes are paſt ſince we entred Gombroon; the place has no fuch Magick to perfwade us to inhabit here. Our end is travell, why ftay we then? » #1608 Herbert, Thomas, Sir, Some Yeares Travels into divers parts of Asia and Afrique. Describing especially the two famous Empires, the Persian, and great Mogull: weaved with the history of these later times ... With a revivall of the first discoverer of America. Revised and enlarged by the Author., Printed by R. Bip. for Jacob Blome and Richard Bishop, London, 1638, ~ p. 124
«7th March. In the morning, about 9 in the morning, arrived at Gombroon with the Cheife, Mr. John Eaton Dodsworth, Mr. Dennis, Mr. Beavis and Batson who all came out a little way to meet me.
Gombroon, the old name of Bandar 'Abbas. See Yule, Hobson-Jobson, s.v. Gombroon. For a description and illustration of the oity in 1705 see Le Bruyn, II, 73-75. » #3248 Bernard P. Scattergood, Ed. Temple, Carnac Rihard, The Scattergoods and the East India Company, A Collection of Mss., Indian Antiquary, Bernard Quaritch, London, 1930 vol. LIX:pt DCCXXXVI-A:pp. 33-74 ~ pp. 44 and 49-50
SOURCE for Gombrun
SOURCE for Goumeron
« Bandar Abbaffi is made of the destruction of Ormous, Portuguese call it Goumeron, There is Sultan with a small militia, who guards two small Castles: It is at twenty-eight degrees of latitude towards the Arctic Pole that, few people inhabit it in the East, because of the great. heat: The water there is bad and half salty, there is only one beach without a port, where ships arrive from all sides to negotiate. » #3465 Le Gouz de La Boullaye, Les voyages et obseruations du Sieur de La Boullaye-Le-Gouz, gentil-homme angeuin : ou` sont de´crites les religions, gouuernemens, et situations des estats et royaumes d'Italie, Grece, Natolie, Syrie, Perse, Palestine, Karamenie, Kalde´e, Assyrie, grand Mogol, Bijapour, Indes orientales des Portugais, Arabie, Egypte, Holande, grande Bretagne, Irlande, Dannemark, Pologne, isles et autres lieux d'Europe, Asie et Affrique, ou il a` seiourne´, le tout enrichy de belles figures ; et dedie´ a` l'Eminentissime Cardinal Capponi, Chez Geruais Clousier au Palais, sur les degrez de la Saincte Chapelle, Paris, 1653 ~ p. 115
SOURCE for Hurmuz or Bandar
« (35) Kishigan [? sic] to Hurmuzor Bandar (Gämbrun)-6 farsakhs. » #1570 A Chronicle of the Carmelites in Persia, and the Papal Mission of the XVIIth and XVIIIth Centuries, Eyre and Spottiswoode, 1939, 2 vol. ~ vol. 1 p. 219

R44-016 Chiras
R44-016 Chiras : place IRN
NIMA/GNS names: Chimaz , Chiraz , Schiras , Shiraz , Siraz , شیراز ,
VARIANT names: Chiras , Chiraz , Chyraz , Giras , Giraz , Schiras , Sciras , Sciraz , Scyras , Sehiras , Shira-its-tsi-ish , Shirass , Shiraz , Siras , Siràs or Xiràs or Sciraz , Širaz , Sjiraas , Sjiraas , Stadt Siraes , Syras , Xiras , Xiraz , Zjie-raes ,
SOURCE for Chiras
« dinge alle de omleggende vlekken hooren, en daarvan hij in Chiras aan den gouverneur reekeningh doen moet, [let all the destroyers hear the things, and he must give an account of them to the governor in Chiras,] » #3226 Cornelis Janszoon Speelman Ed. A. Hotz, Journaal der reis van den gezant der O.I. Compagnie Joan Cunaeus naar perzië in 1651-1652, J. Müller, 1908 ~ p. 74
« Le 17, j'arrivai à Chiras, foible et défait, [On the 17th, I arrived in Chiras, weak and defeated,] » #3213 Sir John Chardin, ed. Louis Langlès, Voyages du Chevalier Chardin en Perse et autres lieux de l’Orient, Nouvelle édition, Le Normant, Imprimeur-Libraire, Paris, 1811 ~ vol. 9 p. 90
« Je n'ai point voulu marquer par le compas la route que je tenois , jour par jour, d'Ispalian à Chiras, car c'est presque la même chose chaque jour ; [I did not want to mark with the compass the route I took, day by day, from Ispalian to Chiras, because it is almost the same thing every day;] » #3213 Sir John Chardin, ed. Louis Langlès, Voyages du Chevalier Chardin en Perse et autres lieux de l’Orient, Nouvelle édition, Le Normant, Imprimeur-Libraire, Paris, 1811 ~ vol. 8 p. 241
SOURCE for Chiraz
« ITINÉRAIRE DE CHIRAZ A SIRAF. De Chiraz à Kafra كفرة village 15 milles.?? » #3001 Al-Idrisi, P. Amedee Jaubert, Geographie d'Edrisi, Bertrand, Paris, 1836 ~ vol. 1 p. 400
SOURCE for Chyraz
« Chyraz » in {map#1255 Carte de la Perse, de la Turquie d'Asie et d'une partie de la Tartarie Indépendante / dressée par P. Lapie... ; gravée par Blondeau..., , 1810, Bibliothèque nationale de France, département Cartes et plans, GE C-10435}
« Chyraz » in {map#1253 Carte de la Perse, de la Turquie d'Asie et d'une partie de la Tartarie Indépendante / Dressée par P. Lapie, ... pour les Voyages de Chardin ; Gravée par Blondeau, ..., , 1810, }
« Arrivé à la porte de Chyraz, un individu préposé à je ne sais quoi se jeta sur Alawerdi et le secoua avec violence; on lui demanda 2 krowns, je ne sais à quel titre. Alawerdi résista, mais le préposé s'empara du fusil qu'il portait en bandoulière. Je le laissai faire, bien persuadé que j'en obtiendrais raison. Je fus d'abord à la douane où je déposai mes effets qui furent culbutés,, Dieu sait comme! et me rendis ensuite chez le nabab où je retrouvai mon logement. [Arriving at the gate of Chyraz, an individual in charge of I don't know what threw himself on Alawerdi and shook him violently; he was asked for 2 krowns, I don't know for what reason. Alawerdi resisted, but the attendant grabbed the rifle he was carrying across his shoulder. I let him do it, fully convinced that I would get his way. I first went to customs where I deposited my belongings which were overturned, God knows how! and then went to the nawab where I found my accommodation.] » #3241 Aucher-Eloy, Relations de voyages en Orient de 1830 à 1838. Part 2, 1843 ~ p. 603
SOURCE for Giras
« GIRAS, cidade de - Shiraz, em 29° 38' lat. N. e 52° 31' long. E., na Pérsia. [P. Fernão Guerreiro - Relações Anais]. [GIRAS, city of - Shiraz, in 29° 38' lat. N. and 52° 31' long. E., in Persia. [P. Fernão Guerreiro - Annals].] » #2603 Visconde De Lagoa, Glossario Toponimico Da Antiga Historiografia Portuguesa Ultramarina, Oficina Grafica, Casa Portuguesa Rua Das Gaveas, 1953, ~ vol. D-N p. 85
SOURCE for Giraz
« From there they will go to the city of Vargim, and from there to the city of Giraz » #2516 Afonso de Albuquerque, ed.Raymundo Antonio de Bulhão Pato, Henrique Lopes de Mendonça, Cartas de Affonso de Albuquerque, seguidas de documentos que as elucidam, Academia Real Das Sciencias de Lisboa, 1884, 1898 ~ vol. 2 p. 249
SOURCE for Schiras
« Le seizième de mars à huit heures du matin, je partis de Schiras, et après six heures de marche dans la plaine, qui cesse d'être fertile à une lieue de la ville, [On the sixteenth of March at eight o'clock in the morning, I left Schiras, and after six hours of walking in the plain, which ceases to be fertile a league from the town,] » #3144 Jean-Baptiste Tavernier, Pascal Pia, Voyages en Perse et description de ce royaume par Jean-Babtiste Tavernier Marchand Francais, E´d. du Carrefour, Paris, 1930 ~ p. 310
« J'arrivay à Schiras ſur les fix heures du ſoir ; [I arrived at Shiras around six o'clock in the evening;] » #3632 Tavernier, Jean-Baptiste, Les six voyages de Jean Baptiste Tavernier, Ecuyer Baron d'Aubonne, qu'il a fait en Turquie, en Perse, et aux Indes,, Chez Gervais Clouzier et Claude Barbin, 1676 ~ p. 656
« La Ville de Schiras, où nous arrivames enfin le 4 de Mars, n'eſt qu'à 1 mille de Tſchinar Raddar vers l'Eſt. Nous employames donc dixhuit jours, pour faire le Voyage d'Abuſchäbhr à Schiras, au lieu que fans cela, quelqu'un peut facilement faire ce Voyage en fix jours. La cauſe que nous étions fi longtems en chemin, n'étoit pas ſeulement le mauvais tems et le détour par Kormudſch, mais que la plus part des Marchandises de notre Kaffle, n'étoient chargées que fur des mauvais Anes, qui ne pouvoient faire que de petites journées. [The city of Shiras, where we finally arrived on March 4th, is only one mile east of Tſchinar Raddar.
It therefore took us eighteen days to make the journey from Abuſschäbhr to Shiras, whereas someone could easily make this journey in ten days. The reason we were so long on the road was not only the bad weather and the detour via Kormudſsh, but also that most of the goods in our wagon were loaded only onto poor donkeys, which could only travel for short periods.] » #3642 Niebuhr, Carsten, Voyage en Arabie et en d'autres pays circonvoisins, vol. 2, S.J. Baalde, Amsterdam, 1780 ~ vol. 2 p. 91
SOURCE for Sciras
« . Egli, mentre facemmo dimora a Sciras, non volle che noi ſpendeſsimo, per non offender le leggi dell'oſpitalità; [While we were staying in Sciras, he did not want us to spend money so as not to offend the laws of hospitality; ] » #3239 Giovanni Francesco Gemelli Careri, Giro del mondo, del dottor D. Gio. Francesco Gemelli Careri.., stamp. di G. Roselli, Napoli, 1699 ~ pt. 2 p.263
SOURCE for Sciraz
« Fatta poi notte, di nuovo ci rimettemmo alla via; e il mercoledi, ventidue di giugno, camminate pian piano e molto adagio le due o tre sole leghe che restavano infin alla città di Sciraz, non prima dell'alba ci arrivamnto. [Then when night fell, we set off again; and on Wednesday, the twenty-second of June, you walked slowly and very slowly the only two or three leagues that remained until the city of Sciraz, arriving there not before dawn.] » #1530 Pietro Della Valle, Viaggi di Pietro della Valle: il pellegrino, G. Gancia, Brighton, 1843, ~ vol. 2 p. 362
« A due o tre ore di notte facemmo di nuovo levata, e dopo aver camminato tutto il resto della notte, il sabbato, sedici di ottobre, fatte le sci altre leghe che sole restavano a giorno chiaro, levato già il sole, arrivammo ai giardini di Sciraz, la qual città è situata pur in un bel piano circondato quasi d'ogn'intorno da monti, [At two or three o'clock in the morning we rose again, and after having walked all the rest of the night, on Saturday, the sixteenth of October, having skied the other leagues that were left in the light of day, the sun having already risen, we arrived at the gardens of Sciraz, which city is situated on a beautiful plain surrounded almost on all sides by mountains,] » #1530 Pietro Della Valle, Viaggi di Pietro della Valle: il pellegrino, G. Gancia, Brighton, 1843, ~ vol. 2 p. 265
SOURCE for Scyras
« Het Landt roudtom Scyras is seer buchtbaar; maar boven al in Wijngaarden/die den Wijn voastrengen / welke dosz geheel Perfien, en selfs daar bupten / voor den besten van de ge heele Werelt gehouden. werdt / zijnde noch geuriger/ krachti ger/en forter als de Canarie-Sck. [The Land of Scyras is very famous; but above all in Vineyards / that supply the Wine / which are entirely Perfian, and even there / held for the best in the entire World. was / being neither more fragrant / more powerful / and stronger than the Canarie-Sck.] » #3243 Jan Janszoon Struys, Drie aanmerkelijke en seer rampspoedige Reysen, Meurs, 1677 ~ p. 354
SOURCE for Sehiras
« Having view'd these Antiquities, which with those of Derbent, were all we met with in our Travels, I prosecuted my jour|ney the 28. of Ianuary, and got that day ten Leagues, to the City of Sehiras. » #3669 Adam Olearius, Johann Albrecht von Mandelslo, John Davies, The Voyages and Travells of the Ambassadors Sent by Frederick, Duke of Holstein, to the Great Duke of Muscovy and the King of Persia, J. Starkey and T. Basset, 1669 ~ Mandelslo pt. 2 p. 2
SOURCE for Shira-its-tsi-ish
see source « Syras »
SOURCE for Shirass
« Dined here and went away for Shirass, being 5 farsangs, bad way up hills and down ; about the middle of the way in a fine plain is a good caravensaroy. Arrjved at Shirass at 8 at night. 21st [February], being Sunday. Went away for Bobbahodge. 9 farsangs good way . » #3248 Bernard P. Scattergood, Ed. Temple, Carnac Rihard, The Scattergoods and the East India Company, A Collection of Mss., Indian Antiquary, Bernard Quaritch, London, 1930 vol. LIX:pt DCCXXXVI-A:pp. 33-74 ~ p. 41
SOURCE for Shiraz
« This route passed Tarom, Forgh, Rustak, Darab, Darakan, Fasa, Sarvestan and then Shiraz, and from there onwards to Isfahan. This was the normal trade route prior the reign of Shah `Abbas I (1587-1629) . » #3002 Willem Floor, Persian Gulf: Links with the Hinterland, Bushehr, Borazjan, Kazerun, Banu Ka`b and Bandar Abbas, Mage Publishers, Washington, 2015 ~ p. 252 and #1169 Floor, Willem, The Bandar Abbas-Isfahan Route in the Late Safavid era, Iran, Journal of the British Institute of Persian Studies, London, 1999, 37:67-94 ~ p. 67
« 24th February, Khan-i-Zanyan, 3 farsakhs ; 9 a.m. to 1 p.m. 25th February, Shiraz, 8 farsakhs ; 5.30 a.m. to 4 p.m. Next morning early, we saddled our horses for Shiraz. We had thirty-two miles to march, and the road, winding among bare mountain-tops, proved less interesting than any stage since Burazjan. » #3078 Stack, Edward, Six months in Persia, Sampson Low, Marston, Searle and Rivington, London, 1882 ~ p. 45
« next night pitching a farfangh ſhort of Shiraz; where we expected a ceremonious entrance » #1608 Herbert, Thomas, Sir, Some Yeares Travels into divers parts of Asia and Afrique. Describing especially the two famous Empires, the Persian, and great Mogull: weaved with the history of these later times ... With a revivall of the first discoverer of America. Revised and enlarged by the Author., Printed by R. Bip. for Jacob Blome and Richard Bishop, London, 1638, ~ p. 132
« Hastening on towards Shiráz, I met a line inspector on tour, Mr Jefferies, who informed the that there was a riot taking place in the capital of Fárs. Accordingly, with very brief visits to the stupendous monuments of Persepolis, which I fortunately was able to examine carefully five years later, marched rapidly on, and being warned to avoid the town, proceeded to the beautiful Telegraph Garden, where I was most hospitably received by Dr Scully, the entertainer of almost every European traveller in Persia. » #1631 Sykes, Major P. Molesworth, Ten thousand miles in Persia or eight years in Iran, John Murray, London, 1902, ~ p. 80-81
« and thence in 5 leagues to the city of Shiraz. Total: from Yazdi-khwāst to Shiraz 44 leagues, » #1764 ed. Le Strange, G., The geographical part of the Nuzhat-al-qulub composed by Hamd-Alla¯h Mustawfi¯ of Qazwi¯n in 740 (1340), E.J. Brill, Leiden, 1919 ~ p. 176
« Further on, we passed the fine tomb of Shah Ameer Hamza, son of the Imaum Moosa; and crossing a bridge over the dry bed of a river, we entered Shiraz before dark. » #1185 Buckingham, J. S., Travels in Assyria, Media, and Persia, including a journey from Bagdad by Mount Zagros, to Hamadan, the ancient Ecbatana, researches in Ispahan and the ruins of Persepolis, and journey from thence by Shiraz and Shapoor to the sea-shore, Henry Colburn: Gregg International Publishers Limited, London: London, 1829:1971, ~ p. 287
« Although the city is the capital of the historic province of Fars and by right of inheritance the successor to the glory of Persepolis, the claim which Shiraz can make to eminence by reason of antiquity is not comparable with that of either Hamadan or Rei in Media of old. The general location of the city, it is true, is probably an ancient one, as shown by the vestiges of Achsemenian and Sasanian ruins in the vicinity, » #3178 Jackson, A. V. Williams, Persia past and present; a book of travel and research, with more than two hundred illustrations and a map, The Macmillan Company, London, 1906 ~ p. 324
SOURCE for Siras
« The 24th daye about 12 a clok att night we did sett out of the citie of Siras, comonly called by the inhabitans Shiras, and traveling over theplayne, » #3214 Stodart, Robert; introduction and notes by Sir. E. Denison Ross, The Journal of Robert Stodart: Being an account of his experiences as a member of Sir Dodmore Cotton's Mission in Persia in 1628-29. Published from the unique manuscript preserved in the Bodleian Library, Luzac and Co, London, 1935 ~ p.78
« In our Stay here we had Opportunity to observe Siras, not only by Fame, but indeed to be, second to none, except the Royal City, in the whole Empire: » #1591 Fryer, John M. D., A New Account of East-India and Persia in eight letters being nine years travel (Edited, with notes and an introduction, by William Crooke), Hakluyt Society:Kraus Reprint, 1909:1967, 3 vols. ~ vol. 2 p. 211
« Siras (Shirāz) for each carga half a mahmudi as in Lār » #3297 John Emerson, Rahdars and Their Tolls in Safavid and Afsharid Iran, Journal of the Economic and Social History of the Orient, 1987 vol. 30:no. 3:pp. 318-327 ~ p. 321
SOURCE for Siràs or Xiràs or Sciraz
« fn. 30. Bembo gives three spellings for Shiraz: "Siràs or Xiràs or Sciraz." Persepolis is 80 km north of Shiraz. The plain to which Bembo refers is Marv Dasht, and he gives the name "Mircascun" to the town of Zargan. » #3299 trans. Clara Bargellini ed. Anthony Welch Ambrosio Bembo, The Travels and Journal of Ambrosio Bembo, University of California Press, Berkeley and Los Angeles, 2007 ~ p. 298
SOURCE for Širaz
« Širāz VI C4
Id Iran
Métropole (misr) de la province du Fāris et circonscription
IV 391 » #2912 Georgette Cornu, Atlas du monde arabo-islamique a l'epoque classique IXe-Xe siecles, E.J. Brill, Leiden, 1985, ~ p. 58
SOURCE for Sjiraas
« Den 11. dito na 2 mylen, aan de voor aan in Sjiraas gelegene Tsaarbag, daar van velen verwelkomt wierd. [The 11th ditto after 2 miles, at the front of Tsarbag located in Shiraas, where many were welcomed.] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ vol. 5 p. 285
« Den 7. dito vertrokken wy van Sjiraas, hadden een goeden weg, en rondom ons veel dorpen. [On the 7th we left Shiraas, had a good road, and many villages around us.] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ bk. 5 p. 263
« Den 6. dito wierd zyn. Ed: door eenige Armeniers bezogt, door hen met eenige tafel-vrugten beichonken, en 's namiddags door deneerſten ſchryver des Viziers verzogt, om op te zitten, weshalven zyn ed: na Sjiraas vertrok, [On the 6th his Ed: was visited by some Armenians, by whom he was refreshed with some table fruits, and in the afternoon he was requested by the chief scribe of the Vizier to sit on, wherefore his Ed: departed after Sjiraas,] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ vol. 5 p. 274
SOURCE for Stadt Siraes
SOURCE for Syras
« Persia alla via di levante (A levante, ove prima si trova la città de Syras la quale) li..20., ha populo inumerabile, mercadanti assaissimi, perchè tutti i mercadanti che vengono da le parte di sopra, cioè da Ere, Sanmarcahanthe (299) e da li in suso (volendo vegnir per la via de la Persia) passano per Syras, (300) fn. 299. Sanmarcahanth Samarcanda, la principale città della Transoxiana. RUY GONZALES DE CLAVIJO, che Enrico III di Castiglia aveva inviato come ambasciatore a Timur nel 1405, ci ha lasciato una descrizione di Samarcanda quale era ai suoi tempi; cfr. la sua opera Embassy to Tamerlane, cit., pp. 285-290. (Lo.) fn. 300. Syras Shiraz. Contrariamente a quanto comunemente si crede, Shiraz è una città molto antica. Poco dopo la seconda guerra mondiale, G. Cameron scopri a Persepoli alcune tavolette in lingua elamita, recanti dettagli sulle paghe degli operai ivi impegnati nella costruzione del palazzo di Dario; su una di tali tavolette compare il nome di Shiraz, sotto la forma Shira-its-tsi-ish. Si ha così la prova che la città esisteva già nel periodo degli Achemenidi. In quel tempo, tuttavia, essa era messa in ombra da Persepoli. Sotto i Sasanidi Shiraz fu capitale dell'Ardashir Khurreh, uno dei cin- que distretti in cui era divisa la provincia del Färs. ... [Persia on the eastern road (To the east, where first is the city of Syras which) li..20., has an innumerable population, very many merchants, because all the merchants who come from the upper parts, that is from Ere, Sanmarcahanthe (299) and from there upwards (wanting to come by the road to Persia) pass through Syras, (300) fn. 299. Sanmarcahanth Samarkand, the principal city of Transoxiana. RUY GONZALES DE CLAVIJO, whom Henry III of Castile had sent as ambassador to Timur in 1405, has left us a description of Samarkand as it was in his time; cf. his work Embassy to Tamerlane, cit., pp. 285-290. (Lo.) fn. 300. Syras Shiraz. Contrary to popular belief, Shiraz is a very ancient city. Shortly after the Second World War, G. Cameron discovered in Persepolis some tablets in the Elamite language, containing details of the wages of the workers employed there in the construction of the palace of Darius; on one of these tablets the name of Shiraz appears, in the form Shira-its-tsi-ish. This is evidence that the city already existed in the period of the Achaemenids. At that time, however, it was overshadowed by Persepolis. Under the Sassanids Shiraz was the capital of Ardashir Khurreh, one of the five districts into which the province of Färs was divided. ...] » #3310 Lockhart,L. Morozzo Della Rocca,R. Tiepolo,M.F., I viaggi in Persia degli ambasciatori veneti Barbaro e Contarini, Ist. Poligrafico dello Stato, 1973 ~ p. 142
SOURCE for Xiras
« A 24, vispera de Sancta Catalina martir, despues de auer enuiado delante muy de mañana el Enbaxador su rrecamara y todas las demas cargas, le vinieron á dar auiso como le querian ya salir á reçibir de Xiras, [On the 24th, the eve of Sancta Catalina martyr, after the Enbaxador had sent his chamber and all the other loads in front of him very early in the morning, they came to inform him how they wanted him and to leave to receive Xiras,] » #3245 García de Silva y Figueroa, Manuel Serrano y Sanz, Comentarios De D. Garcia De Silva Y Figueroa De La Embajada Que De Parte Del Rey De España Don Felipe III Hizo Al Rey Xa Abas De Persia, La Spciedad de Bibliofilos Espanoles, Madrid, 1905 ~ vol. 1 p. 332
« A 5 de Abril, en la tarde, salio el Enbaxador de Xiras, dexando algunos criados suyos con mas de çiento y çinquenta cargas de la pimienta que se lleuaua al rey de Persia, [On April 5th, in the afternoon, the Ambassador of Xiras left, leaving some of his servants with more than one hundred and fifty loads of pepper that he was taking to the King of Persia.] » #3245 García de Silva y Figueroa, Manuel Serrano y Sanz, Comentarios De D. Garcia De Silva Y Figueroa De La Embajada Que De Parte Del Rey De España Don Felipe III Hizo Al Rey Xa Abas De Persia, La Spciedad de Bibliofilos Espanoles, Madrid, 1905 ~ vol. 1 p. 367
SOURCE for Xiraz
« XIRAZ, cidade de - Shiraz, em 29° 38' lat. N. e 52° 31' long. E., na Pérsia. [João de Barros-Da Asia). [XIRAZ, city of - Shiraz, in 29° 38' lat. N. and 52° 31' long. E., in Persia. [João de Barros-From Asia).] » #2603 Visconde De Lagoa, Glossario Toponimico Da Antiga Historiografia Portuguesa Ultramarina, Oficina Grafica, Casa Portuguesa Rua Das Gaveas, 1953, ~ vol. O-Z p. 287
SOURCE for Zjie-raes
« arriv?mes à minuit au Caravanserai de Babbahad-jie, à 5. lieuës de Zjie-raes. [and arrived at midnight at the Caravanserai of Babbahad-jie, 5 leagues from Zjie-raes.] » #3227 LeBrun, Corneille, Voyages de Corneille Le Brun par la Moscovie, en Perse, et aux Indes Orientales., Wetstein, Amsterdam, 1718 ~ p. 312

R44-017 Babahaagi (Baba-hhadjy)
R44-017 Babahaagi (Baba-hhadjy) : place IRN (caravanserai)
VARIANT names: Baagì , Baba Haddji , Baba Hadji , Baba Hajees , Baba Haji C. , Baba Hhadji , Babaadgi , Baba-Adgi , Babaghali , Babagi , Babahaagi (Baba-hhadjy) , Babbahad-jie , Babe Hasy , Bäwärji-Sarai , Bobba Hodge , Bobbahodge , Bobbaw-hodgee , Bobohogi , Carab-Bajar , Carawanfera (Struys 05 apr) , Carvanfera Babbahasj , Karavanserail Bid Zard ,
SOURCE for Baagì
« On the 21st at the usual hour we began traveling again in a very beautiful plain, in the middle of which we ate at the 24th hour. At the 6th hour of the night we stopped in the caravanserai Baghan (28) after having passed two or three small mountains which are at one end of that plain. fn. 28. Bembo's "Baagi." » #3299 trans. Clara Bargellini ed. Anthony Welch Ambrosio Bembo, The Travels and Journal of Ambrosio Bembo, University of California Press, Berkeley and Los Angeles, 2007 ~ p. 297
SOURCE for Baba Haddji
« den 8. Dez. gereist nach der Karawanserei Baba Haddji (Baba Håddji) 5 Farsach, die schlecht von Feldsteinen erbaut war. [December 8th traveled to the caravanserai Baba Haddji (Baba Håddji) 5 Farsach, which was poorly built of field stones.] » #3220 Engelbert Kaempfer, ed. Karl Meier-Lemgo, Die Reisetagebu¨cher, F. Steiner, Weisbaden, 1968 ~ p. 111
SOURCE for Baba Hadji
« Je m'arrête à l'étang d'eau douce de Baba Hadji, où, à ma première visite en 1935, j'avais trouvé une multitude énorme d'oiseaux et où l'eau semblait fourmiller de poissons, de reptiles et de batraciens. Cette fois-ci, il n'y a là pas le moindre oiseau et dans l'eau claire je n'aperçois aucune faune macroscopique, mais les jolis nénufars sont en fleurs et ma récolte de Crustacés, péniblement exécutée avec un seul bras, est des plus fructueuses (83, p. 259). [I stop at the fresh water pond of Baba Hadji, where, on my first visit in 1935, I found an enormous multitude of birds and where the water seemed to teem with fish, reptiles and amphibians. This time, there is not the slightest bird there and in the clear water I don't see any macroscopic fauna, but the pretty water lilies are in flower and my harvest of crustaceans, painfully carried out with a single arm, is most fruitful (83, p. 259).] »#3059 K Lindberg, Voyage dans le Sud de l'Iran : carnet de route d'un me´dicin, a` la poursuite du ver de Me´dine., C.W.K. Gleerup, Lund, 1955 ~ p.180
« Laissant à gauche divers villages, nous attei- gnîmes un caravansérail appelé Baba-hadji, près duquel est une source, et où nous nous arrêtâmes pendant une heure pour faire prendre haleine à nos chevaux. A cinquante pas de ce caravansérail, est une cellule où se tient un dervich, qui vit des aumônes des voyageurs. [Leaving on the left various villages, we reached a caravanserai called Baba-hadji, near which is a spring, and where we stopped for an hour to let our horses take breath. Fifty paces from this caravanserai is a cell where a dervish lives, who lives on the alms of travelers.] » #3179 Adrien Dupré, Voyage en Perse, fait dans les années 1807, 1808 et 1809, en traversant la Natolie et la Mésopotamie, 1819 ~ vol. 1 p. 463
SOURCE for Baba Hajees
« Baba Hajees » in {map#1233 Route Map Shiraz to Bushire round trip, TAYLOR R L Lieutenant-Colonel, 1858, British Library: IOR X/3125, route map 5}
SOURCE for Baba Haji C.
« The Mahalu mountains were still on our left.
Seven miles from Deh-i-Nau, they throw out a
low spur, which divides the plain of Shiraz from
that of Kavar. It is crossed by a road called
Baba Haji's Pass 4
(gardana i Baba Haji), and
there is also an easier road which turns the
point of the spur, and which is used by the
Qawam's carriage, when he takes his drives
abroad. » #3078 Stack, Edward, Six months in Persia, Sampson Low, Marston, Searle and Rivington, London, 1882 ~ vol. 1 p. 77
« BABA HAJI-LAT. 29° 21' N.; LONG. 52° 40' E.; ELEV . A village in Färs, 15 miles from Shiraz, on the road to Firūzabad, from which it is distant 51 miles. A few supplies are procurable here from the nomads, and there is generally some grain stored in the village. Water is derived from a spring. The climate here in summer is said to be cool and refreshing. These distances differ from those given in routes. St. John and Ross describe it as only a caravanserai, 20 miles from Shiraz. There is fruit procurable, Grazing reported good. Supplies easily obtainable in limited quantity from numerous villages in the neighbourhood. A mule track diverges to Sarvistán valley (Wilson-Pelly.) »#2878 Gazetteer of Persia vol. III., Government of India Press, Simla, 1924, ~ p. 177
« Every traveller, with the exception of Hedges, considered Baba Hajji a poor karavansaray. It was situated at the end of the Shiraz plain, which is about twelve leagues in length and, in some places, two leagues in width. Water was not good here. The karavansaray was rather large, but partly dilapidated. It stood alone, was badly constructed of freestone and, in one word was "wretched". It had been named after its founder who was buried close by. It had no good water, though a little beyond the karavansaray there was some to be found. The karavansaray was close to a cluster of seven villages, of which the most populous one contained the karavansaray. In 1717 this last was old, though still a reasonable place for staying the night. According to Hedges, Baba Hajji was situated in a fine, well-watered plain and was wellstored with provisions. (79)
fn. 78 Kaempfer, Reisetagebücher, p. 111 (Pylli Pessa); Speelman, pp. 83-4 (Ousjouael); Fryer, vol. II, p. 209 (the Beggards- Garden called Udgewally); Valentijn, vol. V, p. 284 (Oesiwat; Osiwar); KA 1793, fol. 999 (Oudsjou alla); de Silva y Figueroa, p. 105 (Ochiar). The lake refers to the Darya-i Mahalu, a salt lake, where there was also a karavansaray, p. 351. Jean Aubin (ed. and tr.). L'Ambassade de Gregorio Pereira Fidalgo à la cour de Chah Soltan Hosseyn 1696-1692 (Lisbon, 1971), pp. 42-3 (Uxuan).fn. 79 Stodart, p. 79 (Bobohogi); Thevenot, vol. II. p.127 (Baba- Adgi); Valentijn, vol. V. p. 262 (Babaghasi); Kaempfer, Reisetagebücher, p. 111 (Baba Haddji); Speelman, p. 83 (Babe Hasy); Herbert, p. 107 (Bobbaw-hodgee); Fryer, vol. II, p. 208 (Bobba Hodge); Strauszens, p. 193 (Dobba); Hedges, p. 207 (Bobba Hadgee); KA 1793, fol. 998b (Bha Bha Hadje); Tavernier, p. 310 (Babaadgi); Winninx, 22 July (Babba Hasi); Chardin, vol. VIII, pp. 461-2 (Babahaagi); LeBrun, vol. II, p. 312 (Babba hadjie); Carmelites, loc. cit. »
#1169 Floor, Willem, The Bandar Abbas-Isfahan Route in the Late Safavid era, Iran, Journal of the British Institute of Persian Studies, London, 1999, 37:67-94 ~ p.75
SOURCE for Baba Hhadji
« Den 4. dito quam zyn Ed: met den dag na 7 mylen rydens, in de Karrawaanfera Baba Hhadji, [Den 4. Dito quam zyn Ed: met den dag na 7 mylen rydens, in de Karrawaanfera Baba Hhadji,] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ vol. 5 p. 274
« Den 19. dito, na een weg van 4 mylen rydens, en het trekken over de brug Polifaſa, quam zyn Ed: aan de Karrawaanſera Baba Hhadji. [On the 19th, after riding four miles and crossing the bridge Polifaſa, his Ed arrived at the Karrawaanſera Baba Hhadji.] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ vol. 5 p. 285
SOURCE for Babaadgi
« j'arrivai au carvansera appelé Babaadgi. L'eau n'y est pas bonne et est comme tiède, et depuis ce lieu-là on commence à ne sentir plus de froid. [I arrived at the carvansera called Babaadgi. The water there is not good and is like lukewarm, and from there you begin to no longer feel cold.] » #3144 Jean-Baptiste Tavernier, Pascal Pia, Voyages en Perse et description de ce royaume par Jean-Babtiste Tavernier Marchand Francais, E´d. du Carrefour, Paris, 1930 ~ p. 310
SOURCE for Baba-Adgi
« Travelled till half an hour after One a Clock, we came to a wretched Kervanseray flanding all alone; it is called Baba-Adgi from the name of its Founder, who lies buried hard by, and is five Agaisch from Schiras » #1574 Thévenot, Jean de, The travels of Monsieur de Thévenot into the Levant : in three parts, viz. into I. Turkey, II. Persia, III. The East-Indies / newly done out of French., Printed by H. Clark for H. Faithorne [etc.], 1687 ~ vol. 2 p. 127
SOURCE for Babaghali
« en wy namen ons verblyf in tenten by een Karrawanfera Babaghali, zeer eenzaam in 't gebergte ſtaande, nevens klip, en riet land. [and we took up our abode in tents near a Karrawanfera Babaghali, standing very lonely in the mountains, next to a cliff and reed land.] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ bk. 5 p. 263
SOURCE for Babagi
« Camminammo adunque tutta la notte, e venimmo a fermarci la Domenica 19. nel Cafale di Bagbun, che vuol dire Ortolano, diſtante 30. miglia da Sciras. La giornata ordinaria faria ſtata fino a Babagi 10. miglia più in dietro; però ci avanzammo, come diffi fino a Bagbun, per effer patria de' nuovi Ciarvatari. [So we walked all night, and we came to stop on Sunday 19th in the Cafale di Bagbun, which means Ortolano, 30 miles away from Sciras. The ordinary day would be up to Babagi 10. miles further back; therefore we advanced, as far as Bagbun, to become the homeland of the new Ciarvatari.] » #3239 Giovanni Francesco Gemelli Careri, Giro del mondo, del dottor D. Gio. Francesco Gemelli Careri.., stamp. di G. Roselli, Napoli, 1699 ~ pt. 2 p. 264
SOURCE for Babahaagi (Baba-hhadjy)
« Je fis cinq lieues, la plupart dans la belle plaine où Chiras est situé, et je fus coucher à un caravanserai, nommé Babahaagi (Baba-hhadjy), c'est-à- dire, père pélerin, du nom du fondateur. C'est un méchant gîte, petit et mal entretenu, situé au pied d'une montagne, de laquelle il sort des eaux tièdes, qui sont les seules que l'on puisse avoir en cet endroit-là (1). f. n. 1 Thévenot ajoute pourtant qu'il s'y trouve, un peu plus loin, une source dont l'eau est fort bonne. Il place Bábà Hhadjy à cinq Aghatch de Chyraz. C. Le Bruyn donne la mèrue distance que Chardin. (L-s.) [I traveled five leagues, most of it in the beautiful plain where Chiras is located, and I slept at a caravanserai, named Babahaagi (Baba-hhadjy), that is to say, pilgrim father, named after the founder. It is a nasty lodge, small and poorly maintained, located at the foot of a mountain, from which lukewarm waters come out, which are the only ones that can be had in that place (1). f. not. (1) Thévenot adds, however, that there is a spring there, a little further on, with very good water. He places Bábà Hhadjy five Aghatch from Chyraz. C. Le Bruyn gives the same distance as Chardin. (L-s.)] » #3213 Sir John Chardin, ed. Louis Langlès, Voyages du Chevalier Chardin en Perse et autres lieux de l’Orient, Nouvelle édition, Le Normant, Imprimeur-Libraire, Paris, 1811 ~ vol. 8 pp. 459-60
SOURCE for Babbahad-jie
« Au milieu de la plaine,proche de ce pont, il y a une montagne feparée de toutes les autres, laquelle nous laiffämes à gauche,arriv?mes à minuit au Caravanserai de Babbahad-jie, à 5. lieuës de Zjie-raes. [In the middle of the plain, and close to this bridge, there is a mountain separated from all the others, which we left on the left, and arrived at midnight at the Caravanserai of Babbahad-jie, 5 leagues from Zjie-raes.] » #3227 LeBrun, Corneille, Voyages de Corneille Le Brun par la Moscovie, en Perse, et aux Indes Orientales., Wetstein, Amsterdam, 1718 ~ p. 312
SOURCE for Babe Hasy
« T'eynde der vlacte (die min dan 7 mijlen breet ende wel soo langh is) sijn noch een mijl over moeyelijke steenachtige bergwegen gereden wesende, ten een uure naer de middagh 8 mijlen van Mossaffry in de rustplactse Babe Hasy (1)fn. 1 Babqa haji (Simla kaart) Papa pelgrim (Mekkaganger). ... [The valley (which is less than 7 miles wide and about as long) has been driven for a mile over difficult stony mountain roads, about an hour after noon, 8 miles from Mossaffry in the resting place Babe Hasy (1) fn. 1 Babqa haji (Simla card) Papa pilgrim (Mecca goer). ...] » #3226 Cornelis Janszoon Speelman Ed. A. Hotz, Journaal der reis van den gezant der O.I. Compagnie Joan Cunaeus naar perzië in 1651-1652, J. Müller, 1908 ~ p. 83
SOURCE for Bäwärji-Sarai
[This could be a corruption of Baba Haji. PBR]
SOURCE for Bobba Hodge
« We continued journying all this Night; wherefore the Sun had gilded the Firmament with his Vermilion Red, before we took up at Bobba Hodge (3), Thirty Miles compleat from our last Stage. fn. 3 Baba HajI, lying S.W. of the Daria-i-Mahala lake. “Here the Firuzabad road joins the main Jahrum-Shiraz road” (Wilson, 165). Herbert (132) writes Bobbaw-hodgee; Hedges (i, 207) Bobba Hadgee. » #1591 Fryer, John M. D., A New Account of East-India and Persia in eight letters being nine years travel (Edited, with notes and an introduction, by William Crooke), Hakluyt Society:Kraus Reprint, 1909:1967, 3 vols. ~ vol. 2 p. 208
SOURCE for Bobbahodge
« Dined here and went away for Shirass, being 5 farsangs, bad way up hills and down ; about the middle of the way in a fine plain is a good caravensaroy. Arrjved at Shirass at 8 at night. 21st [February], being Sunday. Went away for Bobbahodge, 9 farsangs good way.
note: Diary of 21 February 1707/8.
Bobbahodge. Bâbâ Hâjî. See Tavernier (Persian Travels, p. 251), who calls the place Badaadge; Fryer (II, 208 and n. 3). Le Bruyn stayed at the "Caravanserai of Babba-had-jie, five leagues from Zjie-ras" in August 1704 (II, 64), and again in November 1706 (II, 137), when he calls the place "Babasjie." » #3248 Bernard P. Scattergood, Ed. Temple, Carnac Rihard, The Scattergoods and the East India Company, A Collection of Mss., Indian Antiquary, Bernard Quaritch, London, 1930 vol. LIX:pt DCCXXXVI-A:pp. 33-74 ~ pp. 41 and 47
SOURCE for Bobbaw-hodgee
« next day to Pully-pot-ʃhaw (1) (leaving Bobbaw-hodgee on our left hand) fn. 1 This place (like the two preceding ones) has not been identified. The name is evidently Pul-i-Padshah, the bridge of the Emperor'. Herbert's itinerary (see appendix) adds the name of another stage, viz. Emoom (not identified). Clearly the cavalcade did not keep strictly to the usual route. » #1608 Herbert, Thomas, Sir, Some Yeares Travels into divers parts of Asia and Afrique. Describing especially the two famous Empires, the Persian, and great Mogull: weaved with the history of these later times ... With a revivall of the first discoverer of America. Revised and enlarged by the Author., Printed by R. Bip. for Jacob Blome and Richard Bishop, London, 1638, ~ p. 132
SOURCE for Bobohogi
« And when the daye apeered we sett forward and came to Bobohogi [Baba Hajji], a poor caravansero weh standes att the end of the playne of Siras, weh is about 12 lges. in lengthe and in som places 2 lges. in bredth. Here we picht, haueing traveled 6 lges. » #3214 Stodart, Robert; introduction and notes by Sir. E. Denison Ross, The Journal of Robert Stodart: Being an account of his experiences as a member of Sir Dodmore Cotton's Mission in Persia in 1628-29. Published from the unique manuscript preserved in the Bodleian Library, Luzac and Co, London, 1935 ~ p 79
SOURCE for Carab-Bajar
« Ohnweit Carab-Bajar traffen wir einen Wald an von lauter Terpentin-Bäumen. [Not far from Carab-Bajar we come across a forest of turpentine trees.] » #1609 Schillinger, Franz Caspar, Persianische und Ost-Indianische Reis, Nu¨rnberg, 1707 ~ p. 263
SOURCE for Carawanfera (Struys 05 apr)
[no place name given - description used for Route 60 stage 001. PBR]
« 2 apr pond teeming with fish near K. » #3243 Jan Janszoon Struys, Drie aanmerkelijke en seer rampspoedige Reysen, Meurs, 1677 ~ p.
SOURCE for Carvanfera Babbahasj
SOURCE for Karavanserail Bid Zard
« Karavanserail Bid Zard (Abb. 5; 180)(126)Lage: 33 km südlich von Shiraz (Zentrum), 22 km nörd- lich von Kavar und 40 km nordwestlich des Karavanserails Ab-e Germ, in + 1490 m ü. N. N., an der Straße von Shiraz über Djahrom nach Lar und Bandar-e Abbas und an der Straße von Shiraz nach Firuzabad und Bandar-e Taheri (Si- raf).Typ: Hofkaravanserail mit vier Iwanen, vier Stallabtei- lungen und Halbrundtürmen an den Courtinen und Gebäu- deecken.Abmessungen: Außenmaße 51 x 48,30 m, Hofabmessun- gen 30,30 x 24,30 m, Höhe der Hoffronten 5,20 m, Höhe ein- schließlich Obergeschoß 9,60 m (Abb. 181).Baumaterial: Bruchstein, verputzt.Bauliche Besonderheiten und Zustand: Relativ gut er- halten, landwirtschaftlich genutzt.Inschriften: keine bekannt.Datierung: Qadjarisch, 19. Jahrhundert. [Bid Zard Caravanserai (Fig. 5; 180)(126)Location: 33 km south of Shiraz (center), 22 km north of Kavar and 40 km northwest of the Ab-e Germ Caravanserai, at + 1490 m above sea level, on the road from Shiraz via Djahrom to Lar and Bandar-e Abbas and on the road from Shiraz to Firuzabad and Bandar-e Taheri (Si-raf).Type: Court caravanserai with four iwans, four stable sections and semicircular towers on the courtyards and building corners.Dimensions: external dimensions 51 x 48.30 m, courtyard dimensions 30.30 x 24.30 m, height of courtyard fronts 5.20 m, height including upper floor 9.60 m (Fig. 181).Building material: quarry stone, plastered.Structural features and condition: relatively well preserved, used for agricultural purposes.Inscriptions: none known.Dating: Qajar, 19th century.] » #3079 Kleiss, Wolfram, Karawanenbauten in Iran. Materialien zur iranischen Archäologie, Materialien zur iranischen Archa¨ologie, D. Reimer, Berlin, 2000 Band 6:Teil 4: ~ p. 101

R44-018 Mouza fari
R44-018 Mouza fari : place IRN (caravanserai)
NIMA/GNS names: Mozaffari , Muzaffari , مظفری ,
VARIANT names: Mozaffari ,
POSSIBLE LOCATION at Mozaffari FOR Moyechaw [],
SOURCE for Mozaffari

R44-019 Aga taki
R44-019 Aga taki : place IRN (caravanserai)
NIMA/GNS names: Pa'in Rah ,
VARIANT names: Acha Tachy , Aga taki , Agatakee , Carvanfera Agatachj , Firaw , Karawanserei Paira , Paerra , Paey-ra , Pa'in Rah , Pain-i Rah , Painra , Paira , Pajera , Para , Piraw ,
SOURCE for Acha Tachy
« Sondagh den 4den dito 'smergens liet d'heer de speel- luyden met een smalle gifte vereeren en steegh voorts te paart, comende naer drie en een halff mijl rijdens in de carewansera Acha Tachy (2)fn. 2 Chardin vermeldt deze karavanserai: Agha Taki, maar anderereizigers spreken van Painra (Dupré), of Paira, zooals Tavernier enThévenot het schrijven. Fryer heeft Firaw, maar vertaalt het doorThe foot of the way", d. i. dan Parah, en voegt bij dat Agha Takidaar een karavanserai bouwde. De rivier, waarvan de tekst spreekt,is de Kafr (dezelfde, die langs het op blz. 73 vermelde dorp van diennaam stroomt), elders, gedurende zijn loop van bijna 500 K.M., KaraAghach en Mend genaamd, tot zij, als de Khor Ziarat, ten Z. vanBüshir, in de Perzische Golf uitmondt.[On Sunday the 4th morning, the gentleman honored the players with a small gift and mounted further, coming after three and a half miles of riding in the carewansera Acha Tachy (2) fn. 2 Chardin mentions this caravanserai: Agha Taki, but other travelers speak of Painra (Dupré), or Paira, as Tavernier and Thévenot write. Fryer has Firaw, but translates it as The foot of the way", i.e. then Parah, and adds that Agha Taki built a caravanserai there. The river of which the text speaks is the Kafr (the same one that runs along it on p. 73 mentioned village of that name), elsewhere, during its course of almost 500 K.M., is called Kara Aghach and Mend, until it flows into the Persian Gulf as the Khor Ziarat, south of Büshir.] » #3226 Cornelis Janszoon Speelman Ed. A. Hotz, Journaal der reis van den gezant der O.I. Compagnie Joan Cunaeus naar perzië in 1651-1652, J. Müller, 1908 ~ p. 81
SOURCE for Aga taki
« Le 26, je partis à trois heures du matin pourfaire huit lieues, parce que la traite étoit fortrude. Cinq lieues s'en font, partie par des routesfort pierreuses, partie à monter et à descendredes montagnes; mais le reste se fait dans une fortbelle plaine. Au bout des cinq lieues, on trouveun caravanserai, nommé Aga taki (1), du nomde celui qui l'a fondé, qui étoit un riche marchand.fn. 1 Le käravansérây d'ághá Tagy est auprès d'un endroit nom- mé Firah, suivant Fryer's, New account of East India and Persia, pag. 241. (L-s.) [On the 26th, I left at three o'clock in the morning to go eight leagues, because the trade was very rough. Five leagues are there, part by very stony roads, part by going up and down the mountains; but the rest is done in a very beautiful plain. At the end of five leagues, we find a caravanserai, named Aga taki (1), from the name of the man who founded it, who was a rich merchant. fn. 1 The käravansérây of ághá Tagy is near a place called Firah, according to Fryer's, New account of East India and Persia, pag. 241. (L-s.)] » #3213 Sir John Chardin, ed. Louis Langlès, Voyages du Chevalier Chardin en Perse et autres lieux de l’Orient, Nouvelle édition, Le Normant, Imprimeur-Libraire, Paris, 1811 ~ vol. 8 p. 461
SOURCE for Agatakee
« August 22. We rose from Dottiuan, and passing by Cossir, lodged at Agatakee. » #3146 Yule, Henry Colonel, The Diary Of William Hedges, The Hakluyt Society, London, 1889 ~ vol. 1 p. 207
SOURCE for Carvanfera Agatachj
SOURCE for Firaw
« for we had not traced Ten Miles of this pleasant Way, when we came to Firaw (3), (The Foot of the Way,) where Aga Tocke had placed a Caravan Ser Raw; fn. 3 Perhaps Agha Taqi. » #1591 Fryer, John M. D., A New Account of East-India and Persia in eight letters being nine years travel (Edited, with notes and an introduction, by William Crooke), Hakluyt Society:Kraus Reprint, 1909:1967, 3 vols. ~ vol. 2 p. 207
SOURCE for Karawanserei Paira
« Und dies 3 Farsach zur Karawanserei Paira (Pâ'inä, d. i. niedrig weg, daher der Name). Dessen Erbauer Aga Tagi (Agha Tagi). Hinter dieser Karawanserei lief ein ziemlicher Strom... immer längs des Fußes des Schneeberges, der hier seinen Schnee verloren hatte. [And this 3 Farsach to the caravanserai Paira (Pâ'inä, i.e. low way, hence the name). Its builder Aga Tagi (Agha Tagi). Behind this caravanserai there ran quite a stream... always along the foot of the snow mountain, which had lost its snow here.] » #3220 Engelbert Kaempfer, ed. Karl Meier-Lemgo, Die Reisetagebu¨cher, F. Steiner, Weisbaden, 1968 ~ p. 111
SOURCE for Paerra
« Viaggiammo fra montagne, per una peſſima ſtrada piena di pietre, il Mercor- di 22. e calati..in fine per una ſeeſa di 12. miglia, arrivammo nel Karvanſerà di Paerra, avendo fatte 20. miglia in otto ore. [We traveled among the mountains, along a very stone-filled road, on Wednesday the 22nd, and finally descended for a distance of 12 miles, arriving in the Karvanſerà of Paerra, having traveled 20 miles in eight hours.] » #3239 Giovanni Francesco Gemelli Careri, Giro del mondo, del dottor D. Gio. Francesco Gemelli Careri.., stamp. di G. Roselli, Napoli, 1699 ~ pt. 2 p. 266
SOURCE for Paey-ra
« Nous pourfuivimes notre chemin à 6. heures du matin,paffämes à côté d'un village d'une longueur extraordinaire, dont toutes les mai fons étoient faites de jonc, nous traverfames enfuite des montagnes pierreufes,nous arrêtâmes au Caravanserai de Paey-ra, entouré de villages, à quatre lieues de l'endroit, ou nous avions paffé la nuit. [We continued our journey at 6 o'clock in the morning, passed by a village of extraordinary length, all the houses of which were made of rushes, we crossed the stony mountains, we stopped at the Caravanserai of Paey-ra, surrounded by villages, four leagues from the place where we had spent the night.] » #3227 LeBrun, Corneille, Voyages de Corneille Le Brun par la Moscovie, en Perse, et aux Indes Orientales., Wetstein, Amsterdam, 1718 ~ p. 312
SOURCE for Pa'in Rah
SOURCE for Pain-i Rah
« After the karavansaray of Mirsa Seri, instead of making straight for Khafr, some travellers either stopped at the karavansaray of Asmankard,(84) or, after three farsakhs, at the large karavansaray of Pain-i Rah, which was a reasonable building that had been built by Aqā Taqi, and was situated next to the village of Barajan. It was an isolated structure, and there were no houses.(85)
fn. 85 Kaempfer, Reisetagebücher, p.111; (karavansaray of Paira) Thevenot, vol. II, p. 127; (Pajera); Tavernier, p. 310 (Paira); LeBrun, vol. II, p. 312 (Paroe); Valentijn, vol. V. p. 262 (Para); KA 1793, fol. 997b (Serae Parhoe was old and bad). Aqå Taqi, who had built this karavansaray, had been shahbandar of Bandar Abbas in 1640-3. He had+in acrimo- nious relationship with the Dutch, and even imprisoned the VOC director in 1642. Speelman, pp. 81-2, 338 (Acha Tachy). The place was called the karavansaray of Agatachi by Winninx, 20 July; Fryer, vol. II, p. 207 (Aga Tocke); Hedges, p. 207 (Agatakee); Chardin, vol. VIII, p. 461 (Aga Taki, a rich merchant). The Carmelites mention a karavansaray called Camerbeik (Qanbar Beg?) 3 farsakhs after Khafr, see Carmelites, loc. cit. »
#1169 Floor, Willem, The Bandar Abbas-Isfahan Route in the Late Safavid era, Iran, Journal of the British Institute of Persian Studies, London, 1999, 37:67-94 ~ p. 76
SOURCE for Painra
« Nous ne rejoignimes la grande route qu'après deux heures de marche, non loin d'un amas de décombres, qui semble indiquer l'existence passée d'un village considérable. Plus en avant, sur la-gauche, est un caravansérail appelé Painra, derrière lequel coule la rivière de Kåfre, que les eaux de la pluie avaient beaucoup augmen- tée. On la passe à gué près du village de Perindjoûn. [We did not reach the main road until after two hours' march, not far from a pile of rubble, which seems to indicate the former existence of a considerable village. Further on, on the left, is a caravanserai called Painra, behind which flows the river Kåfre, which the waters of rain had greatly increased. It is forded near the village of Perindjoûn.] » #3179 Adrien Dupré, Voyage en Perse, fait dans les années 1807, 1808 et 1809, en traversant la Natolie et la Mésopotamie, 1819 ~ vol. 1 p. 459
SOURCE for Paira
« till Noon, that we arrived at a great Kervanʃeray called Paira; which ſlands alone by it ſelſ, and is four Agatʃeh distant from Mouzeferi » #1574 Thévenot, Jean de, The travels of Monsieur de Thévenot into the Levant : in three parts, viz. into I. Turkey, II. Persia, III. The East-Indies / newly done out of French., Printed by H. Clark for H. Faithorne [etc.], 1687 ~ vol. 2 p. 127
« Und dies 3 Farsach zur Karawanserei Paira (Pâ'inä, d. i. niedrig weg, daher der Name). Dessen Erbauer Aga Tagi (Agha Tagi). Hinter dieser Karawanserei lief ein ziemlicher Strom [And this 3 Farsach to the caravanserai Paira (Pâ'inä, i.e. low way, hence the name). Its builder Aga Tagi (Agha Tagi). There was quite a stream running behind this caravanserai] » #3220 Engelbert Kaempfer, ed. Karl Meier-Lemgo, Die Reisetagebu¨cher, F. Steiner, Weisbaden, 1968 ~ p. 111
SOURCE for Pajera
« Den 9. dito trokken wy over een mocjelyken weg over klippig gebergte, vol Key-fteenen, en quamen tot Pajera. Alhier is een redelyke Karrawanſera, dog namen onze ruft in tenten. Het is hier zeer eenzaam zonder eenige huizing, daar loopt een ſnelle rievier voorby de Manfel, vallende met een groot gedruis op eenige klippen. Aan de kant vond men een ſtroo hutje. [On the 9th we traveled along a rough road over rocky mountains, full of Keystones, and arrived at Pajera. Here is a reasonable Karrawanſera, which took our place in tents. It is very lonely here without any housing, there is a fast river running past the Manfel, falling with a great noise onto some cliffs. On the side they found a straw hut.] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ bk. 5 p. 263
SOURCE for Para
« Den 2. dito verreisde zyn Ed: tuſſchen 1 en 2 uuren, en quam met den morgen ontrent 8 uuren in de Karrawaaniara Para. [On the 2nd of the same day his Ed left between 1 and 2 o'clock, and arrived at the Karrawaaniara Para at about 8 o'clock in the morning.] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ vol. 5 p. 274
Den 21. dito quam zyn Ed: na 4 mylen langs een ongelyken weg gereden te hebben, in de Karrawaanſera Para. [The 21. ditto quam zyn Ed: after having driven 4 miles along an uneven road, in the Karrawaanſera Para.]
« The morning of the 20th at the first hour after sunrise we stopped in the caravanserai Barayian near a stream. (26) Since a town was nearby, we sent one of the servants to buy fruit. At the second hour we started out again, and the trip became more and more pleasant, because the countryside was beautiful, and the air was ever more temperate. fn. 26. Bembo identifies it as "Para." Barayian is a present day village on the site. » #3299 trans. Clara Bargellini ed. Anthony Welch Ambrosio Bembo, The Travels and Journal of Ambrosio Bembo, University of California Press, Berkeley and Los Angeles, 2007 ~ p. 297
SOURCE for Piraw
« About 12 at night sett out for Gossaw, 7½ farsangs, bad stoney way, but no mountain to pass. Past by Piraw, 5 farsangs to this place; here is a good Caravensaroy. Arrived here the 23rd about 11 forenoon.
note: Diary of 22 February 1707/8.
Piraw. Pain-Rah, about 164, miles WNW. from Asmangird. Fryor calls the place "Firaw, the Foot of the Way," but Thevenot (Pt. II, 127) has Paira, and Le Bruyn Paeyra and Payra (II, 64, 137). Fryer oorrectly interprets the name: Pers. pd'ín, 'bottom,' and râh, "road.' » #3248 Bernard P. Scattergood, Ed. Temple, Carnac Rihard, The Scattergoods and the East India Company, A Collection of Mss., Indian Antiquary, Bernard Quaritch, London, 1930 vol. LIX:pt DCCXXXVI-A:pp. 33-74 ~ pp. 41 and 47

R44-020 Kafer
R44-020 Kafer : place IRN (caravanserai)
NIMA/GNS names: Khafr , Shahr Khafr , Shahr-e Khafr , Shahr-e Khezr , شهر خضر ,
VARIANT names: Çafhra , Cafre , Caifer , Cawger , Chafer , Chaffer , Chaffert , Chafr (Jesa) , Cossir , dorp Gaffer , Gaffer , Ghor , Gossaw , Käfer , Kafre , Khabr , Khafr , Khafro ,
POSSIBLE LOCATION at Khafr FOR Vnghea [], POSSIBLE LOCATION at Khafr FOR Safra [PBR], POSSIBLE LOCATION at Khafr FOR Habr [PBR],
SOURCE for Çafhra
« This small town Çafhra is called Zafarābād (71) in the Arabic tongue, which means “fair” or “market.” (72) Not far off is the Sivan River, which the locals divert into channels and ditches to irrigate their gardens and fields.At sundown we reached the caravanserai, which resembled the one we had left that morning. It was 400 [fol. 222v] [margin: paces] from the city and its gardens, and there were two small Turkmen dawārs next to it.
fn. 71 This location seems a better fit than Khafr, proposed by Loureiro et al., Anotações e estudos, 24.
fn. 72 This comment by Silva y Figueroa is puzzling, since Arabic zafra is the feminine form of an adjective meaning “yellow.”
fn. 73 In the MS, Zafarābād is given as Çafhra or Çafra, a homonym of Zafra (Extremadura); Silva y Figueroa also spells the name of his native city Çafhra. »
#2651 trans. and ed; Jeffrey S. Turley and George Bryan Souza, The Commentaries of D. García de Silva y Figueroa on his Embassy to Shah ʿAbbās I of Persia on Behalf of Philip III, King of Spain, Brill, Leiden, 2017, ~ p. 330
« Entre este amenissimo bosque estan çien casillas, pocas mas ó menos, con una hermosa y antiquisima mezquita, cuya pequeña poblacion en lengua arabiga llaman Çafhra, que significa lo mesmo que feria ó mercado, corriendo muy çerca della el rrio Siuan, de donde sacan los moradores muchas açequias y canales de agua para regar sus jardines y sementeras. A puesta de sol se llegó al carauasar, que es como del que se salio aquella mañana, apartado quatroçientos pasos del lugar y sus jardines, junto al qual auia dos pequeños aduares de turcomanes. [Among this very pleasant forest there are a hundred squares, a few more or less, with a beautiful and ancient mosque, whose small town in the Arabic language is called Çafhra, which means the same as a fair or market, the Siuan River running very close to it, from where they take the inhabitants many ditches and water channels to water their gardens and fields. At sunset we reached the carauasar, which is like the one we left that morning, four hundred steps away from the place and its gardens, next to which there were two small Turkmen customs houses.] » #3245 García de Silva y Figueroa, Manuel Serrano y Sanz, Comentarios De D. Garcia De Silva Y Figueroa De La Embajada Que De Parte Del Rey De España Don Felipe III Hizo Al Rey Xa Abas De Persia, La Spciedad de Bibliofilos Espanoles, Madrid, 1905 ~ vol. 1 p. 321
SOURCE for Cafre
« On the 18th the journey was through countryside full of barley and rice. The ground was low, and there was plenty of water. Along the road I saw some tombs here and there with the remains of destroyed towns. At the 9th hour of the night we stopped in a caravanserai called Shahre Khafr. A Frenchman arrived there after midday on the 19th. He was on horseback and dressed in European fashion and had with him a chapar and a Persian servant with two pieces of luggage. He came to greet me and told me that he was coming from Bandar 'Abbas, where he had been on business for his company and that he was going to Shiraz and from there to Isfahan. He wanted to continue the journey with me, and I was glad of it. Meanwhile, we went together to see the town. We entered a garden full of fruit and ate to our satisfaction. When we left, the gardener was happy with a small remuneration. As we went through the town, we were asked to enter the houses of those natives to visit their sick, as happens in Turkey. Certainly he who knows medicine and the language would be of great use there and ncould also enjoy the trip. At suppertime I invited the Frenchman to eat with me. He seemed to be a polite and discreet person, and his name was Monsieur Pierre Monfere. » #3299 trans. Clara Bargellini ed. Anthony Welch Ambrosio Bembo, The Travels and Journal of Ambrosio Bembo, University of California Press, Berkeley and Los Angeles, 2007 ~ pp. 296-7
SOURCE for Caifer
« This Valley led us to Caifer (5), some Five Pharsangs, a Village blest with all Fruits Persia glories in, but above all, the choicest Oranges; fn. 5 Khafre of Wilson's map, lying, as Fryer says, between two ranges of hills- Kuh-i-Gushtasib and Kuh-i-Safidar. "I slept at an Inn built in an octagonal form, a good Legue from the River, with several villages between. The name of the Inn is Kaffer" (Tavernier, 251). » #1591 Fryer, John M. D., A New Account of East-India and Persia in eight letters being nine years travel (Edited, with notes and an introduction, by William Crooke), Hakluyt Society:Kraus Reprint, 1909:1967, 3 vols. ~ vol. 2 p. 206
SOURCE for Cawger
« The third day we came to Cawger, and the same day at night we payed a Best upon every Bar. » #3292 John Newberry, Two Voyages of John Newberry, in: Purchas, Samuel, Hakluytus posthumus, or Purchas his pilgrimes : contayning a history of the world in sea voyages and lande travells by Englishmen and others in 20 vols., Glasgow : J. Maclehose, , 1905, vol. 8 pp. 449-481 ~ p. 461
SOURCE for Chafer
« we arrived at a fair large Kervanʃeray, called Kervanʃeray Chafer, from the name of a Village cloſe by it, on the River-fide, which at this place is dwindled away almost to nothing, this is a great Village, and nothing to be ſeen in it but Gardens » #1574 Thévenot, Jean de, The travels of Monsieur de Thévenot into the Levant : in three parts, viz. into I. Turkey, II. Persia, III. The East-Indies / newly done out of French., Printed by H. Clark for H. Faithorne [etc.], 1687 ~ vol. 2 p. 128
SOURCE for Chaffer
« The 27th daye we traveled 7 lges. of very craggi and vneven waye. We picht in a caravanserow wthin a furlong of a litle towne called Chaffer [Kafr]. This towne standeth between two hilles wch lyeth on from the other a leauge or ther- aboutes. Here is good water and store of date trees. » #3214 Stodart, Robert; introduction and notes by Sir. E. Denison Ross, The Journal of Robert Stodart: Being an account of his experiences as a member of Sir Dodmore Cotton's Mission in Persia in 1628-29. Published from the unique manuscript preserved in the Bodleian Library, Luzac and Co, 1935 ~ p. 79
SOURCE for Chaffert
« Wy reden voorby een Karrawanſera, genaamd Chaffert, [We passed by a Karrawanſera named Chaffert,] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ bk. 5 p. 263
SOURCE for Chafr (Jesa)
« den 10. Dez. in 11 Stunden, von 2 Uhr nachts bis 1 Uhr mittags, gereist 7 Farsach zur Karawan- serei Olkä und dem Dorf Chafr, jetzt Jesa genannt. [On December 10th, in 11 hours, from 2 a.m. to 1 a.m., 7 Farsach traveled to the Olka caravanserai and the village of Chafr, now called Jesa.] » #3220 Engelbert Kaempfer, ed. Karl Meier-Lemgo, Die Reisetagebu¨cher, F. Steiner, Weisbaden, 1968 ~ p. 111
SOURCE for Cossir
« August 22. We rose from Dottiuan, and passing by Cossir, lodged at Agatakee. » #3146 Yule, Henry Colonel, The Diary Of William Hedges, The Hakluyt Society, London, 1889 ~ vol. 1 p. 207
SOURCE for dorp Gaffer
SOURCE for Gaffer
« van noden was te dragen) verselt met den schout van 't dorp Gaffer (1) fn. 1 Kafr (Siinla kaart.) Fryer heeft Caifer; hij teekent aan, dat hier de teelt van den dadelpalm eindigt. [of necessities) was hired with the sheriff of the village of Gaffer (1) fn. 1 Kafr (Siinla card.) Fryer has Caifer; he notes that the cultivation of the date palm ends here.] » #3226 Cornelis Janszoon Speelman Ed. A. Hotz, Journaal der reis van den gezant der O.I. Compagnie Joan Cunaeus naar perzië in 1651-1652, J. Müller, 1908 ~ p. 73
« Gaffer (Khafr) for each carga half a mahmudi for rāhdāri as in Lär, but a small pres- ent would have the same effect. » #3297 John Emerson, Rahdars and Their Tolls in Safavid and Afsharid Iran, Journal of the Economic and Social History of the Orient, 1987 vol. 30:no. 3:pp. 318-327 ~ p. 321
SOURCE for Ghor
« Après une traire de 7. lieues nous arrivi mes au village de Ghor, à une lieue de la petite ville de Nathans. [After a journey of 7 leagues we arrived at the village of Ghor, one league from the small town of Nathans.] » #3227 LeBrun, Corneille, Voyages de Corneille Le Brun par la Moscovie, en Perse, et aux Indes Orientales., Wetstein, Amsterdam, 1718 ~ p. 183
SOURCE for Gossaw
« About 12 at night sett out for Gossaw, 7½ farsangs, bad stoney way, but no mountain to pass. Past by Piraw, 5 farsangs to this place; here is a good Caravensaroy. Arrived here the 23rd about 11 forenoon.
Gossaw. This place, called Cossir by Hedges (I, 207) and Chasor by Thévenot (Pt. II, 128), seems to be identical with the Caifer of Fryer, the Khafri of Wilson's map (Fryer, II, 206, n. 4), and the Kafer of Rennell's Map of Western Asia (1831). Khafr lies about 9 miles WNW. from Asmângird. » #3248 Bernard P. Scattergood, Ed. Temple, Carnac Rihard, The Scattergoods and the East India Company, A Collection of Mss., Indian Antiquary, Bernard Quaritch, London, 1930 vol. LIX:pt DCCXXXVI-A:pp. 33-74 ~ pp. 41 and 47
SOURCE for Käfer
« Je terminai ma traite à un autre caravanserai,nommé Kafer (2), qui est situé vis-à-vis d'unbeau village de quelque cent maisons, mais qu'onprend de loin pour une petite ville à cause dugrand nombre de ses jardins. fn. 2 Le käravansérây de Käfer et le village qui en dépend sont situés dans un pays charmant. La description qu'en donne Chardin est pleinement justifiée par celles de Thévenot, tom. IV, p. 447, et de Fryer, New account of East India and Persia, etc. p. 244. [I finished my milking at another caravanserai, named Kafer (2), which is located opposite a beautiful village of about a hundred houses, but which from a distance is taken for a small town because of the large number of its gardens. fn. 2 The käravanséray of Käfer and the village which depends on it are located in a charming country. The description given by Chardin is fully justified by those of Thévenot, tom. IV, p. 447, and Fryer, New account of East India and Persia, etc. p. 244.] » #3213 Sir John Chardin, ed. Louis Langlès, Voyages du Chevalier Chardin en Perse et autres lieux de l’Orient, Nouvelle édition, Le Normant, Imprimeur-Libraire, Paris, 1811 ~ vol. 8 p. 461
SOURCE for Kafre
« à peu de dis- tance est celui de Kâfre, que nous atteignons à une heure après-midi. [At a short distance is that of Kâfre, which we reach at one o'clock in the afternoon.] » #3179 Adrien Dupré, Voyage en Perse, fait dans les années 1807, 1808 et 1809, en traversant la Natolie et la Mésopotamie, 1819 ~ vol. 1 p. 458
SOURCE for Khabr
« Beyond Kuvar, also on the left bank of the river Sakkân, is the town of Khabr, noted for the tomb of Said, brother of Hasan-al-Basri, the theologian. Mustawfi states that Khabr was larger than Kuvar, and that near by was the famous castle of Tir-i-Khuda, 'God's Arrow,' so called from its inaccessibility, for it stood on a hill-top, so that no human arrow could attain it. » #895 Le Strange, G., The lands of the Eastern Caliphate. Mesopotamia, Persia, and Central Asia from the Moslem conquest to the time of Timur., Cambridge University Press, London, 1905, ~ p. 253
« Khabr (3). A medium-sized town, larger than Kavär, with a temperate climate; its water is wholesome. Its lands produce desert-wheat, also the fruits of both the hot and the cold region in excellent quality. It has a strong castle which is known as Tir-i-Khuda (God's Arrow), and game both of the mountain and the plain is found here. fn. 3 Modern Khafr. The Castle of God's Arrow according to the Fürs Namak was near Khayrah. » #1764 trans. G. Le Strange, The Geographical Part of the Nuzhat-al-qulub¯ Composed by Hamd-Allāh Mustawfi of Qazwin in 740 (1340), Brill, Leiden, 1919 ~ 115
« Khabr (of Ardashir Khurrah) - Attestations: Khabr (town?) was located in Ardashir Khurrah according to Mādigān i Hezār Dādistān (MHD 78. 13) (78). The MHD (MHD A19.13-16) includes a phrase that implies that Khabr and Kovar were close to each other. The paragraph reads as follows: "In one place it is written, that if he declares this: 'if I do not depart to Kovar and Khabr on the day Ormizd, I shall give thirty dirhams', then if he departed to Kovar or to Khabr, he is not obliged to pay thirty dirhams". - Identification: The town and district of Khabr of Ardashir Khurrah was also recorded by an Islamic geographer (79). The modern village of Shahr-e Khafr (Town of Khafr) is located about 50 km to the southeast of Kovar, east of Firuzabad.
fn. 79 Istakhri: 120; Ibn-e Howqal: 275 »
#2877 Negin Miri, Historical Geography of Fars during the Sasanian Period, e-Sasanika, 2009, 10: ~ p. 20
SOURCE for Khafr
« Rivadaneyra continuing his journey from Firūzābād to Darab crossed the river by a ford between the villages of Tadwān and "Assun-Dscherd" (Asmängird?). He also admires the pleasant and flourishing aspect of Khafr. » #2645 The Encyclopaedia of Islam, 2nd Edition, Brill, Leiden, ~ vol. 6 p. 384
« The 27th daye we traveled lges. of very craggi and vneven waye. We picht in a caravanserow wthin a furlong of a litle towne called Chaffer [Kafr]. This towne standeth between two hilles weh lyeth on from the other a leauge or theraboutes. » #3214 Stodart, Robert; introduction and notes by Sir. E. Denison Ross, The Journal of Robert Stodart: Being an account of his experiences as a member of Sir Dodmore Cotton's Mission in Persia in 1628-29. Published from the unique manuscript preserved in the Bodleian Library, Luzac and Co, London, 1935 ~ p. 79
« At right of the 6 miles the village of Khafr is passed, ½ a mile to the E. of the road in a small valley. » #3080 Simla Drawing Office, General Staff, India, Mobilisation Routes In Persia (Vol. IV, Part II) (Fars, Laristan, Kerman And Yazd) British Library: India Office Records and Private Papers, IOR/L/MIL/17/15/12/10, in Qatar Digital Library, ~ p. 179
« (20) tο Khafr 8 farsakhs. A hamlet of date-palms where araq of Portuguese grapes is made. It is a bad road.is passed. At 3 leagues Tarsu [? sic), 2 leagues off the road. A large river is is passed. » #1570 A Chronicle of the Carmelites in Persia, and the Papal Mission of the XVIIth and XVIIIth Centuries, Eyre and Spottiswoode, 1939, 2 vol. ~ vol. 1 p. 219 notes
« Le dix-neuvième, je fus à chevalà quatre heures du matin, et marchai le long du vallon rempli de plusieurs villages, et que la même rivière dont je viens de parler rend assez fertile. Sur les huit heures je m'arrêtai à un carvansera bati en octogone, qui est à une grande lieue de la rivière, et dans cet espace il y a quelques villages. Le carvansera se nomme Khafr. [On the nineteenth, I mounted my horse at four o'clock in the morning and rode along the valley, which is dotted with several villages and made quite fertile by the same river I just mentioned. Around eight o'clock, I stopped at a caravanserai built in the shape of an octagon, about a league from the river, and within this area are several villages. The caravanserai is called Khafr.] » #3144 Jean-Baptiste Tavernier, Pascal Pia, Voyages en Perse et description de ce royaume par Jean-Babtiste Tavernier Marchand Francais, E´d. du Carrefour, Paris, 1930 ~ p. 311
SOURCE for Khafro
« Khafro » in {map#1203 in #1241 Wilson, Sir Arnold T., Notes on a Journey from Bandar Abbas to Shiraz via Lar, in February and March, 1907, The Geographical Journal, London, 1908 (Feb.) 31:2:152-69 ~ fig. Country between Bandar Abbas abd Siraz}

R44-021 Moukak
R44-021 Moukak : place IRN
NIMA/GNS names: Mokhak , Mukhak , موخک ,
VARIANT names: Mokhak ,
SOURCE for Mokhak

R44-020a Taduan
R44-020a Taduan : place IRN
NIMA/GNS names: Madavan , Madevan , Tadavan , Taduwan , تادوان ,
VARIANT names: dorp Tadderwangh , Dottiuan , Tadavan , Tada-woen , Tadejun (Tadewun) , Tadivan , Tadovan , Taduan , Taduwan , Tadwan , Tudun ,
POSSIBLE LOCATION at Taduwan FOR Coughton [],
SOURCE for dorp Tadderwangh
SOURCE for Dottiuan
« August 21. We rose from Moocack Sookta, and went 4 Farsanges or leagues out of our way to see Dottiuan, situated in the most pleasant and fruitful plaine (as reported) in all Persia, where we lodged this night in a garden belonging to yeDuch (the same affording no Caravansarai), near a small rivulett that runs through it. The Gardener gave us store of Figgs (yeleast, but as good as I have seen), Grapes, Pomegranetts, Peaches, and Wall-nutts, all very good of their kind. The towne is full of Gardens, all plentifully watered with Cutts out of a River running by it, out of which we had brought us two good dishes of Fish, which cost but 1 Mamoodee: 2 of them were 20 inches long apiece. This is the most pleasant, fruitfull place I have yet seen in Persia. We are promised a guide on our way this Afternoon (God willing) to Cossir, who will show us certain great Vaults under y Rocks, large enough, some of them, to hold 1000 men. » #3146 Yule, Henry Colonel, The Diary Of William Hedges, The Hakluyt Society, London, 1889 ~ vol. 1 pp. 206-7
SOURCE for Tadavan
« the traveller arrived at the village of Tadavan. This was a pleasant, large village which had much water, cattle, fruit and large fish. Speelman added that it had not more than one hundred mud dwellings and that it was a vaqf. Tavernier observed that the road via Tadavan was not the normal one taken by caravans, which forked right, whilst he himself went straight onwards, arriving at a plain, called Tadavan, which was full of orange, lemon and pomegranate orchards. Its streams were also filled with various kinds of fish, while the Europeans living in Bandar 'Abbas often spent the summer here.
fn. 87 Kaempfer, Reisetagebucher, p 113 (Tadejun; Tadewun); Winninx, 19 July and 11 November (Taddervangh); Thevenot, vol. II, p. 127 (Tadivan); Speelman, pp. 72-3 (Taduwan), who also mentioned the old historical buildings in the mountains and gave a very detailed description of his visit to this site, ibid., pp. 75-81; Tavernier, pp. 311-14 (Dadivan); Hedges, pp. 206-7 (Dottiuan); Chardin, vol. VIII, pp. 463-4 (Taduan); LeBrun, vol. II, p. 313 (Tadawoen). »
#1169 Floor, Willem, The Bandar Abbas-Isfahan Route in the Late Safavid era, Iran, Journal of the British Institute of Persian Studies, London, 1999, 37:67-94 ~ p. 76
SOURCE for Tada-woen
« Nous pourfuivimes notre chemin à 6. heures du matin,paffimes encore à côté de plufieurs jolies maifonsde beaux jardins, où nous nous repofâmes à l'ombre, après une traite de 3. lieuës, le foleil édr. tant fort ardent,pluſieurs de nos gens incommodez. Ce jardin eit fitué dans le bourg de Tada-woen, qui ne fublifte que de fes jardins, qui font remplis de grenadiers, d'orangers, de figuiers [We continued our journey at 6 o'clock in the morning, passing again next to several pretty houses and beautiful gardens, where we rested in the shade, after a journey of 3 leagues, le foleil edr. so very ardent, several of our people are inconvenienced. This garden was located in the village of Tada-woen, which only has gardens, which are filled with pomegranate trees, orange trees, fig trees] » #3227 LeBrun, Corneille, Voyages de Corneille Le Brun par la Moscovie, en Perse, et aux Indes Orientales., Wetstein, Amsterdam, 1718 ~ pp. 313-3
SOURCE for Tadejun (Tadewun)
« ½ Farsach, Tadejun oder Tadewun (Tâdawân), ein nach derselben Landschaft benanntes Dorf [½ Farsach, Tadejun or Tadewun (Tâdawân), a village named after the same landscape] » #3220 Engelbert Kaempfer, ed. Karl Meier-Lemgo, Die Reisetagebu¨cher, F. Steiner, Weisbaden, 1968 ~ p. 113
SOURCE for Tadivan
« at the foot of a Hill, there is a Village call Tadivan, where the River of Paira loſes it ſelſ and ends. » #1574 Thévenot, Jean de, The travels of Monsieur de Thévenot into the Levant : in three parts, viz. into I. Turkey, II. Persia, III. The East-Indies / newly done out of French., Printed by H. Clark for H. Faithorne [etc.], 1687 ~ vol. 2 p. 127
SOURCE for Tadovan
« Tadovan » in {map#1180 in #3079 Kleiss, Wolfram, Karawanenbauten in Iran. Materialien zur iranischen Archäologie, Materialien zur iranischen Archa¨ologie, D. Reimer, Berlin, 2000 Band 6:Teil 4: ~ fig. Abb. 13 Karawanenwege zwischen Firuzabad und Djahrom}
« Tadovan » in {map#1180 in #3079 Kleiss, Wolfram, Karawanenbauten in Iran. Materialien zur iranischen Archäologie, Materialien zur iranischen Archa¨ologie, D. Reimer, Berlin, 2000 Band 6:Teil 4: ~ fig. Abb. 186 Karavanserail Aliabad (Gasun), Lageskizze}
SOURCE for Taduan
« Entre Kafer et Moukak, à demi-lieue du grand chemin, sur la droite, il y a un bourg nommé Taduan (1), qui est un des plus délicieux endroits de la Perse. Il est situé au bout d'une plaine, qui s'étend demi-lieue en longueur, et qui est toute couverte de jardins. fn. 1 Thévenot (tom. IV, pag. 446) nomme ce village Tadivan, et le place sur la route de Lår, à 6 ághatch de Pâisa. C. le Bruyn (tom. IV, pag. 45g) le nomme Tadavoun, et dit que les nom- breux et fertiles jardins qui en dépendent sont fertilisés par les caux des montagnes environnantes, et renferment une quantité de grenadiers, de figuiers, d'orangers, de péchers, de palmiers. Les habitans trouvent de quoi subsister abondamment dans le produit de leurs récoltes, dont ils yont, ou plutôt alloient vendre les fruits à Isspahan. (L-s.) [Between Kafer and Moukak, half a league from the main road, on the right, there is a town called Taduan (1), which is one of the most delicious places in Persia. It is situated at the end of a plain, which extends half a league in length, and which is entirely covered with gardens. fn. 1 Thévenot (tom. IV, pag. 446) names this village Tadivan, and places it on the road to Lår, 6 ághatch from Pâisa. C. le Bruyn (tom. IV, pag. 45g) names it Tadavoun, and says that the numerous and fertile gardens which depend on it are fertilized by the waters of the surrounding mountains, and contain a quantity of pomegranate trees, fig trees, orange trees, peach trees, palm trees. The inhabitants find enough to subsist abundantly in the product of their harvests, the fruits of which they have, or rather were going to sell in Isfahan. (L-s.)] » #3213 Sir John Chardin, ed. Louis Langlès, Voyages du Chevalier Chardin en Perse et autres lieux de l’Orient, Nouvelle édition, Le Normant, Imprimeur-Libraire, Paris, 1811 ~ vol. 8 p. 463
SOURCE for Taduwan
« In den wegh stont den heer den oppercoopman Angel, den coopman Ham en sijnen secretaris Speelman t'hunnen versoek toe, om ter zijde aff 't dorp Taduwan (3) en 't geen daerbij van seer fn. 3 Tadüan. (De Simla kaart heeft Taluan, maar dat is blijkbaar een drukfout.) Het is het Dadian van Tavernier en Tada-woon (later Tadurwan) van De Bruyn. Esnparig loven alle reizigers de vallei, waarin dit groote dorp gelegen is. Chardin en Tavernier DOmen het, in bijna gelijke woorden, een der heerlijkste oorden van Perzic, ook De Bruyn [In the road, the lord, the chief coopman Angel, the coopman Ham and his secretary Speelman, presented their request to leave the village of Taduwan (3) and everything else about it fn. 3 Tadüan. (The Simla card has Taluan, but that is apparently a printing error.) It is the Dadian of Tavernier and Tada-woon (later Tadurwan) of De Bruyn. All travelers unanimously praise the valley in which this large village is located. Chardin and Tavernier call it, in almost identical words, one of the most wonderful places in Persia, as does De Bruyn] » #3226 Cornelis Janszoon Speelman Ed. A. Hotz, Journaal der reis van den gezant der O.I. Compagnie Joan Cunaeus naar perzië in 1651-1652, J. Müller, 1908 ~ p. 72
SOURCE for Tadwan
« Rivadaneyra continuing his journey from Firūzābād to Darab crossed the river by a ford between the villages of Tadwān and "Assun-Dscherd" (Asmängird?). He also admires the pleasant and flourishing aspect of Khafr. » #2645 The Encyclopaedia of Islam, 2nd Edition, Brill, Leiden, ~ vol. 6 p. 384
SOURCE for Tudun
« . The road is stony, but the going is easy. At 1 miles a track diverges W.-N.-W. to Tudun, 6 miles, Khaitar, 12 miles, Simakūn, 16 miles, and Maiman. » #3080 Simla Drawing Office, General Staff, India, Mobilisation Routes In Persia (Vol. IV, Part II) (Fars, Laristan, Kerman And Yazd) British Library: India Office Records and Private Papers, IOR/L/MIL/17/15/12/10, in Qatar Digital Library, ~ p. 178

R44-022 Jarron
R44-022 Jarron : place IRN
NIMA/GNS names: Do , Jahrom , Jahrum , جهرم , دو ,
VARIANT names: Dgiaroun , Djahrom , Djahroum , Djarom , Djaroûn , Djarroun , Djarum (Djabrom) , Gaarrom , Gahram , Gahrum , Gearon , Gerom , Giron , Gowaym , Guwaim , Isharum , Jaharan , Jahrom , Jahrum , Jaram , Jaraon , Jaron , Jaroon , Jaroone , Jarron , Jehram , Jehrum , Jowaym , Scharim , Sharon , Stadt Sharon ,
SOURCE for Dgiaroun
« we arrived at a large Kervanʃeray, which is about an hundred paces from a little Town called Dgiaroun, and is hardly worth a good Village; however there is a fair Bazar in it. » #1574 Thévenot, Jean de, The travels of Monsieur de Thévenot into the Levant : in three parts, viz. into I. Turkey, II. Persia, III. The East-Indies / newly done out of French., Printed by H. Clark for H. Faithorne [etc.], 1687 ~ vol. 2 p. 128
SOURCE for Djahrom
« Eine neuere Route führt heute von Benaru über Djuyom und Mansurabad nördlich des Kuh-e Alburs durch die Tang-e Kulin und Tang-e Khatiz nach Djahrom. [A newer route today leads from Benaru via Djuyom and Mansurabad north of the Kuh-e Albur through the Tang-e Kulin and Tang-e Khatiz to Djahrom.] » #3206 Pohanka, R, Karawanenwege und Karavanserails in Laristan: Die Strassenabschnitte Lar-Djahrom, Lar-Khundj and Lae-Bastak., Archäologische Mitteilungen aus Iran, 1984 vol. 17:pp. 285-308 ~ p. 296
« Djahrom » in {map#1180 in #3079 Kleiss, Wolfram, Karawanenbauten in Iran. Materialien zur iranischen Archäologie, Materialien zur iranischen Archa¨ologie, D. Reimer, Berlin, 2000 Band 6:Teil 4: ~ fig. Abb. 5 Kartenausschnitt der Provinzen Bushehr und Fars}
« Djahrom, welches man über die nördliche der beiden möglichen Routen bei km 210 erreicht, ist heute noch wie in safavidischer Zeit für seine Dattelproduktion berühmt, vom alten Kern der Stadt und besonders von den Kara- vanserails hat sich allerdings bis heute nichts erhalten. Besonders bedauerlich ist das Ver- schwinden des alten Basars von Djahrom, der nach Orta Rebelo genauso schön und groß wie der Basar von Lar gewesen sein soll. Dabei muß noch 1850 eine ganze Anzahl von Kara- vanserails in Djahrom existiert haben, Abbott nennt nicht weniger als sechs Stück für dieses Jahr, Kaempfer nennt ein großes Karavan- serail Shah Hossein", ebenso erwähnen Taver- nier, Chardin und Dupré mehrere Kara- vanserails in Djahrom, wobei auffällt, daß fast alle Reisenden darauf hinweisen, daß sich diese Bauten ein wenig westlich und aufßerhalb der eigentlichen Siedlung befinden. [Djahrom, which can be reached via the northern of the two possible routes at km 210, is still famous for its date production today, as it was in Safavid times, but nothing of the old core of the city and especially of the caravanserails has survived to this day. The disappearance of the old bazaar of Djahrom, which according to Orta Rebelo was just as beautiful and large as the bazaar of Lar, is particularly regrettable. In 1850, a large number of caravanserails must have existed in Djahrom; Abbott mentions no fewer than six for that year, Kaempfer mentions a large caravanserail "Shah Hossein", and Tavernier, Chardin and Dupré also mention several caravanserails in Djahrom, and it is striking that almost all travelers point out that these buildings are located a little to the west and outside the actual settlement.] » #3206 Pohanka, R, Karawanenwege und Karavanserails in Laristan: Die Strassenabschnitte Lar-Djahrom, Lar-Khundj and Lae-Bastak., Archäologische Mitteilungen aus Iran, 1984 vol. 17:pp. 285-308 ~ p. 297
SOURCE for Djahroum
« Je partis de Mouchek le vingt-et-unième de mars à deux heures du matin, et ayant marché jusqu'à huit par un pays plat et pierreux, j'arrivai à la petite ville de Djahroum, [I left Mouchek on the twenty-first of March at two o'clock in the morning, and having walked until eight through a flat and stony country, I arrived at the small town of Djahroum,] » #3144 Jean-Baptiste Tavernier, Pascal Pia, Voyages en Perse et description de ce royaume par Jean-Babtiste Tavernier Marchand Francais, E´d. du Carrefour, Paris, 1930 ~ p. 315
SOURCE for Djarom
« Djarom » in {map#1132 Abb. 1 Karte von Iranmit Eintragung der Routen und Karawanenbauten, , , #1814 Kleiss, Wolfram, Karawanenbauten in Iran. Materialien zur iranischen Archäologie, Materialien zur iranischen Archa¨ologie, D. Reimer, Berlin, 2000 Band 7:Teil 5: ~}
SOURCE for Djaroûn
« En tournant une montagne à droite, on découvre une forêt de palmiers, au milieu de laquelle est bâtie la ville de Djaroûn. Sur la pente de ce / mont est le tombeau d'un imam appelé Kha- demga. Plus loin nous laissons sur la gauche un grand caravansérail, à côté duquel est une vaste citerne, et le mausolée d'un autre saint / musulman nommé Cháh - Zadè - Hussein. Avant d'entrer dans la ville, on passe auprès de deux arches en briques, qui servent de digue contre le débordement des eaux. ... Elle avait éprouvé, dans la jour- née du 23 février, plusieurs secousses qui fi- nirent par l'écroulement de diverses maisons. La population peut être de quatre mille habi- tans, parmi lesquels on compte trente familles juives. Il y a quatre caravansérails et un petit bazard qui renferme une vingtaine de 'boutiques. [Turning a mountain to the right, we discover a forest of palm trees, in the middle of which is built the city of Djaroûn. On the slope of this / mountain is the tomb of an imam called Kha-demga. Further on we leave on the left a large caravanserai, next to which is a vast cistern, and the mausoleum of another / Muslim saint named Cháh - Zadè - Hussein. Before entering the city, we pass by two brick arches, which serve as a dike against the overflow of water. ... It had experienced, during the day of February 23, several tremors which ended with the collapse of various houses. The population may be four thousand inhabitants, among whom there are thirty Jewish families. There are four caravanserais and a small bazaar which contains about twenty shops.] » #3179 Adrien Dupré, Voyage en Perse, fait dans les années 1807, 1808 et 1809, en traversant la Natolie et la Mésopotamie, 1819 ~ vol. 1 p. 452
SOURCE for Djarroun
« et, un farsang après, Djarroun, petite ville avec un bazar et deux caravansérails, l'un en bon état, mais où il n'y avait pas de place, et l'autre en ruine, où il fallut cependant bien nous fourrer dans un coin, [and, a farsang later, Djarroun, a small town with a bazaar and two caravanserais, one in good condition, but where there was no room, and the other in ruins, where we nevertheless had to be stuffed into a corner,] » ##3241 Aucher-Eloy, Relations de voyages en Orient de 1830 à 1838., Librairie Encyclopédique De Roret, Paris, 1843 ~ pt.2 p. 523
SOURCE for Djarum (Djabrom)
« den 12. Dez. gereist zu dem berühmten Tamerfleck (Tamar oder Tamr ist die Dattelpalme) Djarum (Djabrom) 6 Farsach. [December 12th traveled to the famous Tamerfleck (Tamar or Tamr is the date palm) Djarum (Djabrom) 6 Farsach.] » #3220 Engelbert Kaempfer, ed. Karl Meier-Lemgo, Die Reisetagebu¨cher, F. Steiner, Weisbaden, 1968 ~ p. 114
SOURCE for Gaarrom
« The first of September in the morning, wee came to a Citie, called Gaarrom: and the same day, to a Casal, called Demonder, where standeth an high Columne alone. About Gaarrom is great store of Rice and Cotton wooll growing. And here the Sheepe have Lambs twice every yeere. » #3292 John Newberry, Two Voyages of John Newberry, in: Purchas, Samuel, Hakluytus posthumus, or Purchas his pilgrimes : contayning a history of the world in sea voyages and lande travells by Englishmen and others in 20 vols., Glasgow : J. Maclehose, , 1905, vol. 8 pp. 449-481 ~ p. 461
SOURCE for Gahram
« Gahram VI C4 Gahrum Iran
CIte de la cIrconscnptIOn (kura) d' Ardasir Hurra 107, 134, 135, 139, 153, H 263,268,286,299 Hur 46, F 203 ' - Yaq II, 167, LS 254, Schw 103, DKI 173 »#2912 Georgette Cornu, Atlas du monde arabo-islamique a l'epoque classique IXe-Xe siecles, E.J. Brill, Leiden, 1985, ~ p. 49
« Gahram (3) mit gleichnamiger Stadt (4), heute Jahrum. Von der Stadt selbst wird nichts berichtet, von den Einwohnern rühmt Ibn Haukal Wohlstand) und Istahri erzählt, daß sie vorwiegend der mutalizitischen Sekte angehörten). fn. 3) Hord. 46, 7; Fak. 203, 4 (at Idrisi, Janbert 391, Gühram!). fn. 4) Is 107, 5. 4 [Gahram (3) with the town of the same name (4), today Jahrum. Nothing is reported about the town itself, Ibn Haukal praises the inhabitants as being wealthy) and Istahri reports that they mainly belonged to the Mutalizite sect). fn. 3) Hord. 46, 7; Fak. 203, 4 (at Idrisi, Janbert 391, Gühram!). fn. 4) Is 107, 5. 4] » #1717 Schwarz, Paul, Iran im Mittelalter nach arabischen Geographen, O. Harrassowitz, Leipzig, 1896 ~ p. 103
SOURCE for Gahrum
SOURCE for Gearon
« Il Sabato 25.partimmo a mezzodi per una comoda ſtrada; e dopo 10. ore fatte 30. miglia, per le quali paſſammo alcuni piccioli ruſcelli, giugnemmo nella Città di Gearon. Queſta Città ha più toſto ſembianza di foreſta, perche le fue cafe ſono ſparſe tra folti alberi di palme, che apportano non poca rendita coloro dat- tili, che ſono de' migliori della Perfia. [On Saturday the 25th we left at midday by a convenient route; and after 10 hours, having traveled 30 miles, over which we crossed some small streams, we reached the City of Gearon. This city has more of the appearance of a forest, because the trees are scattered among thick palm trees, which bring no small income from the palm trees, which are among the best in Persia.] » #3239 Giovanni Francesco Gemelli Careri, Giro del mondo, del dottor D. Gio. Francesco Gemelli Careri.., stamp. di G. Roselli, Napoli, 1699 ~ pt. 2 p.267
SOURCE for Gerom
« for which, when we had traveil’d One and twenty Miles, we found at Gerom (1) a ready Medicine of the Butter of the Seed of Gourds made into an Ointment, which appeased the Inflammation by its cooling Virtue, and immediately asswaged' the Pain by Basting our selves herewith, being half Roasted. We refreshed our selves one entire Day at Geroniy where a small White Grape, without any Stone, was an excellent Cordial; fn. 1 Jahrum : the larrown of Herbert (129). "The little city of Jarron, which is rather to be called a Forrest of Palm-trees" (Tavernier, 252). The road is dangerous : "the steep mountain of Jarra, which is very high and very long : but the descent is the most dangerous that ever I saw in all my Travels" {Ibid. 252). Hedges {Diary, i, 206) speaks of "divers steep scraged Hills." The other route is also difficult (Wilson, 162). » #1591 Fryer, John M. D., A New Account of East-India and Persia in eight letters being nine years travel (Edited, with notes and an introduction, by William Crooke), Hakluyt Society:Kraus Reprint, 1909:1967, 3 vols. ~ vol. 2 p. 202
SOURCE for Giron
« barely got out of the way of the horses. When the mountains ended, I rested a little by a cistern, and after another one and a half hours I arrived at the caravanserai where they were. This was not a nice one, and it was located a pistol shot away from the city of Jahrom. (23)On the morning of the 16th I entered the city. It is located in a rather beautiful plain. fn. 23. Jahrom (Bembo's "Giron") was a major center of textile production. » #3299 trans. Clara Bargellini ed. Anthony Welch Ambrosio Bembo, The Travels and Journal of Ambrosio Bembo, University of California Press, Berkeley and Los Angeles, 2007 ~ p. 296
SOURCE for Gowaym
« Gowaym - Attestations: The mint signature GW/GWDMY is thought to be representative of the town of Gowaym in Fars (40). Although the location of the mint with this signature in Fars has been confirmed through die linkages, the question of its identification with Gowaym has not yet been proven. On the other hand, two localities with this name are located in Fars, one in Ardashir Khurrah, northeast of Shiraz, which is called Guyom today, and the other one in Darabgerd, now referred to as Jowaym. However, based upon its importance in the early Islamic period, as well as its location along the major caravan routes, Mochiri has suggested that the Jowaym of Darabgerd was the mint town with the GW signature (41).- Identification: The modern town of Jowaym (Jowaym of Darabgerd Khurrah) is located 69 km southeast of Jahrom (42). Remains of a Sasanian fire temple, pointing to the existence of a Sasanian settlement in this area, are located about 40-50 km from Jowaymnear the village of Fishur (43).
#2877 Negin Miri, Historical Geography of Fars during the Sasanian Period, e-Sasanika, 2009, 10: ~ p. 13
SOURCE for Guwaim
« Die Straße von Däräbegird nach Siräf führte über Guwaim ²). fn. 2) Muk. 454, 6. [The road from Däräbegird to Siräf led via Guwaim²). fn. 2) Muk. 454, 6.] » #1717 Schwarz, Paul, Iran im Mittelalter nach arabischen Geographen, O. Harrassowitz, Leipzig, 1896 ~ p. 103
SOURCE for Isharum
« Isharum ist eine feine Stadt und Nahrs haffter Orth: deren Innwohner Behau funge seynd fast alle viereckig erbauet von denen in der Sonnenhik gebackenen Steis nen/ haben durchaus ihre Altanen: Jes de zu vier Seiten aufgeführte Mauer hat ein einziges Dach Loch [Isharum is a fine city and a peaceful place: the dwellings of the inhabitants are almost all built square from stones baked in the sun, and have their own balconies: each wall built on four sides has a single roof hole.] » #1609 Schillinger, Franz Caspar, Persianische und Ost-Indianische Reis, Nu¨rnberg, 1707 ~ pp. 263-4
« SCHILLINGER (1700) | Isharum LEBRUN (1705) | Jaron WILSON (1908) | Jahrum » #3206 Pohanka, R, Karawanenwege und Karavanserails in Laristan: Die Strassenabschnitte Lar-Djahrom, Lar-Khundj and Lar-Bastak., original manuscript, Österreichisches Archäologisches Institut, 1984 ~ table p. 14
SOURCE for Jaharan
« Les mêmes renseignements avaient apparemment été donnés aussi à Colvill, cet auteur écrivant à ce sujet:De Taherie il y a une très bonne route par la plaine de Gillodar (Gallehdar) menant à Chiraz en passant par le village de Jaharan (Djahrom). Une caravane met 8 ou 9 jours. [The same information had apparently been given to Colvill as well, this author writing on this subject:From Taherie there is a very good road through the plain of Gillodar (Gallehdar) leading to Shiraz by way of the village of Jaharan (Djahrom). A caravan takes 8 or 9 days.] » #3059 K Lindberg, Voyage dans le Sud de l'Iran : carnet de route d'un me´dicin, a` la poursuite du ver de Me´dine., C.W.K. Gleerup, Lund, 1955 ~ p. 239
SOURCE for Jahrom
SOURCE for Jahrum
« Jahrum » in {map#1182 1000k Maps of South Asia, Survey of India in the India and Adjacent Countries series, Sheet No 010 Persia Arabia and Turkey (1915)}
SOURCE for Jaram
« Partis au lever du jour //, nous y parvinmes bientôt. II y fait très frais. Il a donné son nom de Jaram à la montagne voisine. [Leaving at daybreak //, we soon reached there. It's very cool there. He gave his name Jaram to the neighboring mountain.] » #3268 Joaquim Verissimo Serrao, Un Voyageur Portugais en Perse au début du XVIIe siècle Nicolau De Orta Rebelo, Comité National Portugais, Lisbonne, 1972 ~ p. 113
SOURCE for Jaraon
« Desen wegh met backsteenen en keyen als ge- vloert ten eynde, ende 't dorp Jaraon (2)fn. 2 Djahrüm. De reeds aangehaalde reizigers zijn eenstemmig in hun lof omtrent dit stadje, welks huizen (Chardin telde er 350, Dupré be- groot het getal inwoners op 4000) ... [This road with backstones and keys as if laid at the end, and the village of Jaraon (2) fn. 2 Jahrum. The travelers already mentioned are unanimous in their praise of this town, whose houses (Chardin counted 350, Dupré estimated the population at 4000) ...] » #3226 Cornelis Janszoon Speelman Ed. A. Hotz, Journaal der reis van den gezant der O.I. Compagnie Joan Cunaeus naar perzië in 1651-1652, J. Müller, 1908 ~ p. 65
SOURCE for Jaron
« Le dix-neuvième, nous en partimes far le foir, pour nous rendre à Jaron, qui n'en eſt qu'à une lieuë,nous y arrivámes à 9. heures,allâmes à un Caravanserai proche de la ville, où nous trouvames un bon puits, couvert d'une eſpece de dôme de pierre. [On the nineteenth, we left at night to go to Jaron, which is only a league away. We arrived there at 9 o'clock, went to a Caravanserai near the town, where we found a good well, covered with a kind of stone dome.] » #3227 LeBrun, Corneille, Voyages de Corneille Le Brun par la Moscovie, en Perse, et aux Indes Orientales., Wetstein, Amsterdam, 1718 ~ pp. 313-4
« Den 23. dito na 5 mylen in de Karrawaanfera.Den 24.dito na 5 mylen ruym in Jarôn. Mogag-zoekte. [The 23rd said on the 5th of March in Karrawaanfera.The 24th said on the 5th of March in Jarôn. Mogag-zoekte.] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ vol. 5 p. 285
SOURCE for Jaroon
« Drie broeders, van den Hertog van Lhaar, die te Jaroon woonden, quamien zyn Ed: wel een halve myl van die plaats inhaalen geleidden zyn Ed tot het Moors Tempeltje Sjaſada Hoſſein, en beſchonken hem net eenige, mondkoit. [Three brothers of the Duke of Lhaar, who lived at Jaroon, came to overtake his son: about half a mile from that place, they led his son to the Moorish temple of Shazada Hozain, and gave him some drink.] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ vol. 5 p. 274
SOURCE for Jaroone
« Att 4 In the Evening the 24th Sett out for Jaroone, 5 farsangs: the first two farsangs bad stoney way till you come to a small caravensaroy with a tanck of water before it; the other 3 farsangs good smooth way. Jaroone is a large pleasant town full of Date trees; good caravensaroy, may have all things needfull for travellers.
Diary of 24 February 1707/8.
Jaroone. Jahrûm. The Dgiarum of Thévenot (pp. 128-9), the Jarron of Tavernier (p. 252), the Gerom of Fryer (II, 202), the Scharim of Struys (p. 342) and the Jarroon of Hedges (p. 206). Thévenot remarks on the "large Karvanseray" and the town "on all hands encompassed with gardens full of palm-trees, which there are so numerous and grow so near one another, that they make a great forrest." Struys says of "Scharim" that it stood in the middle of a grove "altogether of date-trees," and was "a town of consider- able traffic in cotton goods, "there being very many weavers." Hedges also found that "Jarroon affords plenty of all things for the use of a traveller in these parts." Le Bruyn who stayed at Jahrûm two days in 1705 (II, 66), has an illustration of the city, "which is very mean and looks more like a village, the houses being all built of earth, and separate from one another. I saw two or three poor little mosques, in which they were performing service. As this city is full of palm-trees, it looks at a distance like a wood. This, of all the trees in that country, is what is esteemed most, both for its beauty and the goodness of the fruit, which is the best in all Persia." » #3248 Bernard P. Scattergood, Ed. Temple, Carnac Rihard, The Scattergoods and the East India Company, A Collection of Mss., Indian Antiquary, Bernard Quaritch, London, 1930 vol. LIX:pt DCCXXXVI-A:pp. 33-74 ~ pp. 42 and 48
SOURCE for Jarron
« Le 28, je fis cinq lieues, la route étant, partie par des sentiers fort rudes, partie par un pays plain et uni, le long duquel on trouve plusieurs canaux profonds, et des ponts de pierre, pour passer des ruisseaux qui, dans l'hiver et au printemps, se grossissent si fort qu'on les prendroit pour des rivières. Ma traite se termina à Jarron, petite ville de trois cent cinquante maisons, [On the 28th, I traveled five leagues, the route being, part by very rough paths, part by a plain and level country, along which we find several deep canals, and stone bridges, to cross streams which, in the In winter and spring, they swell so much that they were mistaken for rivers. My trade ended in Jarron, a small town of three hundred and fifty houses,] » #3213 Sir John Chardin, ed. Louis Langlès, Voyages du Chevalier Chardin en Perse et autres lieux de l’Orient, Nouvelle édition, Le Normant, Imprimeur-Libraire, Paris, 1811 ~ vol. 8 pp. 464-5
SOURCE for Jehram
« MOGU BAY to SHIRAZ 12. JEHRAM | 180 | 219Six hours. The road is stony with some passes over hill ridges. Water is obtained from a spring led by a kanát or underground tunnel. Camp in an open desert near the village. All ordinary supplies of life obtainable. » #3334 Routes in Asia: Routes in Persia and Balochistan, Office of the Superintendent of Government Printing, Calcutta, 1878 ~ p. 389
SOURCE for Jehrum
« JEHRUM, vide JAHRUM. » #2878 Gazetteer of Persia vol. III., Government of India Press, Simla, 1924, ~ vol. 3 pt. 1 p. 460
SOURCE for Jowaym
« Identification: The modern town of Jowaym (Jowaym of Darabgerd Khurrah) is located69 km southeast of Jahrom (42). Remains of a Sasanian fire temple, pointing to theexistence of a Sasanian settlement in this area, are located about 40-50 km from Jowaymnear the village of Fishur (43).
SOURCE for Scharim
« Struys called Jahrom a small town, without walls, located in a date grove. The town’s trade consisted of cotton textiles and there were many weavers. The bazaar was quite pleasant, where all kinds of Indian and Persian goods were for sale, while twice a week there was a market when farmers from the neighboring villages came to town. (92) fn. 92. Winninx, 18 July (Sjaron); Thevenot 1971, vol. 2, pp. 128-29 (Dgiaroun); Kaempfer 1968, p. 115 (Djarum); Valentijn 1726, vol. 5, p. 263 (Sjaron); Herbert 1929, p. 65 (Goyoom); Strauszens 1678, p. 193 (Scharim); KA 1793, f. 994 (Jharoen); Tavernier 1930, p. 315 (Djahroum); Chardin 1811, vol. 8, pp. 465-66 (Harron) and plate LXXVII with a map of the caravanserai of Jahrum; » #3002 Willem Floor, Persian Gulf: Links with the Hinterland, Bushehr, Borazjan, Kazerun, Banu Ka`b and Bandar Abbas, Mage Publishers, Washington, 2015 ~ p. 273
« On the 6th of December we arrived / and in the afternoon we met a fellow named Stedelten/or Olek/Scharim/laying without any Red Light Districts/in the middle of a date forest. The trade of this Stebeken/and the few inhabitants of Handteeringe/contains most of the fabrics/being a star of Weavers there. It has a beautiful Bafar, or Markt, where one finds statues of merchandise with Indian and Persian handicrafts/fabrics/and precious items, except that there is a large influx of the passing Borren twice here. I stayed here for three hectic days / for us / and ours » #3243 Jan Janszoon Struys, Drie aanmerkelijke en seer rampspoedige Reysen, Meurs, 1677 ~ p. 356
« The seventh I passed by one of these Caravanseras, and got that day ten Leagues, taking up my quarters in the little City of Scharim, in the middle of a Forrest of Date-trees. » #3669 Adam Olearius, Johann Albrecht von Mandelslo, John Davies, The Voyages and Travells of the Ambassadors Sent by Frederick, Duke of Holstein, to the Great Duke of Muscovy and the King of Persia, J. Starkey and T. Basset, 1669 ~ p. 4
SOURCE for Sharon
« Hier staan eenige huizen by, voorts is het al te maal klippig gebergte. Wy quamen in een plaats genaamd Sjaron, een vermakelyk geweit, vol dadelboomen, hebbende een zeer groote Karrawaniera; ook heb ik 'er op de geheele reize geen grooter gezien, als mede een groote Tank en water-put. Hier heeft men veel begraafplaatzen van groote Heeren. [There are a few houses here, furthermore it is a very rocky mountain range. We came to a place called Sjaron, a pleasant area full of date trees, having a very large Karrawaniera; nor have I seen a larger one during the entire journey, as well as a large tank and water well. There are many cemeteries of great lords here.] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ bk. 5 p. 264
SOURCE for Stadt Sharon

R44-022a Ajoudouchs
R44-022a Ajoudouchs : place IRN
VARIANT names: Ajoudouchs , Kou-Albourt , Kuh-e Alborz , Kuh-i-Alburd ,
SOURCE for Ajoudouchs
« La montagne de Djarroun ou Djarran est une des plus élevées de cette chaîne d'ailleurs basse; elle s'appelle Kou-Albourt, si étrangement défigurée par Chardin en montagne d'Ajoudouchs.[The mountain of Djarroun or Djarran is one of the highest in this otherwise low range; it is called Kou-Albourt, so strangely disfigured by Chardin in the mountain of Ajoudouchs.] » #3241 Aucher-Eloy, Relations de voyages en Orient de 1830 à 1838. Part 2, 1843 ~ p. 524
« Le 29, je fis trois lieues au passage d'une montagne célèbre dans le pays, nommée la mon-tagne d'Ajoudouchs, et plus communément la montagne de Jarron (1), fn. 1 Les voyageurs cités dans la note précédente s'accordent par- faitement avec le nôtre, dans la description qu'ils dounent de cette montagne escarpéc; mais ils n'indiquent pas le moyen de rectifier le nom d'Ajoudouchs qu'on lit ici, et qui est visiblement altéré. (L-s.) [On the 29th, I traveled three leagues passing a mountain famous in the country, called the mountain of Ajoudouchs, and more commonly the mountain of Jarron (1), fn. 1 The travelers cited in the preceding note agree perfectly with ours, in the description they give of this steep mountain; but they do not indicate the means of rectifying the name of Ajoudouchs which we read here, and which is visibly altered. (L-s.)] » #3213 Sir John Chardin, ed. Louis Langlès, Voyages du Chevalier Chardin en Perse et autres lieux de l’Orient, Nouvelle édition, Le Normant, Imprimeur-Libraire, Paris, 1811 ~ vol. 8 p. 467
SOURCE for Kou-Albourt
SOURCE for Kuh-e Alborz
« Kuh-e Alborz » in {map#376 in SERIES 1501 AIR SHEET fig. NH39-16 Jahrom}
SOURCE for Kuh-i-Alburd
« Kuh-i-Alburd » in {map#1135 U.S. Army Map Series K501: Iraq and Iran:, , , The University of Chicago fig. Fasa H-39X 1948}
« Low hills bound the valley on all sides, Jährüm itself being at the foot of the Küh-i-Alburd, here called the Küh-i-Bafreh. Routes Nos. 27, 32, and 41 connect here. » #3113 Routes in Persia. vol. III, part I., Printed at the government monotype press, Simla, 1918 ~ p. 151
« From this point to Jahrum the valley presents very similar features to those indicated above, the isolated ridge continuing to within 8 miles of Jahrum, where it is merged into the Kuh-i-Bafra, as the north end of Kuh-i-Alburd is called. » #1241 Wilson, Sir Arnold T., Notes on a Journey from Bandar Abbas to Shiraz via Lar, in February and March, 1907, The Geographical Journal, London, 1908 (Feb.), 31:2:152-69 ~ p. 163
« JÄHRÜMA town and district, 90 miles South-east of Shiraz, situated in an extensive plain of the same name under the North slope of Küh-i-Alburd; » #2878 Gazetteer of Persia vol. III., Government of India Press, Simla, 1924, ~ vol. 3 pt 1 A-K p 445

R44-023 Chatalk
R44-023 Chatalk : place IRN (caravanserai)
NIMA/GNS feature: RHSE UFI: 10399854 coordinate: lat 28.3548 long 53.6743
NIMA/GNS names: Karvansara-ye Shah `Abbasi , کاروانسرای شاه عباسی ,
VARIANT names: Cah-i Talkh , Caravanfera Schathalgh , Caravansera , Chah-i-Talkh , Chah-talk , Chah-Talkh karavansaray , Chakal , Chatalk , Chatalkee , Chawtalk , Chiatel , Chisalk , Ciartalk , K. Tsjai Talg , Karvansara-ye Shah Abbasi (Chah Talkh) , Saithal , Satalck , Satalk , Sjatallig , Sjattalgh , Tcha-Talk , Tchatar , Tʃchai-telhb , Ziatalle ,
SOURCE for Cah-i Talkh
« Cah-i Talkh » in Map 1. The routes from Shiraz to the Gulf via Lår (1638-1706). (After Jacqueline Calmard, Les routes de Chiraz au Golfe Persique.) #2645 The Encyclopaedia of Islam, 2nd Edition, Brill, Leiden, ~ vol. 5 p. 666
SOURCE for Caravanfera Schathalgh
SOURCE for Caravansera
« The five dayes following were the most troublesome of all my life. For the eighth of February, we got but five Leagues, through the most horrid way in the world. I cannot imagine how people made a shift to travel that way, before Imanculi Chan (of whom somewhat hath been said elsewhere, who was so cruelly put to death with all his children, by Schach Sefi) caus'd it to be repaired, with incredible expence, when at this day a man cannot pass, but in great danger of his life, by reason of the uneven and narrow wayes, between steepy mountains on the one side, and dreadful precipices on the other; where I very narrowly avoided a mis-fortune, which happens there very often. For my Horse's hoof, which I was leading by the bridle, being fill'd with snow, he stumbled upon me, forc'd me out of the way, so as that had I not caught hold of a wild Almond tree, which happened to be there, as it were by miracle, I had there ended both my travel and life, in the precipices. I lodg'd at night in a Caravansera, where I had a house over my head; but that was all, for there was neither provender for my horses, nor any thing for my self and my servants to eat. » #3669 Adam Olearius, Johann Albrecht von Mandelslo, John Davies, The Voyages and Travells of the Ambassadors Sent by Frederick, Duke of Holstein, to the Great Duke of Muscovy and the King of Persia, J. Starkey and T. Basset, 1669 ~ p. 4
SOURCE for Chah-i-Talkh
« (23) Chah-i-Talkh 5 farsakhs. A caravansarai. Bad road. » #1570 A Chronicle of the Carmelites in Persia, and the Papal Mission of the XVIIth and XVIIIth Centuries, Eyre and Spottiswoode, 1939, 2 vol. ~ vol. 1 p. 219 notes
SOURCE for Chah-talk
« Das Karavanserail Chah-talk wird von allen Reisenden erwähnt, die nach 1674 die Route begingen, und wird daher erst in dieser Zeit entstanden sein, in der Zeit davor scheint sich hier nur ein Rahdar-Posten befunden zu haben (36). Zwischen Cah-Talk und Djahrom no- tiert Tavernier noch eine hohe Brücke mit einem Bogen, welche er als das Werk des Imam Kuli Khan bezeichnet (37).fn. 36 Fryer15 200. fn. 37 Tavernier24 323: „... on trouve un pont merveil- leux d'une seule arcade qui prend d'une montagne à l'autre c'est des plus memorables ouvrages d'Imam Kuli Khan...". [The Chah-talk caravanserail is mentioned by all travellers who travelled the route after 1674 and therefore only came into being at this time; before that there seems to have been only a Rahdar post here (36). Between Cah-Talk and Djahrom Tavernier notes a high bridge with an arch, which he describes as the work of Imam Kuli Khan (37). fn. 36 Fryer15 200. fn. 37 Tavernier24 323: "... we find a wonderful bridge with a single arch which stretches over a mountain, among the other most memorable works of Imam Kuli Khan...".] » #3240 Pohanka, R, Karawanenwege und Karavanserails in Laristan: Die Strassenabschnitte Lar-Djahrom, Lar-Khundj and Lar-Bastak., Archäologische Mitteilungen aus Iran, 1984 vol. 17:pp. 285-308 ~ p. 295-6
SOURCE for Chah-Talkh karavansaray
« From Jahrum to the karavansaray of Chah-Talkh, which was the first stop, it was six farsakhs. Speelman considered Chah-Talkh had been correctly named, for it was a bad, dilapidated place that was indeed a "bitter well". Thevenot, however, averred that the ChahTalkh karavansaray was small and good, standing isolated in a valley, near to which were two cisterns, one covered with a dome and the other with a pitched roof. The well near the karavansaray was bitter, hence the locality's name. Tavernier confirms this and adds that the place abounded with bitter almond and turpentine trees. There were also rähdärs who offered deer for eating, since there were many of these. The area also abounded with partridges as big as chickens. Hedges recorded that it had a spacious karavansaray with plenty of good, fresh water and provisions, but Chardin considered it a miserable place with bad water. Rich people, he wrote, took sweet water with them in goatskins or large copper flasks, in which the water remained cool. Next to the karavansaray was another one, which was partly in ruins in 1685. According to Fryer, the karavansaray was a new and ample one, with a new cistern with only slightly bitter water. It had two new and two old cisterns in 1691. LeBrun wrote that the karavansaray was a comfortable one.(93)
fn. 93 Valentijn, vol. V, pp. 263-4 (Saithal; Satalk); Fryer, vol. II, p. 201 (Chawtalk); Winninx, 17 July (Schathalgh); Kaempfer, Reisetagebücher, pp. 115-6 (Tsjai Talg); Thevenot, vol. II, p. 129 (Tschai-telkh); Speelman, p. 63, who also men- tions the road protection at Sjatallig, and p. 65; ?? 1793, fol. 991 (Sjattalgh); Tavernier, pp. 315-16 (Chakal); Hedges, p. 206 (Chatalkee); Chardin, vol. VIII, pp. 468-9 (Chatalk); LeBrun, vol. II, p. 315 (Ziatalk). Membré in 1540 wrote that from Lar people carried water in skins on donkeys. Membré, p. 47; Carmelites, loc. cit. »
#1169 Floor, Willem, The Bandar Abbas-Isfahan Route in the Late Safavid era, p. 77 Iran, Journal of the British Institute of Persian Studies, London, 1999, 37:67-94 ~
SOURCE for Chakal
« A huit heures du matin j'arrivai à un carvansera appelé Chakal, ... Il ya à Chakal neuf ou dix radars pour la garde des chemins, et qui sont aussi maîtres du carvansera. Dès qu'on est arrivé ils vous demandent si vous voulez manger du chevreuil, étant sûrs de leur coup et n'ayant qu'à aller dans la montagne qui en est pleine. [At eight o'clock in the morning I arrived at a carvansera called Chakal, ... There are nine or ten radars in Chakal for guarding the paths, and which are also masters of the carvansera. As soon as you arrive they ask you if you want to eat venison, being sure of their choice and having only to go to the mountain which is full of it.] » #3144 Jean-Baptiste Tavernier, Pascal Pia, Voyages en Perse et description de ce royaume par Jean-Babtiste Tavernier Marchand Francais, E´d. du Carrefour, Paris, 1930 ~ p. 316
SOURCE for Chatalk(Arch. Site)
« Chatalk » in {map#1180 in #3079 Kleiss, Wolfram, Karawanenbauten in Iran. Materialien zur iranischen Archäologie, Materialien zur iranischen Archa¨ologie, D. Reimer, Berlin, 2000 Band 6:Teil 4: ~ fig. Abb. 14 Karawanenwege zwischen Djahrom und Lar und Khondj und Lar sowie südlich und östlich von Lar}
« On trouve au sommet de la montagne trois citernes, mais qui, la plupart du temps, sont desséchées et sans eau. La descente jusqu'à la traite est le plus rude chemin que j'aie jamais vu, étant comme semé de grosses pierres et de rochers, où les chevaux ne sauroient mettre un pied droit devant l'autre. Le gite est aussi fort mauvais entre des montagnes, dans des caravanserais, près desquels il n'y a ni habitation ni verdure. On les appelle Chatalk (*), c'est-à-dire, puits d'eau amère, de la qualité de l'eau de puits, dont l'on est contraint de se servir, lorsque celle des citernes est tarie.fn. (*) Lisez tchah-talkh. Il n'y avoit pas long-temps que ce kara- vånseray étoit achevé quand Fryer y passa, au mois de juillet 1676-7. Le pieux fondateur de cet établissement avoit dépensé des sonumes considérables pour le fournir d'eau douce qu'on y apportoit d'assez loin pour la consommation des voyageurs. Les animaux bu- voient de l'eau du puits saumâtre. A new account of East India and Persia., pag. 241. (L-s.) [There are three cisterns at the top of the mountain, but most of the time they are dry and without water. The descent to the milking point is the roughest path I have ever seen, being strewn with large stones and rocks, where the horses would not be able to put one foot straight in front of the other. The accommodation is also very poor between mountains, in caravanserais, near which there is neither habitation nor greenery. They are called Chatalk (*), that is to say, bitter water wells, of the quality of well water, which we are forced to use when that of the cisterns is dried up. fn. (*) Read chah-talkh. This karavånseray had not long been completed when Fryer passed through it, in July 1676-7. The pious founder of this establishment had spent considerable sums to provide it with fresh water which was brought from quite a distance for the consumption of travelers. The animals drink water from the brackish well. A new account of East India and Persia., pag. 241. (L-s.)] » #3213 Sir John Chardin, ed. Louis Langlès, Voyages du Chevalier Chardin en Perse et autres lieux de l’Orient, Nouvelle édition, Le Normant, Imprimeur-Libraire, Paris, 1811 ~ vol. 8 pp. 467-8
SOURCE for Chatalkee
« August 18.-We rose from Mowueseer and lodged at Chatalkee, a spacious Caravan-Sarai, with plenty of good fresh water and provisions. »#3146 Yule, Henry Colonel, The Diary Of William Hedges, The Hakluyt Society, London, 1889 ~ vol. 1 p. 206
SOURCE for Chawtalk
« And as a Boundary thereto, is opposed the steepest Hill we have yet met with, insomuch that we found it a notable Task to gain the Top by the Morning of the following Day, contenting our selves to sit down at Chawtalk (2), but Nine Miles from Bonaru, being advised of a more troublesome Day's Journy the Munsel after this; not so difficult for Access as this, but a more continued Labour by the multitude of Mountains we were to Master ... Chawtalk, (by the most valuable Munificence of the Benefactor, yet living to Oversee this good Deed corn- pleated) is a noble new Caravan, an Ample and Princely Building: Near to it was, not long since, only a Well of Bitter Water, which gives Name to the Place; but by the Cost and Inquest of this Pious Benefactor, Sweeter Waters are at tfiis time produced, something more remote, for Men to Drink, though the Cattel refuse not generally the other. fn. 2 Pers. Chah-talkh, "bitter well," on the western of the two avail- able routes from Juwun to Jahrum, which is stony, hilly, and exposed to raids (Wilson, 162). Hedges (Diary, i, 206) calls it Chatalkee, "a spacious Caravan-Sarai, with plenty of good fresh water and pro- visions." » #1591 Fryer, John M. D., A New Account of East-India and Persia in eight letters being nine years travel (Edited, with notes and an introduction, by William Crooke), Hakluyt Society:Kraus Reprint, 1909:1967, 3 vols. ~ vol. 2 pp. 200-1
SOURCE for Chiatel
« Having mounted at the 22nd hour of the 14th, we traveled through mountains where we began to find woods and thorn trees. At the 24th hour we ate on another mountain near a stream and continued until midnight, when we took shelter in a halfdestroyed caravanserai called Chiatal, inside which they sold food, as in the last one. » #3299 trans. Clara Bargellini ed. Anthony Welch Ambrosio Bembo, The Travels and Journal of Ambrosio Bembo, University of California Press, Berkeley and Los Angeles, 2007 ~ p. 295
SOURCE for Chisalk
« 25th [February). Att 4 Evening sett out for Chisalk, 6 farsangs; very bad way, all hills, called the hills of Jaroone. In abundance of places was forced to gett of [f] our horses and walk on foot, and in some places the way not above a foot wide upon the eidge of a heigh mountain. About the middle of the way is [a] bridge joyneing one mountain to another Arrived at our stage about 10 at night. Chitalk a good Caravensaroy but near no village.
Chisalk. Chah Talkh; Pers. chah-i-talkh, bitter well. See Fryer, II, 200, 1. 2 and 201. It is the Tchai-telkh of Thévenot (Pt. II, 129), "that is to say bitter well, because of a well not far from that Karvanseray where the water is bitter." Le Bruyn calk the place Ziatalle (II, 67) and says that the inn was a "Beautiful stone building and very commodious for travellers."
A bridge joyneing one mountain to another. Fryer (II, 202) remarks of these mountains that their "Clifts could never be gained, had they not been joined together by rast Arches from Rock to Rock, their dismal Pits otherwise being rendred impassable." » #3248 Bernard P. Scattergood, Ed. Temple, Carnac Rihard, The Scattergoods and the East India Company, A Collection of Mss., Indian Antiquary, Bernard Quaritch, London, 1930 vol. LIX:pt DCCXXXVI-A:pp. 33-74 ~ pp. 42 and 48
SOURCE for Ciartalk
« Di buon'ora il Lunedi 27. ripigliammo il cammino e paſſate appena 5. miglia di pianura, cominciammo a falire e fcendere per precipitevoli montagne, per lo ſpazio di 20, miglia, fino al Karvanferà di Ciartalk. [Early on Monday the 27th we resumed our journey and having passed just 5 miles across the plain, we began to tread and descend steep mountains, for the space of 20 miles, up to the Karvanferà of Ciartalk.] » #3239 Giovanni Francesco Gemelli Careri, Giro del mondo, del dottor D. Gio. Francesco Gemelli Careri.., stamp. di G. Roselli, Napoli, 1699 ~ pt. 2 p.268
SOURCE for K. Tsjai Talg
« den 14. Dez. Über das Djaromsche Gebirge bis zur Karawanserei Tsjai Talg 6 Farsach [December 14th. Over the Djarom Mountains to the caravanserai Tsjai Talg 6 Farsach, ] » #3220 Engelbert Kaempfer, ed. Karl Meier-Lemgo, Die Reisetagebu¨cher, F. Steiner, Weisbaden, 1968 ~ p. 115
SOURCE for Karvansara-ye Shah Abbasi (Chah Talkh)
SOURCE for Saithal
« Op deze wildernis vind men nog eenige watertanken met goed water voorzien. Wy quamen dan eindelyk ontrent een uur na de middag (zoo wy giften) op den 14. Saithal, dito tot Saithal in een goede Karrawan- fera, leggende in een Valey, niet verre van 't voornoemd gebergte. Hier heeft men z nieuwe en verſcheide oude Tanken, ook cen vervallene Karrawanfera. [In this wilderness you will find some water tanks with good water supply. We finally arrived about an hour after noon (as we thought) on the 14th Saithal, ditto to Saithal in a good Karrawanfera, laying in a valley, not far from the aforementioned mountains. Here one has new and several old tanks, as well as a dilapidated Karrawanfera.] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ bk. 5 p. 264
« After the Jahrom Mountain, which had three cisterns on top, though these were most of the time empty according to Chardin, the traveler had to pass two others, one of which was equipped with a cistern. From Jahrum to caravanserai Chah-Talkh, which was the first stop, was 6 farsakh. Speelman considered Chah-Talkh had been correctly named, for it was a bad, dilapidated place that indeed had a bitter well. Thevenot, however, submits that the caravanserai Chah- Talkh was small and good, standing all alone in a valley, near to which were two cisterns, one covered with a dome, the other with a steep roof. The well near the caravanserai was bitter, hence the name. Tavernier confirms this and adds that the place abounded with bitter almond and turpentine trees (Pistacia terebinthus). There were rahdars who offered deer for a meal, of which there were many. The area also abounded with partridges as big as chickens. Hedges recorded that it had a spacious caravanserai with plenty of good fresh water and provisions, but Chardin called it a miserable place as was its water. Rich people, he wrote, took sweet water with them in goatskins or large copper flasks, in which the water remained cool. Next to the caravanserai was another one, which was partly in ruins in 1685. Fryer reported that the caravanserai was a new and an ample one, with a new cistern with not so bitter water. It had two new and two old cisterns in 1691. LeBrun wrote that the caravanserai was a comfortable one. (93) fn. Winninx, July 17 (Schathalgh); Kaempfer 1968, pp. 115-6 (Tsjai Talg); Thevenot 1971, vol. 2, p. 129 (Tschai-telkh); Speelman 1908, p. 63, who also mentions the road protection at Sjatallig. Ibid., p. 65; KA 1793, f. 991 (Sjattalgh); Tavernier 1930, pp. 315-6 (Chakal); Hedges 1967, p. 206 (Chatalkee); Chardin 1811, vol. 8, pp. 468-69 (Chatalk); LeBrun 1718, vol. 2, p. 315 (Ziatalk). Membré in 1540 wrote that as of Lar people carried water in skins on donkeys. Membré 1993, p. 47; Anonymous 1939, vol. 1, p. 219, note. » #3002 Willem Floor, Persian Gulf: Links with the Hinterland, Bushehr, Borazjan, Kazerun, Banu Ka`b and Bandar Abbas, Mage Publishers, Washington, 2015 ~ p. 273
SOURCE for Satalck
« Durch Satalck, Deku, Schirafir, und andere gemeine Flecken und Städtgen kamen wir gegen den 7. Octobris zu Lar an. [Through Satalck, Deku, Shirafir, and other small towns and villages, we arrived at Lar about the 7th of October.] » #1609 Schillinger, Franz Caspar, Persianische und Ost-Indianische Reis, Nu¨rnberg, 1707 ~ p. 265
« SCHILLINGER (1700) | Satalck LEBRUN (1705) | Ziatalle WILSON (1908) | Chah-Talk » #3206 Pohanka, R, Karawanenwege und Karavanserails in Laristan: Die Strassenabschnitte Lar-Djahrom, Lar-Khundj and Lar-Bastak., original manuscript, Österreichisches Archäologisches Institut, 1984 ~ table p. 14
SOURCE for Satalk
« Den 25. dito 's morgens met zons opgang quam zyn Ed:, myl gereden hebbende, aan den berg Hoffenni, den welken zyn Ed: met zyn gevolg te voet opgaan moest, alzoo het te peerd niet, dan met het uiterſte gevaar, te doen was; en quam, na nog z mylen verder geraakt te zyn, in de Karrawaanſera Satalk. [On the 25th of this month, at sunrise, his son, having ridden with him, arrived at Mount Hoffenni, which his son, with his retinue, had to ascend on foot, as it was impossible to do so on horseback, except at the utmost risk; and, after having proceeded a good many miles further, he arrived in the Karrawaanſera Satalk.] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ vol. 5 p. 273
« Den 25. dito, na 6 mylen over den berg Jarôn gereden te hebben, in de Karrawaanſera Satalk. [On the 25th, after having ridden 6 miles over Mount Jarôn, in the Karrawaanſera Satalk.] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ vol. 5 p. 285
SOURCE for Sjatallig
« Den 30sten dito naer gewoonte 's mergens heel vroegh pakten op ende reysden weder voort en dus vier mijlen sonder yets besonders in den wegh t'ontmoeten quamen ontrent 10 uuren voormiddagh in de sera of rustplaets Sjatallig (1), een slegt, out vervallen nest en dat om de woeste plaets daar 't legt nu met regt de naem van bittere putt, gelijk Sja-talligh verduytst in onse tael betekent, dragen magh.fn. 1 Tjah talg bittere (water)put. De Simla kaart heeft Chahtalk.... In plaats van deze kleinealleenstaande karavanserai vindt Fryer er een nieuwe gebouwd, anAmple and Princely Building", die ook door de Bruyn met lof vermeldwordt (Zja talle). Dupré vindt beide karav. nog tegenover elkanderstaande, maar de oudste was geheel vervallen.tioned the stream of living water at Tangedelon), and so [On the 30th ditto, as usual, we picked up very early and traveled on again and so four miles without anything special in the way, we met around 10 o'clock in the morning in the sera or resting place Shabby (1), a poor, out of ruins nest and that because of the desolate place where it lies, it can now rightly bear the name of bitter putt, as Sja-talligh means in our language. fn. 1 Well talg bitter (water) well. The Simla card has Chahtalk. ... Instead of this small, isolated caravanserai, Fryer finds a new one built, an Ample and Princely Building", which is also mentioned with praise by de Bruyn (Zja talle). Dupré finds both caravans still opposite each other, but the oldest was completely dilapidated] » #3226 Cornelis Janszoon Speelman Ed. A. Hotz, Journaal der reis van den gezant der O.I. Compagnie Joan Cunaeus naar perzië in 1651-1652, J. Müller, 1908 ~ p. 63
SOURCE for Sjattalgh
« ... ; ?? 1793, fol. 991 (Sjattalgh); ... » #1169 Floor, Willem, The Bandar Abbas-Isfahan Route in the Late Safavid era, Iran, Journal of the British Institute of Persian Studies, London, 1999, 37:67-94 ~ p. 84 f.n.93
SOURCE for Tcha-Talk
« Après une heure de marche, encore dans une route unie, on trouve deux caravan- sérails, l'un vis-à-vis de l'autre, presque au fond de la vallée. Cet endroit a pris le nom de Tcha-Talk ou double pierre. Le premier caravansérail ne semble qu'un amas de dé- combres, et il n'y a plus qu'une aîle du se- cond, où nous passâmes la nuit. Auprès sont trois citernes de forme circulaire, dont deux seulement étaient pleines d'eau. La vallée a son débouché vers le nord-ouest. [After an hour's walk, still on a level road, we find two caravanserais, one opposite the other, almost at the bottom of the valley. This place has taken the name of Tcha-Talk or double stone. The first caravanserai seems only a pile of rubble, and there is only one wing of the second, where we spent the night. Nearby are three cisterns of circular shape, of which only two were full of water. The valley has its outlet towards the northwest.] » #3179 Adrien Dupré, Voyage en Perse, fait dans les années 1807, 1808 et 1809, en traversant la Natolie et la Mésopotamie, 1819 ~ vol. 1 p. 451
SOURCE for Tchatar
« 9 fevrier. Même direction. En sortant de la ville, je trouvai encore quelques ruines du caravansérail dont parle Chardin, et à côté un nouveau.Après avoir traversé le Kou-Albourt par une route fort difficile et fort escarpée, nous arrivons au caravansérail isolé de Tchatar, de l'autre côté. de la montagne. [February 9. Same direction. On leaving the town, I found some more ruins of the caravanserai of which Chardin speaks, and next to it a new one.After crossing the Kou-Albourt by a very difficult and steep road, we arrive at the isolated caravanserai of Tchatar, on the other side. of the mountain. ] » ##3241 Aucher-Eloy, Relations de voyages en Orient de 1830 à 1838., Librairie Encyclopédique De Roret, Paris, 1843 ~ pt.2 p. 524
SOURCE for Tʃchai-telhb
« we came to a little Kervanʃeray ſtanding all alone, near to which are two Ciſterns, the one covered with a Dome, three or four Fathom in Diametre, wherein there are three Doors, and as many Windows; the other has a fleep Roof: this place is called Tʃchai-telbb, (that is to lay) bitter Well, becauſe of a Well not far from that Kervanʃeray whole water is bitter. There is befides, another Well behind the Kervanʃeray, but it is dry, and this place is fix Agatfch from Dgiarenn.we came to a little Kervanʃeray ſtanding all alone, near to which are two Cifterns, the one covered with a Dome, three or four Fathom in Diametre, wherein there are three Doors, and as many Windows; the other has a fleep Roof: this place is called Tʃchai-telbb, (that is to lay) bitter Well, becauſe of a Well not far from that Kervanʃeray whole water is bitter. There is befides, another Well behind the Kervanʃeray, but it is dry, and this place is fix Agatſch from Dgiarenn. » #1574 Thévenot, Jean de, The travels of Monsieur de Thévenot into the Levant : in three parts, viz. into I. Turkey, II. Persia, III. The East-Indies / newly done out of French., Printed by H. Clark for H. Faithorne [etc.], 1687 ~ vol. 2 p. 129
SOURCE for Ziatalle
« Il étoit 9 heures avant que nous eusfions traverſé la montagne,nous arrivåmes une heure après au Caravanserai de Ziatalle, beau bâtiment iment de pierre, trèscommode pour les voyageurs,fitué dans une plaine bordée de montagnes, à 5. lieuës de l'endroit où nous avions paflé la nuit. [It was 9 o'clock before we crossed the mountain, we arrived an hour later at the Caravanserai of Ziatalle, a beautiful stone building, very convenient for travelers, located in a plain bordered by mountains, 5 leagues from the place where we had wandered around all night.] » #3227 LeBrun, Corneille, Voyages de Corneille Le Brun par la Moscovie, en Perse, et aux Indes Orientales., Wetstein, Amsterdam, 1718 ~ p. 315

R44-024 Mouhser
R44-024 Mouhser : place IRN
NIMA/GNS names: Mowzar , Mowzar , موزار , موزر ,
VARIANT names: Mowzar ,
SOURCE for Mowzar

R44-026a Behry caravanserai
R44-026a Behry caravanserai : place IRN (caravanserai)
VARIANT names: Behry caravanserai , K. Beriz II ,
SOURCE for Behry caravanserai
« Le caravanserai de Behry a été bâti, il y a cin- quante ans, par la mère d'un gouverneur de Laar, nominé Ahvez bec ou Havez bec (Ahvaz-beyg), et consacré à son nom. C'est un des plus beaux et des plus spacieux de la Perse, tout de pierre vive, de soixante-douze pas de face, sur soixante-deux pieds de hauteur, couvert d'une terrasse fort unic, munie de rebords de deux pieds de haut. Le de- dans est divisé en vingt-huit logemens séparés, de chaque côté; celui du milieu le double plus grand que ceux des côtés, et derrière sont des écu- ries larges de dix-sept pieds, entre de hauts por- tiques pour le logement des palefreniers. [The Behry caravanserai was built fifty years ago by the mother of a governor of Laar, named Ahvez bec or Havez bec (Ahvaz-beyg), and dedicated in her name. It is one of the most beautiful and spacious in Persia, all of live stone, seventy-two paces across, sixty-two feet high, covered with a very unique terrace, equipped with two-foot edges. from above. The interior is divided into twenty-eight separate dwellings on each side; the middle one is double the size of those on the sides, and behind are stables seventeen feet wide, between high porticos for the accommodation of the grooms.] » #3213 Sir John Chardin, ed. Louis Langlès, Voyages du Chevalier Chardin en Perse et autres lieux de l’Orient, Nouvelle édition, Le Normant, Imprimeur-Libraire, Paris, 1811 ~ vol. 8 p. 477
SOURCE for K. Beriz II
« Karawanenhaltepunkt Beriz (Abb. 5; 226)157Lage: 17 km südöstlich von Khole (Dehra), 15 km nord- westlich von Dehkuyeh, an der Straße von Djahrom nach Lar. Am Ort sind nördlich einer Burganlage zwei Karavan- serails zu unterscheiden, das Karavanserail Shah Abbas (sa- favidisch) und ein qadjarischer Neubau. Das Karavanserail Beriz II:Typ: Hofkaravanserail ohne ausgeprägte Iwanbildung, mit Eingängen im Süd- und im Westflügel und Kuppelräu- men in den Gebäudeecken (Abb. 228).Abmessungen: Außenmaße 26,80 x 26,50 m, Hofabmes- sungen 16,60 X 16,60 m, Gebäudehöhe 4,40 m, Höhe des Por- talbaus der Südseite 7,30 m. [Beriz caravan stopping point (Fig. 5; 226)157Location: 17 km southeast of Khole (Dehra), 15 km northwest of Dehkuyeh, on the road from Djahrom to Lar. At the site, two caravan serails can be distinguished north of a castle complex, the Shah Abbas caravan serail (Safavid) and a new Qajar building. The Beriz II caravanserail:Type: Court caravan serail without a pronounced iwan formation, with entrances in the south and west wings and domed rooms in the corners of the building (Fig. 228).Dimensions: external dimensions 26.80 x 26.50 m, courtyard dimensions 16.60 x 16.60 m, building height 4.40 m, height of the portal building on the south side 7.30 m.] » #3079 Kleiss, Wolfram, Karawanenbauten in Iran. Materialien zur iranischen Archäologie, Materialien zur iranischen Archa¨ologie, D. Reimer, Berlin, 2000 Band 6:Teil 4: ~ p. 125

R44-027a De Kert (Delhi-Kourd)
R44-027a De Kert (Delhi-Kourd) : place IRN (caravanserai)
NIMA/GNS names: Deh Kooyeh , Dehkuh , Dehkuyeh , دهکویه ,
VARIANT names: Däaku , Däaku (Deh-Kuh?) , Dacu , Dahkuh , Dakkah , De Kert (Delhi-Kourd) , Deachow (or Techoo) , Deh Kuh , Dehaccow , Dehacoe , Deh-ak-Kou , De-hakoe , Dehcohibibia , De-hi Kourd , Dehikoe , Dehko , Dehkuh , Dehkuyeh , Dehkūyeh , Deku , Diacoo , Dirkuh ,
POSSIBLE LOCATION at Dehkuh FOR Achu [PBR],
SOURCE for Däaku
« Erst aus dem Dorfe S ¼ Stunde, dann SO + S ½ Farsach, dann links SO+S ½ Farach, links ½ Stunde, wo links eine Tange ... ¼ Farsach. SO, ¼ Farsach, wo wir aus den Hügeln heraus kamen auf eine sehr hohe Ebene ... dann S ¼ Farsach zum Dorfe Däaku (Deh-Kuh ?). Liegt am Ende dieser am Berge ... Einen halben Farsach von diesem Dorfe war am Wege wie ein Reitpfahl aufgemasert, wo der Weg sich teilte und ein andrer links unter dem Gebirge abging nach Darab, welches 12 Far sach von hier liegt. Den Pfahl habe ein Kaufmann aufrichten lassen, als er die ganze Nacht hier gereist war und anstatt den Larschen den Darabschen Weg gegangen war. [First from the village S ¼ hour, then SE + S ½ Farsach, then left SE+S ½ Farach, left ½ hour, where on the left there is a tange... ¼ Farsach. SE, ¼ Farsach, where we came out of the hills onto a very high plain... then S ¼ Farsach to the village of Däaku (Deh-Kuh?). At the end of this lies on the mountain... Half a farsach from this village there was a riding post on the road where the path split and another went off to the left under the mountains to Darab, which is 12 farsach from here. A merchant had the post erected when he traveled here all night and went the Darab route instead of the Larschen.] » #3220 Engelbert Kaempfer, ed. Karl Meier-Lemgo, Die Reisetagebu¨cher, F. Steiner, Weisbaden, 1968 ~ p. 119
SOURCE for Däaku (Deh-Kuh?)
« Erst aus dem Dorfe S ¼ Stunde, dann SO + S ½ Farsach, dann links SO+S ½ Farach, links ½ Stunde, wo links eine Tange ... ¼ Farsach. SO, ¼ Farsach, wo wir aus den Hügeln heraus kamen auf eine sehr hohe Ebene... dann S ¼ Farsach zum Dorfe Däaku (Deh-Kuh ?). [First from the village S ¼ hour, then SE + S ½ Farsach, then left SE+S ½ Farach, left ½ hour, where on the left there is a tange... ¼ Farsach. SE, ¼ Farsach, where we came out of the hills onto a very high plain... then S ¼ Farsach to the village of Däaku (Deh-Kuh?). ] » #3220 Engelbert Kaempfer, ed. Karl Meier-Lemgo, Die Reisetagebu¨cher, F. Steiner, Weisbaden, 1968 ~ p. 119
SOURCE for Dacu
« Il Venerdì primo d'Ottobre fatte 20. miglia di cammino per aridi monti, ci fermammo dopo ſette ore nel Karvan- ſerà di Pacurel; avendo laſciato cinque miglia prima il Karvanſerà, e Caſale di Dacu. [On the first Friday of October, having walked 20 miles across arid mountains, we stopped after seven hours in the Karvanſerà of Pacurel; having left five miles earlier the Karvanſerà, and Kaſale di Dacu.] » #3239 Giovanni Francesco Gemelli Careri, Giro del mondo, del dottor D. Gio. Francesco Gemelli Careri.., stamp. di G. Roselli, Napoli, 1699 ~ pt. 2 p. 271
SOURCE for Dahkuh
« Dahkuh » in {map#1203 in #1241 Wilson, Sir Arnold T., Notes on a Journey from Bandar Abbas to Shiraz via Lar, in February and March, 1907, The Geographical Journal, London, 1908 (Feb.) 31:2:152-69 ~ fig. Country between Bandar Abbas abd Siraz}
« My muleteers mere all impressed by the governor, and on the second day we arrived at their village, Dah-Kuh, where I halted to let them cook food for the road. They were very anxious to stop and assist in gathering the harvest. » #1754 Vaughan, H. B., Journeys in Persia (1890-91), The Geographical Journal, London, 1896 (Jan.), 7:1:24-41 ~ p. 26
SOURCE for Dakkah
« , till the track emerges on to the little Dahkuh plain, an expanse of perfectly flat arable land some 2 miles square, hemel in by low hills, and drained by the ravine referred to above into the Kardah plain.From Dakkah a track diverge direct to Forg, the main road to Jahrum running northwest over vary stony ground for some 12 mile to Biris. Midway between Dahkah and Biris the track crosses the watershed dividing the Kurdah and Biris systems. Existing map are incorrect on this point. » #1241 Wilson, Sir Arnold T., Notes on a Journey from Bandar Abbas to Shiraz via Lar, in February and March, 1907, The Geographical Journal, London, 1908 (Feb.), 31:2:152-69 ~ p. 160
SOURCE for De Kert (Delhi-Kourd)
« Je les fisen dix heures, partie par des collines, où le che min n'est pourtant pas difficile, partie par desplaines. Après deux lieues de marche, on laissesur la gauche un village, nommé De Kert (Delhi Kourd), avec un grand caravanserai bâti à l'en trée; [I did them in ten hours, partly over hills, where the path is not difficult, partly over plains. After two leagues of walking, we leave on the left a village, called De Kert (Delhi Kourd), with a large caravanserai built at the entrance;] » #3213 Sir John Chardin, ed. Louis Langlès, Voyages du Chevalier Chardin en Perse et autres lieux de l’Orient, Nouvelle édition, Le Normant, Imprimeur-Libraire, Paris, 1811 ~ vol. 8 p. 479
SOURCE for Deachow (or Techoo)
« The foureteenth day wee rode to Deachow (or Techoo) which fignifies a Towne under ahill; where we ſee many prettie Tombs, not any without his graveftone and an Arabick memoriall. » #1608 Herbert, Thomas, Sir, Some Yeares Travels into divers parts of Asia and Afrique. Describing especially the two famous Empires, the Persian, and great Mogull: weaved with the history of these later times ... With a revivall of the first discoverer of America. Revised and enlarged by the Author., Printed by R. Bip. for Jacob Blome and Richard Bishop, London, 1638, ~ p. 129
SOURCE for Deh Kuh
« Onwards road is excellent, running over a level plain with a very hard surface. Deh Küh is reached after crossing small ridge which presents no obstacle.
Deh Küh has a village and sarai and several birkehs. Fire- wood very scanty. Supplies negligible for a force more than a section strong. Camping ground excellent a large flat plain. Grazing very scanty. » #3080 Simla Drawing Office, General Staff, India, Mobilisation Routes In Persia (Vol. IV, Part II) (Fars, Laristan, Kerman And Yazd) British Library: India Office Records and Private Papers, IOR/L/MIL/17/15/12/10, in Qatar Digital Library, ~ p. 192
SOURCE for Dehaccow
« The foure and twentieth day of August, 1581. about noone I departed from Lar. And at Lar every summe of merchandise payeth at the passing out of the gate one Tanger, which is twelve Pull. And the five and twentieth day wee passed downe very high Mountaine; and the a same day passed by a Casal, called Dehaccow. » #3292 John Newberry, Two Voyages of John Newberry, in: Purchas, Samuel, Hakluytus posthumus, or Purchas his pilgrimes : contayning a history of the world in sea voyages and lande travells by Englishmen and others in 20 vols., Glasgow : J. Maclehose, , 1905, vol. 8 pp. 449-481 ~ p. 460
SOURCE for Dehacoe
« Wy hielden ons verblyf in een ander dorp, Dehacoe genaamd. Daar is een redelyke Karrawantera benevens een oude vervallene, namen ons verblyf in een koſtelyk gebouw, over al met lof-werk, gevogelte, en inakery geſchilderd, en verguld, den Calenter aldaar toebehoorende, dig ons heerlyk onthaalde. [We stayed in another village called Dehacoe. There is a reasonable Karrawantera as well as an old dilapidated one, where we stayed in a beautiful building, all painted with praise, birds and inakery, and gilded, the Calenter belonging there, which welcomed us wonderfully.] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ bk. 2 p. 265
SOURCE for Deh-ak-Kou
« Arrivé à son extrémité, on marche pendant environ une heure entre des collines, avant de descendre dans une nou- velle vallée fort agréable. Sur la droite est le village de Deh-ak-Kou, qui paraît avoir été important autrefois. Au milieu d'une infinité de décombres, sont des plantations d'arbres, beaucoup de citernes, et un vaste caravansérail. [Having reached its extremity, we walk for about an hour between hills, before descending into a new and very pleasant valley. On the right is the village of Deh-ak-Kou, which appears to have been important in former times. In the midst of an infinity of ruins, are plantations of trees, many cisterns, and a vast caravanserai.] » #3179 Adrien Dupré, Voyage en Perse, fait dans les années 1807, 1808 et 1809, en traversant la Natolie et la Mésopotamie, 1819 ~ vol. 1 p. 446
SOURCE for De-hakoe
« Nous en partimes le lendemain avant jour,arrivámes à 10. heures à De-hakoe, beaugrand village, où il y a un bon Caravanfirai de pierre,beaucoup de palmiersd'autres arbres. Le conducteur des bêtes de charge nous y [We left there before daylight the next day, arriving at 10 o'clock at De-hakoe, a beautiful large village, where there is a good stone caravan park, many palm trees and other trees. The driver of the beasts of burden us there ] » #3227 LeBrun, Corneille, Voyages de Corneille Le Brun par la Moscovie, en Perse, et aux Indes Orientales., Wetstein, Amsterdam, 1718 ~ p. 316
SOURCE for Dehcohibibia
« The 5th daye we traveled a very craggie and mountainous waye and full of turninges. This daye we cam [to] Dehcohibibia [Dihkuh], a litle poore towne lying vpon a craggi and poore playne. Here we picht, haueing traveled 2 1ges. Here likwise the water is good, but tanck water » #3214 Stodart, Robert; introduction and notes by Sir. E. Denison Ross, The Journal of Robert Stodart: Being an account of his experiences as a member of Sir Dodmore Cotton's Mission in Persia in 1628-29. Published from the unique manuscript preserved in the Bodleian Library, Luzac and Co, London, 1935 ~ p. 82
SOURCE for De-hi Kourd
« about ſeven a Clock we paſſed by a Village called De-hi Kourd, where there is a Kervanʃeray: in that place are many Tamarisks, ſome Palm-Trees, and feveral Ciſterns. We left that Village on our Left Hand, » #1574 Thévenot, Jean de, The travels of Monsieur de Thévenot into the Levant : in three parts, viz. into I. Turkey, II. Persia, III. The East-Indies / newly done out of French., Printed by H. Clark for H. Faithorne [etc.], 1687 ~ vol. 2 p. 130
SOURCE for Dehikoe
« Den 20. dito ten 2 uuren des 's nagts uyt Lhaar vertrokken zynde: quam zyn Ed: ten 7 uuren in het dorp Dehikoe [On the 20th of the same day, having left Lhaar at 2 o'clock in the morning, his Ed arrived at the village of Dehikoe at 7 o'clock.] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ vol. 5 p. 273
« Den 30. dito na 3 mylen dito, in 't 't dorp Dehikoe. [The 30th after 3 miles ditto, in the village of Dehikoe.] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ vol. 5 p. 285
SOURCE for Dehko
« Persian text omitted. [In Dehko, there are approximately twenty ponds and a caravanserai in a defective castle, and there are houses and houses. The caravan sometimes stops in Korde and sometimes in Dehko.] » #3228 Sadid al-Saltaneh, Mohammad'Ali Khan, Safarnameh-ye Sadid al-Saltaneh, Bihnashr, Tehran, 1883 ~ p. 583
SOURCE for Dehkuh
SOURCE for Dehkuyeh
« Folgt man von Kurdeh aus der Straße nach Norden, so erreicht man bei Km 36 den Ort Dehkuyeh mit dem auffallenden Shahzadeh Esmael. Fast alle europäischen Reisenden des 17. und. 18 Jhts. signalisieren für diesen Ort ein Karavanserail, welches sich aber nicht erhalten hat. In Dehkuyeh teilt sich die Straße nach Biris in Westen und Darab im Norden, [If you follow the road north from Kurdeh, at km 36 you reach the town of Dehkuyeh with the striking Shahzadeh Esmael. Almost all European travelers of the 17th and 18th century Signal a caravanserail for this place, which has not been preserved.In Dehkuyeh the road divides to Biris in the west and Darab in the north,] » #3206 Pohanka, R, Karawanenwege und Karavanserails in Laristan: Die Strassenabschnitte Lar-Djahrom, Lar-Khundj and Lar-Bastak., original manuscript, Österreichisches Archäologisches Institut, 1984 ~ p. 4
« There I waited until the arrival of the others, and together we continued the trip. The night was pleasant because of the moon. At the seventh hour of the night we all rested in a caravanserai named Dehkuyeh, which was round in the shape of a theater. Inside it had arches like the others, and it also had two rather cool rooms on top of the portal.(19) fn. 19 Dehkuyeh is 36 km north of Lar. More likely, the caravanserai was octagonal. » #3299 trans. Clara Bargellini ed. Anthony Welch Ambrosio Bembo, The Travels and Journal of Ambrosio Bembo, University of California Press, Berkeley and Los Angeles, 2007 ~ p. 295
« The rest, after escaping from that terrible passage and traveling on level ground, finally arrived, with most of the caravan, in a small town consisting of just a few houses, called Dehkūyeh, next to which there was a caravanserai in partial ruins—it would be impossible for anyone to seek shelter there—and so everyone made themselves as comfortable as possible in the [fol. 212r] open air amid the cargo, the Ambassador climbing into his litter to rest a while. » #2651 trans. and ed; Jeffrey S. Turley and George Bryan Souza, The Commentaries of D. García de Silva y Figueroa on his Embassy to Shah ʿAbbās I of Persia on Behalf of Philip III, King of Spain, Brill, Leiden, 2017, ~ p. 316
SOURCE for Dehkūyeh
« The rest, after escaping from that terrible passage and traveling on level ground, finally arrived, with most of the caravan, in a small town consisting of just a few houses, called Dehkūyeh, next to which there was a caravanserai in partial ruins—it would be impossible for anyone to seek shelter there—and so everyone made themselves as comfortable as possible in the [fol. 212r] open air amid the cargo, the Ambassador climbing into his litter to rest a while. »#2651 trans. and ed; Jeffrey S. Turley and George Bryan Souza, The Commentaries of D. García de Silva y Figueroa on his Embassy to Shah ʿAbbās I of Persia on Behalf of Philip III, King of Spain, Brill, Leiden, 2017, ~ p. 316
SOURCE for Deku
« Durch Satalck, Deku, Schirafir, und andere gemeine Flecken und Städtgen kamen wir gegen den 7. Octobris zu Lar an. [Through Satalck, Deku, Shirafir, and other small towns and villages, we arrived at Lar about the 7th of October.] » #1609 Schillinger, Franz Caspar, Persianische und Ost-Indianische Reis, Nu¨rnberg, 1707 ~ p. 265
SOURCE for Diacoo
« 27th February]. About 5 sett out for Diacoo, 9 farsangs; the 1[st] farsang bad way, the other 2 good till you come to a Radeler house 3 farsangs more very bad way. Went over a great many mountains, goeing up hill and down till come to Beris about 1 in the morning. Beris is a very good caravensaroy and a good village; lay there till morning and went to Discoo, 3 farsangs more; good way, very good caravensaroy and good village.
Diacoo. Dihakû. The Deachow (or Techoo) of Herbert (p. 129), the Deh-hi-Kourd of Thévenot (Pt. II, 129), the De-hakoo and Dekoe of Le Bruyn (II, 68, 134), and the Dehi-Koh of D'Anville's map. Radeler house. Customs station, where was a râhdar, customs officer. » #3248 Bernard P. Scattergood, Ed. Temple, Carnac Rihard, The Scattergoods and the East India Company, A Collection of Mss., Indian Antiquary, Bernard Quaritch, London, 1930 vol. LIX:pt DCCXXXVI-A:pp. 33-74 ~ pp. 43 and 48
SOURCE for Dirkuh
« (27) Dirkuh [? sic) a farsakhs. After there are many ab-anbars, and another cistern a leagues from Lar. » #1570 A Chronicle of the Carmelites in Persia, and the Papal Mission of the XVIIth and XVIIIth Centuries, Eyre and Spottiswoode, 1939, 2 vol. ~ vol. 1 p. 219 notes

R44-027b Gurdé (Kourdeh)
R44-027b Gurdé (Kourdeh) : place IRN (caravanserai)
Supplement: Coordinates based on Pohanka's description « At the fork of the road to Biris and Kurdeh is the Karavanserail Kurdeh » and the presence of cisterns nearby. Between this location and the place name « Pai Chotali » about 1 km SWbW with the road branch to Dangz covers the possible location of this caravanserai. 2 cistern 200m NbW (heaing 346°) from these coordinates
VARIANT names: carewansera Corde , Gurdé (Kourdeh) , Karavanserail Kurdeh , Karavanserail Kurdeh (Kur Deh) , Kordeh , Kourdagh , Kourdé , Kuda-Poicotall , Pacurel , Pai Chotali , Pai-Kotali , Pakoetel , Picataw , Pokutal , Rustehhennis ,
SOURCE for carewansera Corde
« having driven for about three hours through very mountainous roads, we left on a beautiful, spacious plain the carewansera Corde (2) better than we had ever seen before, miles from the village fn. 2 Kurdeh (Simla kaart). Chardin en Dupré hebben Gurdé en Kourdé(de laatste vindt er een groote karavanserai); Thévanot De-hi-Kourd.De naam wijst waarschijnlijk op een nederzetting van Kürden. [having driven for about three hours through very mountainous roads, we left on a beautiful, spacious plain the carewansera Corde (2) better than we had ever seen before, miles from the village fn. 2 Kurdeh (Simla map). Chardin and Dupré have Gurdé and Kourdé (the latter has a large caravanserai); Thévanot De-hi-Kourd. The name probably indicates a settlement of Kürden.] » #3226 Cornelis Janszoon Speelman Ed. A. Hotz, Journaal der reis van den gezant der O.I. Compagnie Joan Cunaeus naar perzië in 1651-1652, J. Müller, 1908 ~ p. 55
SOURCE for Gurdé (Kourdeh)
« et après quatre lieues, on trouve un autrevillage, nommé Gurdé (Kourdeh), avec un fortbeau caravanserai, bâti aussi à l'entrée. Je m'yarrêtai quelque temps, pour laisser prendre ha leine à mes chevaux ; [and after four leagues, we find another village, called Gurdé (Kourdeh), with a very beautiful caravanserai, also built at the entrance. I stopped there for a while to let my horses take their breath;] » #3213 Sir John Chardin, ed. Louis Langlès, Voyages du Chevalier Chardin en Perse et autres lieux de l’Orient, Nouvelle édition, Le Normant, Imprimeur-Libraire, Paris, 1811 ~ vol. 8 p. 479
SOURCE for Karavanserail Kurdeh
« An der Gabelung der Wege nach Biris und Kurdeh befindet sich das heute völli zerstörte Karavanserail Kurdeh. Die frühesten Erwähnungen dieses Bauwerkes stammen von Thevenot und Tavernier unter dem Namen "Pai-Cotali" (13), Chardin kennt 1674 an dieser Stelle ein Karavangerail "Gurde” (14). Vermutlich ist der Bau in diesen Jahren neu errichtet worden da Fryer, welcher den Ort 1676 passierte und ihn "Pokutal" nennt, das Karavanserail als "a new, strong, sqare, large Inn" beschreibt und fortführt: "it Being built after the best Form, and Capacious of a Great Number, both in the outward Sqare and inner Stables" (15). 1677 erschütterte ein schweres Erdbeben die nördlich von Lar gelegenen Gebiete Laristans (16) und muß das Karavanserail zerstört haben, da dieses im darauffolgenden Jahr, als Fryer über die Bander Abbas Lar-Route nach Shiraz zurückkehrte, in Ruinen lag. 1685 nennt Kaempfer an dieser Stelle ein Karavanserail "Rustehennis", um 1694 nennt es Gemelli-Carreri wieder neu erbaut und beschreibt den Ort als "Pakutel" (17) das Karavanserail dürfte aber nicht lange bestanden haben, da es weder bei Schillinger (18) noch bei LeBrun im Jahre 1705 erwähnt wird. Auch Aucher-Eloy, welcher den Platz nach der Beschreibung Chardins erkannte, suchte es in Jahre 1838 vergeblich (19).
fn. 13 Thêvenot a.0. 254; J. Tavernier, Voyages en Perse et description de cette royaune, Paris o.J., 317
fn. 14 Chardin a.0. 217
fn. 15 J. Fryer, New Account of East India and Persia in Eight Letters, Being Nine Years Travels Begun 1672 and Finished 1681, Edit. W. Crooke, Haklyut Soc. London, II (1912) 197
fn. 16 N.N. Ambraseys C.P. Melville, A History of Persian Earthquakes (1982) 51
fn. 17 G.-F. Gemelli-Carreri, Giro del Mondo, II. Persia. Neapel (16991704) 271
fn. 18 C. Schillinger, Persianische und Ost-Indianische Reis. Hürnberg. (1707)
fn. 19 P.II.R. Aucher-Eloy, Relations de Voyages on Orient de 1830 à 1838, II (1843) 528
[At the fork of the road to Biris and Kurdeh is the Karavanserail Kurdeh, which is now completely destroyed. The earliest mentions of this building come from Thevenot and Tavernier under the name "Pai-Cotali" (13), Chardin knows of a caravangerail "Gurde" (14) at this point in 1674. The building was probably rebuilt in these years because Fryer, who passed the place in 1676 and calls it "Pokutal", describes the Karavanserail as "a new, strong, square, large Inn" and continues: "it being built according to the best form, and capacious of a great number, both in the outward Sqare and inner Stables" (15). In 1677 a severe earthquake struck the areas of Laristan north of Lar (16) and must have destroyed the caravanserail, as it was destroyed the following year when Fryer returned to Shiraz via the Bander Abbas Lar route. In 1685, Kaempfer called a caravanserail "Rustennis" at this point; around 1694, Gemelli-Carreri called it rebuilt and described the place as "Pakutel" (17). Schillinger (18) is still mentioned by LeBrun in 1705. Aucher-Eloy, who recognized the place based on Chardin's description, also looked for it in vain in 1838 (19).
fn. 13 Thêvenot a.0. 254; J. Tavernier, Voyages en Perse et description de cette royaune, Paris n.d., 317
fn. 16 N.N. Ambrasey's C.P. Melville, A History of Persian Earthquakes (1982) 51
fn. 17 G.-F. Gemelli-Carreri, Giro del Mondo, II. Persia. Naples (16991704) 271
fn. 18 C. Schillinger, Persian and East Indian Rice. Hurnberg. (1707)
fn. 19 P.II.R. Aucher-Eloy, Relations de Voyages on Orient de 1830 à 1838, II (1843) 528]
» #3206 Pohanka, R, Karawanenwege und Karavanserails in Laristan: Die Strassenabschnitte Lar-Djahrom, Lar-Khundj and Lar-Bastak., original manuscript, Österreichisches Archäologisches Institut, 1984 ~
SOURCE for Karavanserail Kurdeh (Kur Deh)
« Karavanserail Kurdeh (Kur Deh) (Abb. 5) 159Lage: 9 km südlich Dehkuyeh, 13 km nordöstlich von Posht-e Sangar, an der Straße von Djahrom nach Lar.Das Karavanserail - aus Quadern und Bruchsteinen er- richtet - ist vollständig zerstört. [Karavanserail Kurdeh (Kur Deh) (Fig. 5) 159Location: 9 km south of Dehkuyeh, 13 km northeast of Posht-e Sangar, on the Djahrom-Lar road.The caravanserail - built from blocks and rubble stones - is completely destroyed. ] » #3079 Kleiss, Wolfram, Karawanenbauten in Iran. Materialien zur iranischen Archäologie, Materialien zur iranischen Archa¨ologie, D. Reimer, Berlin, 2000 Band 6:Teil 4: ~ p.128
SOURCE for Kordeh
« Persian text omitted. [At home, after passing from there to Kordeh village, there is another mountain on the left and right, and the road is on the left side of the mountain, and the mountain is half a farsakh away from the road. If it has not arrived, it will arrive, otherwise it is called illegible. You have to climb almost two thousand steps. When they reach the slope of the mountain, the village is cut until the neck, the road is smooth. At the pass, there is a caravanserai, four ponds and a spring of running water, a dwelling and a house.] » #3228 Sadid al-Saltaneh, Mohammad'Ali Khan, Safarnameh-ye Sadid al-Saltaneh, Bihnashr, Tehran, 1883 ~ p. 583
SOURCE for Kourdagh
SOURCE for Kourdé
« A son débouché est encore une citerne dont la forme est circulaire. A cinq cents pas, dans le voisinage de deux autres réservoirs, est un grand caravansérail du nom de Kourdé, nom qu'il prend d'un village que l'on voit sur la droite. Cette vallée, qui va de l'O. à l'E., renferme plusieurs autres caravansérails. [At its outlet is another cistern, the shape of which is circular. Five hundred paces away, in the vicinity of two other reservoirs, is a large caravanserai called Kourdé, a name it takes from a village seen on the right. This valley, which runs from W. to E., contains several other caravanserais.] » #3179 Adrien Dupré, Voyage en Perse, fait dans les années 1807, 1808 et 1809, en traversant la Natolie et la Mésopotamie, 1819 ~ vol. 1 p. 445-6
SOURCE for Kuda-Poicotall
« August. 13. We sett out from Larr (where we stayed 4 dayes extra for want of mules) and lodged at Kuda-Poicotall, a very large and convenient Caravan-Sarai, well stored with provisions.August 14. We dislodged from Kuda-Poicotal and travelled to Beeres, a pretty large Towne, and a spacious Caravan-Sarai, the best I have yet seen on yo Road, except that at Larr. Very bad Water, but plenty of Provisions. »#3146 Yule, Henry Colonel, The Diary Of William Hedges, The Hakluyt Society, London, 1889~ vol. 1 pp. 205-6
SOURCE for Pacurel
« Il Venerdì primo d'Ottobre fatte 20. miglia di cammino per aridi monti, ci fermammo dopo ſette ore nel Karvan- ſerà di Pacurel; avendo laſciato cinque miglia prima il Karvanſerà, e Caſale di Dacu. [On the first Friday of October, having walked 20 miles across arid mountains, we stopped after seven hours in the Karvanſerà of Pacurel; having left five miles earlier the Karvanſerà, and Kaſale di Dacu.] » #3239 Giovanni Francesco Gemelli Careri, Giro del mondo, del dottor D. Gio. Francesco Gemelli Careri.., stamp. di G. Roselli, Napoli, 1699 ~ pt. 2 p. 271
SOURCE for Pai Chotali
« We left that Village on our Left Hand, and continuing our way over an even Plain betwixt Corn-fields; about nine a Clock we came to a Kervanferay called Pai Chotali, that is to fay the foot of the Hill, becauſe it is near the Hills. ... On one fide of this Kervanferay there is a Ciftern, and a Well on the other, both covered with a Domes the Well is exceeding deep,and it is a confiderable time before the biggeft flone that may be thrown into it reaches the bottom: the water is drawn with a great Wheel, and poured into a ſquare Bafon near to it, from whence it paffes through a hole into another that is contiguous, and afterwards fills a large and long Trough for water- ing of the Horfes. There are many other Cifterns alfo here and there in the Fields. ... We parted not then till Sunday the nine and twentieth of March at Noon, con- tinuing our way Southwards: having fet forward half a quarter of an hour, we afcended the Hill, which is neither very high, nor very bad, » #1574 Thévenot, Jean de, The travels of Monsieur de Thévenot into the Levant : in three parts, viz. into I. Turkey, II. Persia, III. The East-Indies / newly done out of French., Printed by H. Clark for H. Faithorne [etc.], 1687 ~ vol. 2 p. 130
SOURCE for Pai-Kotali
« Le vingt-septième, je partis à quatre heures du matin, et sur les sept heures je passai dans un village qui est dans une petite plaine. A une lieue de là je logeai dans un carvansera nommé Pai-Kotali, c'est-à-dire pied de montagne, parce que c'est au pied d'une montagne qu'il est bâti. [On the twenty-seventh, I left at four in the morning, and around seven I passed through a village which is in a small plain. A league from there I stayed in a carvansera called Pai-Kotali, that is to say mountain foot, because it is at the foot of a mountain that it is built.] » #3144 Jean-Baptiste Tavernier, Pascal Pia, Voyages en Perse et description de ce royaume par Jean-Babtiste Tavernier Marchand Francais, E´d. du Carrefour, Paris, 1930 ~ p. 317
SOURCE for Pakoetel
« trokken dien zelven dag weer op reys, voorby een goede Karrawanſera, Pakoetel genaamd, reden weder over eenen ongemakkelyken berg van klip en Key-fleenen, zagen van de hoogte vervaarlyke tteile diepe afgron- den, dat een yder dée vreezen na om laag te zien. [that same day we set out again on Reys, passing a good Karrawanſera, called Pakoetel, rode again over an uncomfortable mountain of cliffs and Key-fleenen, saw from the height dangerous, steep, deep abysses, which everyone feared to see down below. .] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ bk. 5 p. 265
SOURCE for Picataw
« [28th February]. About 4 afternoon sett out for Larr, 5 farsangs; the first two very good way till come to Picataw, a good caravensaroy lyeing at the foot of a great mountain which must clime over to goe the other three farsangs to Laar. Stoney way.
note:Diary of 28 February 1707/8.
Picataw. Pers. pa-i-kutal (or kûtal) 'foot of the pass.' The Pa Chotali of Thévenot (Pt. II, 167) and the Pokutal of Fryer (II, 197 and fn.). » #3248 Bernard P. Scattergood, Ed. Temple, Carnac Rihard, The Scattergoods and the East India Company, A Collection of Mss., Indian Antiquary, Bernard Quaritch, London, 1930 vol. LIX:pt DCCXXXVI-A:pp. 33-74 ~ pp. 43 and 49
SOURCE for Pokutal
« Among these droughty and uncouth Paths, having wearied our Steps for Three Pharsa?igs, we came to a Caravan Ser Raw, by Name Pokutal (1), at the foot of these Mountains, and the beginning of a spacious Plain fn.
1 Pa-i-Kutal, "foot of the pass," not marked on the maps. "A league from thence [a village in the plain after leaving Bihry] I lodged in the Inn called Pai-Cotali, that is to say, the foot of the mountain" (Tavernier, 253). It is probably the Kuda-Poicotal of Hedges (Diary, i, 205 f.). Near here Herbert (129) fixes "Deachow (or Techoo) which signifies a Towne under a hill." » #1591 Fryer, John M. D., A New Account of East-India and Persia in eight letters being nine years travel (Edited, with notes and an introduction, by William Crooke), Hakluyt Society:Kraus Reprint, 1909:1967, 3 vols. ~ vol. 2 p. 197
SOURCE for Rustehhennis
« Von Däaku über eine lange, zuerst enge, dann breite Ebene ¾ Farsach SW + S zur Karawanserei Rustehhennis, von einem Kaufmann Aga Djumal (Agha Djamål) erbaut ¼ Farsach. - An dieser Karawanserei, am Fuße der Gebirges gelegen, hat ein Larscher Chân mit unbegreiflicher Mühe 140 Klafler tief durch Felsgrund einen Ziehbrunnen gehauen [From Däaku over a long, first narrow, then wide plain ¾ Farsach SW + S to the Rustehhennis caravanserai, built by a merchant Aga Djumal (Agha Djamål) ¼ Farsach. - At this caravanserai, located at the foot of the mountains, a Larscher Chân carved a well 140 fathoms deep through the bedrock with incomprehensible effort] » #3220 Engelbert Kaempfer, ed. Karl Meier-Lemgo, Die Reisetagebu¨cher, F. Steiner, Weisbaden, 1968 ~ p. 120

R44-000 Isfahan
R44-000 Isfahan : place IRN
NIMA/GNS feature: PPL UFI: 6013426 coordinate: lat 32.657218 long 51.677608
NIMA/GNS names: Aspadana , Esfahan , Esfehan , Isfahan , اصفهان ,
VARIANT names: al-Yahudiyya , A-su-pau-han , Esfahan , Gabæ , Hispaham , Hispahan , Hispahone , Isbahan , Isfahan , Ispahan , Ispahaun , Ispahawne , I-ssi-fa-hang , Julfa , Sipahan , Spaan , Spahan , Spahaune , Spahawn , Spahone , Ya-ssi-pau-hien ,
SOURCE for al-Yahudiyya
« al-Yahūdiyya V D3 La ville actuelle d'Isfahan. Iran. Ce toponyme désigne en principe la moitié Ouest d'Isbahän, mais il est souvent employé pour dési-gner la capitale (qasaba) tandis qu'Isbahān désigne la circonscription (kūra). I 198, 199; Η 362; Hur 58; Y 274; R 90(g); Muq 7, 23, 26, 51, 388, 389, 397, 398, 399(d), 400, 401, 402, 457-58, 459, 491 ?. Yaq IV, 1045; LS 203-204; Schw. 586 + index. » #2912 Georgette Cornu, Atlas du monde arabo-islamique a l'epoque classique IXe-Xe siecles, E.J. Brill, Leiden, 1985, ~ p. 45
SOURCE for A-su-pau-han
« same as Ya-ssi-pau-hien in Amoy dialect » #326 Chau Ju-kua (trans. Hirth, F and Rockhill, W W), His work on the Chinese and Arab Trade in the twelth and thriteenth centuries entitled Chu-fan-chi, Office of the Imperial Academy of Sciences, St. Petersburg, 1911 pp. 116, 121 note12
SOURCE for Esfahan
SOURCE for Gabæ
#836 p. 13
SOURCE for Hispaham
« Prés huit heures de courſe nous aurivâmes ſur les dix heu res du matin à Hiſpaham. [After nearly eight hours of racing, we arrived at Hispaham around ten o'clock in the morning.] » #3649 Paul Lucas, Voyage du Sieur Paul Lucas au Levant, Chez Guillaume Vandive, Paris, 1704 ~ vol. 2 p. 77
SOURCE for Hispahan
« And so we arrived at Hispahan. Hispahan is one of the greatest Cities in Persia, where the King sometimes keepeth his residencie. The people are industrious and curious in all Sciences, but especially in weaving Girdles and Shashes, in making of Velvets, Sattens, Dammasks, very good Ormuzines, and Persian Carpets of a wonderfull fine-nesse. Here you may buy all manner of Drugs, and Spices, and Turkeses, with store of Pearles, Diamonds, and Rubies, as also all sorts of Silkes, as well wrought, as raw. » #2540 Purchas, Samuel, Hakluytus posthumus, or Purchas his pilgrimes : contayning a history of the world in sea voyages and lande travells by Englishmen and others in 20 vols., Glasgow : J. Maclehose, 1905, ~ vol. 3 pp. 84-5
SOURCE for Hispahone
« This daye we came from Hispahone [Ispahan], being the last of Aprill, to Botoon [?J 1 som two leauges from the citye.
fn. 1 Not traced. Della Valle gives Bertabad in this neighbourhood. »
#3214 Stodart, Robert; introduction and notes by Sir. E. Denison Ross, The Journal of Robert Stodart: Being an account of his experiences as a member of Sir Dodmore Cotton's Mission in Persia in 1628-29. Published from the unique manuscript preserved in the Bodleian Library, Luzac and Co, 1935 ~ p. 45
SOURCE for Isbahan
SOURCE for Isfahan
« Iṣfahān 4. » #3044 Kātib Çelebi ed: Gottfried Hagen and Robert Danko, An Ottoman Cosmography, Translation of Cihānnümā, Brill, Leiden, 2021 ~ pt. 2 p. 375
« and from the village of Sin it is 4 leagues to Isfahan city » #1764 ed. Le Strange, G., The geographical part of the Nuzhat-al-qulub composed by Hamd-Alla¯h Mustawfi¯ of Qazwi¯n in 740 (1340), E.J. Brill, Leiden, 1919 ~ p. 175
« finally 4 leagues to Isfahan. » #1764 ed. Le Strange, G., The geographical part of the Nuzhat-al-qulub composed by Hamd-Alla¯h Mustawfi¯ of Qazwi¯n in 740 (1340), E.J. Brill, Leiden, 1919 ~ p. 167
« I felt almost inclined to question my eyes when I actually caught sight of the ruined fire-temple. The deserted shrine stands on the top of a hill which rises about seven hundred feet sharply above the plain at a distance of three or four miles from Isfahan. The ascent is by a winding path which starts from the southeastern slope of the elevation and proceeds by a series of natural steps formed by ledges of the unhewn rock. » #3178 Jackson, A. V. Williams, Persia past and present; a book of travel and research, with more than two hundred illustrations and a map, The Macmillan Company, London, 1906 ~ p. 253
« Inside the shabby gateway the road to Julfa lies among rows of mean mud houses, heaps of ruins, and shabby provision bazars; and that mile or more of Isfahan was the one disagreeable part of the journey. » #3644 Bishop, Isabella L., Journeys in Persia and Kurdistan, John Murray, London, 1891 ~ vol. 1 p. 244
« The aggregate distance from Yezd to Isfahan I computed to be a hundred and seventy-seven miles. The course principally west, and the road good. » #3663 Travels in Beloochistan and Sinde; accompanied by a geographical and historical account of those countries, Longman, Hurst, Rees, Orme, and Brown, London, 1816 ~ p. 423
« je ne parlerai dans cette route que de mon dernier voyage, lorsque je partis d'Ispahan pour les Indes le vingt-quatrième de février 1665. [I will only speak in this passage of my last voyage, when I left Isfahan for India on the twenty-fourth of February 1665.] » #3144 Jean-Baptiste Tavernier, Pascal Pia, Voyages en Perse et description de ce royaume par Jean-Babtiste Tavernier Marchand Francais, E´d. du Carrefour, Paris, 1930 ~ p. 294
SOURCE for Ispahan
« avoir fait trois lieuës dans des campagnes graffes et fertiles on arrive à Ifpahan. [Having traveled three leagues through rough and fertile countryside, one arrives at Ifpahan.] » #3632 Tavernier, Jean-Baptiste, Les six voyages de Jean Baptiste Tavernier, Ecuyer Baron d'Aubonne, qu'il a fait en Turquie, en Perse, et aux Indes,, Chez Gervais Clouzier et Claude Barbin, 1676 ~ p. 73
« Et de la a Ispahan اصفهان sans aucune ville dans l'intervalle, go milles. [And from there to Isfahan (اصفهان), with no town in between, 6 miles.] » #3001 Al-Idrisi, P. Amedee Jaubert, Geographie d'Edrisi, Bertrand, Paris, 1836 ~ vol. 2 p. 166
« At last we emerged from the bazaars into the fine spacious square called Meydán- i- Shah. On our right hand as we entered it was the 'Alí Kápí (Supreme Gate), which is the palace of the Zillu ' s -Sultán, the Prince Governor of Isfahan, of whom I have already spoken » #3380 Browne, Edward Granville, A year amongst the Persians; impressions as to the life, character, and thought of the people of Persia, received during twelve month's residence in that country in the years 1887-8, Adam and Charles Black, 1893 ~ p. 196
« We were conducted through several streets, through the Maidan, and before the Kings Pa|lace, to that part of the Suburbs which is called Tzulifa, where we were lodg'd in the Quar|ter of the chiefest of the Armenian Merchants, who are Christians, and have their habitations there. » #3669 Adam Olearius, Johann Albrecht von Mandelslo, John Davies, The Voyages and Travells of the Ambassadors Sent by Frederick, Duke of Holstein, to the Great Duke of Muscovy and the King of Persia, J. Starkey and T. Basset, 1669 ~ p. 197
« the 16. of Ianuary I left Ispa|han, with a retinue of three persons, » #3669 Adam Olearius, Johann Albrecht von Mandelslo, John Davies, The Voyages and Travells of the Ambassadors Sent by Frederick, Duke of Holstein, to the Great Duke of Muscovy and the King of Persia, J. Starkey and T. Basset, 1669 ~ Mandelslo pt. 2 p. 1
« HAving stay'd the most part of 2 Days at Ruk, we set forward again, and on the 19 we came to the long-wishd-for Ispahan. » #3675 John Struys, trans. John Morrison, The Perillous and Most Unhappy Voyages of John Struys; through Italy, Greece, … Media, Persia, …, and other places in Europe, Africa and Asia, London, 1683 ~ p. 313
« Reise von Isfahan nach Persepolis und Schinas anno 1683 in November [Journey from Isfahan to Persepolis and Schinas in November 1683] » #3220 Engelbert Kaempfer, ed. Karl Meier-Lemgo, Die Reisetagebu¨cher Engelbert Kaempfers, F. Steiner, Weisbaden, 1968 ~ p. 85
« je me résolus de me rendre à Ispahan, le plus tôt que je pourrois, et j'y arrivai le 2 juillet, fatigué et abattu autant qu'on le peut être. [I resolved to go to Isfahan as soon as I could, and I arrived there on July 2nd, as tired and dejected as one can be.] » #3213 Sir John Chardin, ed. Louis Langlès, Voyages du Chevalier Chardin en Perse et autres lieux de l’Orient, Nouvelle édition, Le Normant, Imprimeur-Libraire, Paris, 1811 ~ vol. 9 p. 91
« From Guz to Ispahan through cultivated plains. Road crossed by numerous streams of water » #3696 Claude Clerk, Notes in Persia, Khorassan, and Afghanistan, The Journal of the Royal Geographical Society of London, 1861 vol. 31:pp. 37-65 ~ p. 57
SOURCE for Ispahaun
« After we had received their Complements, they undertook to be both our Guide and Guard to Ispahaun, Three Miles farther, defending us against the unwary Insults of Thieves, with which this place is infested » #1591 Fryer, John M. D., A New Account of East-India and Persia in eight letters being nine years travel (Edited, with notes and an introduction, by William Crooke), Hakluyt Society:Kraus Reprint, 1909:1967, 3 vols. ~ vol. 2 p. 239
SOURCE for Ispahawne
« The twenty fourth day, we entred into the City where wée staied eleuen or twelue daies.This City of Ispahawne, is a gallant City, and one of the principall Cities of Persia, and aboundeth in traffique of all sorts of Merchandize. There are ma|ny great Surroies, where are houses made of purpose for the laying in and kéeping of Merchants goods, and to harbour and lodge themselues and their Camels Horses or other Cattle, and prouision; the profits of which Surroies redound to the King only. » ##3481 Robert Couverte, A true and almost incredible report of an Englishman, that ..., Printed by William Hall, for Thomas Archer and Richard Redmer, London, 1612 ~ ~ p. 53
SOURCE for I-ssi-fa-hang
« name written in the Yaun period » #326 Chau Ju-kua (trans. Hirth, F and Rockhill, W W), His work on the Chinese and Arab Trade in the twelth and thriteenth centuries entitled Chu-fan-chi, Office of the Imperial Academy of Sciences, St. Petersburg, 1911 pp. 116, 121 note12
SOURCE for Julfa
« From Daulatabad to Julfa 22¾ miles. » #3529 Henry Blosse Lynch, Across Luristan to Ispahan, Proceedings of the Royal Geographical Society and Monthly Record of Geography, London, 1890 vol. 12:no. 9:pp. 533-553 ~ p. 551
« #3563 Burn, R., The Bakhtiari Hills, an Itinerary of the road from Isfahan to Shustar, Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, Calcutta, 1897 vol. LXVI:pp 170-9 ~ » #3563 Burn, R., The Bakhtiari Hills, an Itinerary of the road from Isfahan to Shustar, Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, Calcutta, 1897 vol. LXVI:pp 170-9 ~ p. 170
SOURCE for Sipahan
« (2) The city of Isfahan (Sipahān) consisted of two parts, Shahristān (also called al-Madina and Djayy, evidently the seat of the governor) and Djahüdhān (Arabicised: al-Yahūdiyya, i.e. the old Jewish quarter). See Hudud al-'alam, 131; al-Istakhri 198-9; Yākūt, 343. » #2645 The Encyclopaedia of Islam, 2nd Edition, Brill, Leiden, ~ vol. 9 p. 220
SOURCE for Spaan
« 3 The city of Spaan, Spahan, or Ispahan, by the Arabians called Isfahan, situated in the southern part of Persian Irak, is well known as the magnificent capital of the kings of the Sefi family, which, espe- cially during the reign of Shah Abbas II., exceeded in splendour, as well as extent, most Asiatic cities. It fell under the dominion of the Moghuls in 1221, and was taken, plundered, and nearly destroyed by Tamerlane in 1387. » #3318 ed. Thomas Wright trans. Marsden, The Travels of Marco Polo, the Venetian, The Translation of Marsden Revised, with a Selection of his Notes, H.G. Bohn, London, 1854 ~ p. 49 fn. 3
« We remained in this city of Spaan with His Majesty until the 25th of this month, during which time we were invited by His Majesty to frequent banquets. Spaan appears to be a very convenient city. It is situated in a plain abounding with all kinds of provisions. It is said that, as the city refused to surrender, much of it was destroyed after it had been taken. It is surrounded by a wall of earth like the others. From Tauris to Spaan is a twenty-four days' journey, through a country entirely belonging to Persia, consisting of a very arid plain with salt water in many places. » #383 Barbaro, J. and Contarini, A., Travels to Tana and Persia, Hakluyt Society:Burt Franklin, Cambridge:New York, 1873:1963-6, ~ p. 131
SOURCE for Spahan
« December 1.-I hired 125 Camells to carry mine and Mr. Robert Dowglasse's Bales, at Mahmoodies 80 for 100 Maunds Tauris, to Bagdat, and 13 mules to carry our luggage, at Mah-moodies 90 per 100 Maunds Tauris.¹December 13. This day I left Spahan, and began my journey towards Aleppo, by way of Bagdat. » #3146 Yule, Henry Colonel, The Diary Of William Hedges, The Hakluyt Society, London, 1889 ~ vol. 1 p. 213
« La ville de SPAHAN autresfois appellée, comme veulent aucuns Hecatompyle, eft fort grande; mais elle n'a point de for-tereffe, ny aucun beau palais, elle n'a pas fi grande difette d'eau comme CASBIN, mais elle a auffi beaucoup plusbeſoin de bois. [The city of Spahan, formerly called, as some would have it, Hecatompyle, is very large; but it has no fortress, nor any beautiful palace, it does not have as large a water supply as Casbin, but it also has much more need of wood.] » #3614 unknown ed. M. Morisot, Relations veritables et curieuses de l'isle de Madagascar, et du Bresil. : Auec l'histoire de la derniere guerre faite au Bresil, entre les Portugais et les Hollandois. ; Trois relations d'Egypte, et vne du royaume de Perse, Chez Augustin Courbé, Paris, 1651 ~ p. 134
« siendo cosa increible el grande numero de estas naciones que en la ciudad de Spahan está rrecogido, no cabiendo en los muchos y grandes carauasares que en la giudad ay, por no tener casas propias en que biuir. [It is incredible how many of these nations are gathered in the city of Spahan, not fitting in the many large caravanserais in the city, because they have no houses of their own to live in.] » #3245 García de Silva y Figueroa, Manuel Serrano y Sanz, Comentarios De D. Garcia De Silva Y Figueroa De La Embajada Que De Parte Del Rey De España Don Felipe III Hizo Al Rey Xa Abas De Persia, La Spciedad de Bibliofilos Espanoles, Madrid, 1905 ~ vol. 2 pp. 24-5
SOURCE for Spahaune
« 5 February 1707/8. Departed from Spahaune [Isfahan] the 5th February at 3 after-noon. » #3248 Bernard P. Scattergood, Ed. Temple, Carnac Rihard, The Scattergoods and the East India Company, A Collection of Mss., Indian Antiquary, Bernard Quaritch, London, 1930 vol. LIX:pt DCCXXXVI-A:pp. 33-74 ~ p. 38
SOURCE for Spahawn
« One of the oldest and best accounts of Ispahan, soon after the period of Shah Abbas's government, is given by Sir Thomas Herbert, an English traveller, who visited it in 1627, and parts of whose description are so curious as to be worth transcribing, especially as his book is not now so easy of access to the general reader. He says:-'The imperial city of Spahawn is in thirty-two degrees thirty-nine minutes north; is seated in the kingdom of Parthia, in a fair plain and pleasant horizon. It is by some called Spaan, and by others Spahan and Hispahan, as their several dialects concorded. » #1185 Buckingham, J. S., Travels in Assyria, Media, and Persia, including a journey from Bagdad by Mount Zagros, to Hamadan, the ancient Ecbatana, researches in Ispahan and the ruins of Persepolis, and journey from thence by Shiraz and Shapoor to the sea-shore, Henry Colburn: Gregg International Publishers Limited, London: London, 1829:1971, ~ note p. 231
« ISFAHAN-Telegraph Station. In the Persian province of Irak-Ajim; pronounced "Spahawn." » #3181 Bradshaw's Through Route Overland Guide to India, and Colonial Handbook, W. J. Adams and sons, 1884 ~ p. 253
« The tenth of Aprill wee fet out from Spahawnet a village fix miles South from Spahawn: when we had gone a farfang (three miles,) we were ſtayed by the way to taſte a banquet in a ſpacious garden of the Kings, whither the Engliſh Agent and ſuch other Chriftian Mechants as were in Spaharon came out to attend our Lord Ambaffador: a mile neerer the Citie, the Vifier, the Sultan of Spahawn, Meloyembeg and Hodge nazar the Armenian Prince with foure thousand horse and innumerable foot, » #1608 Herbert, Thomas, Sir, Some Yeares Travels into divers parts of Asia and Afrique. Describing especially the two famous Empires, the Persian, and great Mogull: weaved with the history of these later times ... With a revivall of the first discoverer of America. Revised and enlarged by the Author., Printed by R. Bip. for Jacob Blome and Richard Bishop, London, 1638, ~ p. 150
SOURCE for Spahone
« The 27th daye we came to on of the Kinges garde[n]swch is wthin an English mile of the citie of Spahone [Ispahan], wher we rested this daye and layd in a muskeet [mosque] this night, weh is ouer against the garden gate. » #3214 Stodart, Robert; introduction and notes by Sir. E. Denison Ross, The Journal of Robert Stodart: Being an account of his experiences as a member of Sir Dodmore Cotton's Mission in Persia in 1628-29. Published from the unique manuscript preserved in the Bodleian Library, Luzac and Co, 1935 ~ p. 67
SOURCE for Ya-ssi-pau-hien
#326 Chau Ju-kua (trans. Hirth, F and Rockhill, W W), His work on the Chinese and Arab Trade in the twelth and thriteenth centuries entitled Chu-fan-chi, Office of the Imperial Academy of Sciences, St. Petersburg, 1911 pp. 116, 121 note12

R44-001 Spahanek
R44-001 Spahanek : place IRN
NIMA/GNS feature: PPL UFI: 6013424 coordinate: lat 32.565837 long 51.750442
NIMA/GNS names: Esfahanak , اصفهانک ,
VARIANT names: Esfahanak , Isfahanak , Ispehanek , Spahanek , Spahawnet ,
SOURCE for Esfahanak
SOURCE for Isfahanak
« ISFAHANAK (LITTLE ISFAHAN)-LAT. LONG. ELEV. A village in the Isfahan district, 6 miles south of Isfahan. There are many villages, gardens, and cotton plantations round it, and in the vicinity in a ruined castle of the Gabrs. It is situated just at the foot of a range of hills which screen the view of Isfahan.-(Ouseley-Morier.) » #2878 Gazetteer of Persia vol. III., Government of India Press, Simla, 1924, ~ vol. 3 pt. 1 p. 438
« Isfahan to Yazdikhwāst. Isfahan in 3 leagues to the village of Isfahanak, » #1764 ed. Le Strange, G., The geographical part of the Nuzhat-al-qulub composed by Hamd-Alla¯h Mustawfi¯ of Qazwi¯n in 740 (1340), E.J. Brill, Leiden, 1919 ~ p. 175
SOURCE for Ispehanek
« Ayant fait charger, je marchai jusqu'à la pointe du jour, et arrivai à un lieu où se tiennent des radars ou gardes des chemins à une demi-lieue d'un gros village appelé Ispehanek, lequel il faut traverser. [Having loaded up, I walked until daybreak, and arrived at a place where radars or road guards are stationed half a league from a large village called Ispehanek, which must be crossed.] » #3144 Jean-Baptiste Tavernier, Pascal Pia, Voyages en Perse et description de ce royaume, E´d. du Carrefour, Paris, 1930 ~ p. 294
SOURCE for Spahanek
« Lá, on prend à droite par de belles et grandes plaines, laissant à gauche un village nommé Spahanek, ou le petit Ispahan, à cause de sa grandeur qui est de plus d'un mille d'étendue. Il abonde en fruits et en grains; et l'on y voit les ruines d'un fort de terre, qui est à présent tout en pièces. [There, we turn right across beautiful and large plains, leaving on the left a village called Spahanek, or little Isfahan, because of its size, which is more than a mile in extent. It abounds in fruit and grain; and we see there the ruins of an earthen fort, which is now all in pieces.] » #3213 Sir John Chardin, ed. Louis Langlès, Voyages du Chevalier Chardin en Perse et autres lieux de l’Orient, Nouvelle édition, Le Normant, Imprimeur-Libraire, Paris, 1811 ~ vol. 8 p. 193
« arrivames fur les 7. heures au Caravanserai de Spahanek, à 3. licuës d'Ispahan, où nous paſſames la nuit [We arrived at 7 o'clock at the Spahanek Caravanserai, 3 leagues from Isfahan, where we spent the night] » #3227 LeBrun, Corneille, Voyages de Corneille Le Brun par la Moscovie, en Perse, et aux Indes Orientales., Wetstein, Amsterdam, 1718 ~ p. 253
SOURCE for Spahawnet
« The tenth of Aprill wee fet out from Spahawnet a village fix miles South from Spahawn: when we had gone a farfang (three miles,) we were ſtayed by the way to taſte a banquet in a ſpacious garden of the Kings, whither the Engliſh Agent and ſuch other Chriftian Mechants as were in Spaharon came out to attend our Lord Ambaffador: a mile neerer the Citie, the Vifier, the Sultan of Spahawn, Meloyembeg and Hodge nazar the Armenian Prince with foure thousand horse and innumerable foot, » #1608 Herbert, Thomas, Sir, Some Yeares Travels into divers parts of Asia and Afrique. Describing especially the two famous Empires, the Persian, and great Mogull: weaved with the history of these later times ... With a revivall of the first discoverer of America. Revised and enlarged by the Author., Printed by R. Bip. for Jacob Blome and Richard Bishop, London, 1638, ~ p. 150

R44-002 Kuli hurt chiny
R44-002 Kuli hurt chiny : place IRN
Supplement: The GNS coordinate of Gardaneh-ye Urchini is located 9 km SE of this coordinate.
VARIANT names: Cotali Ortlini , Kuli hurt chiny , Urchin Hills , Urchin pass , Urczini ,
SOURCE for Cotali Ortlini
« Ook paſſeerden wy. 't dorp Miſeralifa, alwaar men mede een goede Karrawanfera heeft, dog 't dorp zelf is kleen. Wy reden over een zeer gevaarlyken klippigen berg, genaamd Cotali Ortlini, en namen ons verblyf tot Majaart, dat een tamelyk groot dorp, en redelyk bebouwt is. [We also passed the village of Miſeralifa, which has a good Karrawanfera, though the village itself is small. We rode over a very dangerous, rocky mountain, called Cotali Ortlini, and took up residence at Majaart, which is a fairly large village and reasonably well-developed.] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ vol. 5 p. 259
SOURCE for Kuli hurt chiny
« Après cinq lieues de marche par la plaine d'Ispahan, j'arrivai à la montagne qu'on appelle Koutel hurt chiny (*), c'est-à-dire, le mont du degré, parce que le chemin qui passe au travers est étroit, va en tournant, et est taillé par degrés dans le roc, comme l'escalier d'un hôtel; hurt-chin, en langue persane, signifiant degré de pierre. Cette montagne n'est pas fort haute, mais elle est roide et âpre, surtout pour les bêtes de charge. Avant que d'y arriver, on passe devant un bureau de rahdars, ou gardes des chemins, qui sont des gens établis originairement pour la sûreté des voyageurs. Ils prennent, pour leur en-tretien, un droit sur les marchandises qu'on transporte, savoir, par charge de mule, de cheval ou de chameau, quoi qu'il y puisse avoir dedans:fn (*) Koutel ourtchyny: je dois avouer que je n'ai trouvé les mots Koutel et burtchyn que dans le Gazophylacium linguæ Persarum, pag. 371. [After walking five leagues across the plain of Isfahan, I arrived at the mountain called Koutel hurt chiny (*), that is, the mountain of the step, because the path that passes through it is narrow, winding, and carved in stages into the rock, like the staircase of a hotel; hurt-chin, in Persian, means stone step. This mountain is not very high, but it is steep and rugged, especially for pack animals. Before reaching it, one passes by a post of rahdars, or road guards, who were originally established for the safety of travelers. They take, for their maintenance, a right on the goods that are transported, namely, per load of mule, horse or camel, whatever may be in it: (*) Koutel ourtchyny: I must admit that I only found the words Koutel and burtchyn in the Gazophylacium linguæ Persarum, p. 371.] » #3213 Sir John Chardin, ed. Louis Langlès, Voyages du Chevalier Chardin en Perse et autres lieux de l’Orient, Nouvelle édition, Le Normant, Imprimeur-Libraire, Paris, 1811 ~ vol. 8 pp. 193-4
SOURCE for Urchin Hills
« The Morning following being met by the Citizens of Spahaun beyond the Urchin Hills, Three Miles from Mirge, who Congratulating our Arrival, spread in the Highway a noble Table on Carpets furnished with the Delicacies of this Country, which is enough to commend it both for Cold Treat, Fruit, and Wine. » #1591 Fryer, John M. D., A New Account of East-India and Persia in eight letters being nine years travel (Edited, with notes and an introduction, by William Crooke), Hakluyt Society:Kraus Reprint, 1909:1967, 3 vols. ~ vol. 2 p. 239
SOURCE for Urchin pass
« The road through the pass is rather steep, the rock in places, as implied in the name Urchin, being cut into steps. It would not be impossible to drag guns over it, but I heard there is a better road known as the Camel Road, avoiding the pass. A watch-tower and abambar of good water at the top of the pass are reached at 13 miles. » #3331 Routes in Persia, Section 1, British Library: India Office Records and Private Papers, Mss Eur F111/369, in Qatar Digital Library, ~ p. 187
« at 12 miles a spur from miles, h??? the hills on the right comes down to the road, which three-quarters of a mile further on bends to the right and enters the Urchin pass. Sharply ascending, the road, runs between rocky hills, the sides of which are for the most part perpendicular but climbable in places up an occasional spur or water channel. After the pass is entered there is a hundred yards of stony level ground on either side of the road, a road which runs from the W. and comes in under the mountains bounding the northern side of the entrance of the pass, joins the post road. The caravan route and telegraph line branch left (N.-N.-W.) at 13 miles up a small valley, and then crossing the ridge to the N. rejoin the post road which runs round by the pass. » #3113 Routes in Persia. vol. III, part I., Printed at the government monotype press, Simla, 1918 ~ p. 348
SOURCE for Urczini
« Den Verlauf habe ich aus dem Garten Kuli padscha, aus dem wir urn 1 Uhr mittags abgereist, gepeilt nach der Spitze des Berges Urczini, welche man Kula kasi (Kuh-e Kol.1h-Q~si, "Berg der Miitze des Kadis") nennt, gegen S + O. Von dieser Karawanserei aber war Kula kasi iiber Urczini SSO und die Gebirgsliicke, die wir morgen passieren, gegen S von hier 3/4 Farsach. [I sighted the route from the Kuli padscha garden, from which we departed at 1 p.m., towards the summit of Mount Urczini, which is called Kula kasi (Kuh-e Kol.1h-Q~si, "Mountain of the Middle of Kadis"), towards the south and east. From this caravanserai, however, Kula kasi was south-southeast above Urczini, and the mountain pass that we will cross tomorrow is three-quarters of the way south of here.] » #3220 Engelbert Kaempfer, ed. Karl Meier-Lemgo, Die Reisetagebu¨cher Engelbert Kaempfers, F. Steiner, Weisbaden, 1968 ~ p. 85

R44-003 Mayar
R44-003 Mayar : place IRN
NIMA/GNS names: Mahyar , مهیار ,
VARIANT names: Han Rus , Mahiar , Mahjar , Mahyar , Maiar , Majaart , Majaer , Majar , Mayar , Mayer , Mehiar , Moyeor , Moyore ,
SOURCE for Han Rus
« Han Ruš V D3 Mahyar. Iran. Etape entre Isbahān et Qūmisa sur la route de Širāz. Muq 457. Schw. 939. » #2912 Georgette Cornu, Atlas du monde arabo-islamique a l'epoque classique IXe-Xe siecles, E.J. Brill, Leiden, 1985, ~ p. 41
SOURCE for Mahiar
« ur les dix heures du matin j'arrivai à un autre gros village nommé Mahiar où on trouve un assez bon carvansera. [Around ten o'clock in the morning I arrived at another large village called Mahiar where there is a fairly good caravanserai.] » #3144 Jean-Baptiste Tavernier, Pascal Pia, Voyages en Perse et description de ce royaume, E´d. du Carrefour, Paris, 1930 ~ p. 194
« Llegose un hora antes que fuese noche á otro lugar de la mesma vezindad que del de donde aquel dia se auia salido, llamado Mahiar, y aun que en él auia un buen carauasar, el Enbaxador y gran parte de sus criados se aposentaron conmodamente en las mejores casas de los vezinos. [An hour before nightfall, he arrived at another place in the same neighborhood as the one he had left that day, called Mahiar, and although there was a good caravanserai there, the Ambassador and a large part of his servants settled comfortably in the best houses of the neighbors.] » #3245 García de Silva y Figueroa, Manuel Serrano y Sanz, Comentarios De D. Garcia De Silva Y Figueroa De La Embajada Que De Parte Del Rey De España Don Felipe III Hizo Al Rey Xa Abas De Persia, La Spciedad de Bibliofilos Espanoles, Madrid, 1905 ~ vol. 2 p. 17
SOURCE for Mahjar
« den 22. absolviert in 6 Stunden bis zum Dorfe Mabjar (Mahyår) 5 Farsach. Wir brachen 1 Stunde vor Sonnenaufgang auf und kamen nach einer Stunde durch eine mit Gerüll bedekte Ebene Residenz eines Radaren (Rahdar, StraEenwart), wo eine Wegekreuzung war, einer ging rechts SW durchs Gebirge, der andre nach S war der unsrige. [We completed the 22nd in 6 hours to reach the village of Mabjar (Mahyår) 5 Farsach. We set off 1 hour before sunrise and after an hour passed through a scree-covered plain where the residence of a radarn (Rahdar, road warden) was located, at a crossroads. One road went right (southwest) through the mountains, the other to the south was ours.] » #3220 Engelbert Kaempfer, ed. Karl Meier-Lemgo, Die Reisetagebu¨cher Engelbert Kaempfers, F. Steiner, Weisbaden, 1968 ~ p. 85-6
SOURCE for Mahyar
« thence 5 to [۱۸۰] the village of Mahyar on the frontier of Fars, » #1764 ed. Le Strange, G., The geographical part of the Nuzhat-al-qulub composed by Hamd-Alla¯h Mustawfi¯ of Qazwi¯n in 740 (1340), E.J. Brill, Leiden, 1919 ~ p. 175
SOURCE for Maiar
« Then we were up and off again, not along the road, but down a streamlet fringed with willows, until the dancing mirage in the distance hardened into mud huts and the grey caravanserai of Shah Abbas, and I rode into Maiar. There was no cha'par khaneh, so, meeting Saif, I left him to bring on the mules, and plodded another seven miles to a lonely little place on the plain, where carriages stopped to change horses. » #3069 Crawshay-Williams, Eliot, Across Persia, Edward Arnold, London, 1907 ~ p. 277
SOURCE for Majaart
« Ook paſſeerden wy. 't dorp Miſeralifa, alwaar men mede een goede Karrawanfera heeft, dog 't dorp zelf is kleen. Wy reden over een zeer gevaarlyken klippigen berg, genaamd Cotali Ortlini, en namen ons verblyf tot Majaart, dat een tamelyk groot dorp, en redelyk bebouwt is. [We also passed the village of Miſeralifa, which has a good Karrawanfera, though the village itself is small. We rode over a very dangerous, rocky mountain, called Cotali Ortlini, and took up residence at Majaart, which is a fairly large village and reasonably well-developed.] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ vol. 5 p. 259
SOURCE for Majaer
Le vingt-huitieme nous arrivámes au village de Majaer, où il y a un beau Caravanserai de pierre, bâti par le Roi Sulemoen, pere du Prince, qui regue aujourd'hui. On trouve en dedans, tout autour de la cour, de belles écuries, et le dehors de ce bâtiment reffemble plus à un Palais, qu'à une maifon publique pour Ies voyageurs. [On the eighth day we arrived at the village of Majaer, where there is a beautiful stone caravanserai, built by King Sulemoen, father of the Prince who reigns today. Inside, all around the courtyard, are fine stables, and the exterior of this building resembles a palace more than a public house for travelers.]
SOURCE for Majar
« I travell'd that day eight Leagues, to a Village called Majar, where I stayd all the next day, expecting a Carmelite Father, who had promis'd me his company. » #3669 Adam Olearius, Johann Albrecht von Mandelslo, John Davies, The Voyages and Travells of the Ambassadors Sent by Frederick, Duke of Holstein, to the Great Duke of Muscovy and the King of Persia, J. Starkey and T. Basset, 1669 ~ Mandelslo pt. 2 p. 1
« I departed with the Caravan of the Honorable the East India Com|pany, from the Royal City Ispahan, having a sufficient number of Camels and Mules to carry our Provision and Baggage to Gammeron. The same day we travailed 8 Leagues and about 10 a Clock came to a village called Majar, where we took up our nights Lodging. » #3675 John Struys, trans. John Morrison, The Perillous and Most Unhappy Voyages of John Struys; through Italy, Greece, … Media, Persia, …, and other places in Europe, Africa and Asia, London, 1683 ~ p. 328
SOURCE for Mayar
« From about 16 miles the valley widens to from 5 to 7 miles broad, and is open and flat for the rest of the march, narrowing again to about 1 mile towards Mayar, at 30 miles. This village is an irregular polygon, surrounded by high walls with loop-holed towers, now in ruins (Curzon), and is situated among gardens and cultivation, immediately under the steep, rocky range to the left of the valley. There is a small post-house outside the village, with a good well and a large masonry caravansarai, in dilapidated condition. Many of the houses are in ruins. » #3331 Routes in Persia, Section 1, British Library: India Office Records and Private Papers, Mss Eur F111/369, in Qatar Digital Library, ~ p. 187
« Mayar (1) est un village gros de trois cents maisons, situé entre deux montagnes, s'étendant de l'une à l'autre, de sorte qu'il seroit impossible de ne passer pas par-dedans, quand on le vou-droit. Cette avantageuse situation me pourroitfn. 1 P. Della Valle, écrit Mehiar, et dit que ce nom signitic ami d'une grande. Ce mot peut en effet signifier ami d'un grand on d'une grande, si l'on prononce mehi yår, ou grand ami, si l'on prononce Meh yår. Les habitans de ce village étoient autrefois renonumés par la bonté des flèches qu'ils faconnoient. « Ce village dit Thévenot, est le commenceruent du pays de Fårs, qui, pro-prement, est la Perse. Voyage de M. Thevenot au Levant, etc., tout. IV, pag. 417, edit. in-12. Ambassade de Silva Figue-roa, pag. 336, 337. Voyages de P. Della Valle, toni. IV, pag. 302. (L-s.) [Mayar (1) is a village with three hundred houses, situated between two mountains, extending from one to the other, so that it would be impossible not to pass through them, even if one wanted to. This advantageous situation would allow mefn. 1 P. Della Valle, writes Mehiar, and says that this name means friend of a great one. This word can indeed mean friend of a great one or of a great one, if one pronounces mehi yår, or great friend, if one pronounces Meh yår. The inhabitants of this village were once renowned for the quality of the arrows they made. "This village, called Thévenot, is the beginning of the country of Fårs, which, properly speaking, is Persia. Voyage de M. Thévenot au Levant, etc., all. IV, p. 417, edit. in-12. Embassy of Silva Figue-roa, pag. 336, 337. Travels of P. Della Valle, toni. IV, p. 302. (L-s.)] »
#3213 Sir John Chardin, ed. Louis Langlès, Voyages du Chevalier Chardin en Perse et autres lieux de l’Orient, Nouvelle édition, Le Normant, Imprimeur-Libraire, Paris, 1811 ~ vol. 8 pp. 195-6
« We stopped for the first night in a ruined caravanserai in the village of Mayar » #2941 Austen Henry Layard, Early Adventures in Persia, Susiana, and Babylonia, John Murray, London, 1887, ~ vol. 1 p. 344
« we arrived about an hour and a half before sunset at the village of Mayar, which is esteemed nine fursucks from Ispahan, from whence we had been travelling ten good hours, at a quick walking pace. This village, which is seated in a narrow defile of the plain, between bare hills, is small, and almost totally ruined, there being now only a few gardens with their occupiers there. An excellent caravansera, of a more highly-finished kind than we had yet seen in the country, on the public road, is also abandoned, and going fast to decay; but as it offered us ti,e temporary shelter we required, we halted here for the night. OCT. 15th.-While we were preparing » #1185 Buckingham, J. S., Travels in Assyria, Media, and Persia, including a journey from Bagdad by Mount Zagros, to Hamadan, the ancient Ecbatana, researches in Ispahan and the ruins of Persepolis, and journey from thence by Shiraz and Shapoor to the sea-shore, Henry Colburn: Gregg International Publishers Limited, London: London, 1829:1971, ~ p. 241
SOURCE for Mayer
« Came to Mayer about 9 at night, being 8 Farsangs; good way except the Yerchan hills and that but small; an extroardiny caravensaroy, very [every] thing plenty, but no good water being a little brackis. Messrs. Wildon, Mr. Foulks and Peter Lillye in Company.6 [February]. Stayed at Mayer being snowey weather. » #3248 Bernard P. Scattergood, Ed. Temple, Carnac Rihard, The Scattergoods and the East India Company, A Collection of Mss., Indian Antiquary, Bernard Quaritch, London, 1930 vol. LIX:pt DCCXXXVI-A:pp. 33-74 ~ p. 38
SOURCE for Mehiar
« La domenica, al-l'alba, dopo aver camminato la notte cinque o sei leghe, fa-cemmo posata in un caravanserai, presso la villa chiamata Mehiar, il nome della quale significa Amico del grande. Quivi císopraggiunse Ghulamali, corriero di Hormuz, maomettano, ma che serve i Portoghesi, [On Sunday, at dawn, after having walked five or six leagues during the night, we stopped in a caravanserai, near the village called Mehiar, whose name means Friend of the Great. There we were met by Ghulamali, a messenger from Hormuz, a Mohammedan, but who serves the Portuguese,] » #1530 Pietro Della Valle, Viaggi di Pietro della Valle: il pellegrino, G. Gancia, Brighton, 1843, ~ vol. 2 p. 241
SOURCE for Moyeor
« Next day we got to Moyeor; agrandiz'd by a thousand families; but none of their houſes compare with their dove-houfes for neat and curious outfides: they have fome excuse for it; » #1608 Herbert, Thomas, Sir, Some Yeares Travels into divers parts of Asia and Afrique. Describing especially the two famous Empires, the Persian, and great Mogull: weaved with the history of these later times ... With a revivall of the first discoverer of America. Revised and enlarged by the Author., Printed by R. Bip. for Jacob Blome and Richard Bishop, London, 1638, ~ p. 150
SOURCE for Moyore
« October the 12th, 1628. The 12th daye being Sundaye about 6 of the clock in the afternoon we left Hispahone (being the famousest citie of all Parthia), and came to Moyore [Mehiar], a poore litle towne, haueing traveled 7 1ges. » #3214 Stodart, Robert; introduction and notes by Sir. E. Denison Ross, The Journal of Robert Stodart: Being an account of his experiences as a member of Sir Dodmore Cotton's Mission in Persia in 1628-29. Published from the unique manuscript preserved in the Bodleian Library, Luzac and Co, 1935 ~ p. 74

R44-004 Comicha
R44-004 Comicha : place IRN
NIMA/GNS names: Qomisheh , Qomsheh , Qowmsheh , Qumisheh , Shahreza , Shahriza , شهرضا , قمشه ,
VARIANT names: Canischa , Carmaça , Comashaw , Comche , Comicha , Comiffia , Comixan , Commeshaw , Comsce , Comushow , Komeshae , Kommehsja or Gomosja , Komminsja , Koomeshah , Kumeshah , Kumishah , Qomishah , Qumishah , Qumisheh ,
SOURCE for Canischa
« On the 18 ... Before night we got the hilly Countrey and set down in the village Canischa, where, by reason of bad Weather, we rested 3 days with the Caravan. » #3675 John Struys, trans. John Morrison, The Perillous and Most Unhappy Voyages of John Struys; through Italy, Greece, … Media, Persia, …, and other places in Europe, Africa and Asia, London, 1683 ~ p. 328
SOURCE for Carmaça
« Fernão Gomes and party were well received by Bedijam Beça and departed his campo on the following Friday, ie, the Friday of June 22nd, accompanied by the said Bedijam Beça a league along the way, and Fernão Gomes de Lemos with company arrived at Carmaça (Qomishah), described in the codice of Ajuda as a place of one hundred inhabitants, with a very good fortress, and which in former times was a very rich and populous city, but by reason of rebellion had been largely destroyed by Xeque Ismael. » #3565 Smith, Ronald Bishop, The First Age of the Portuguese Embassies, Navigations and Peregrinations in Persia (1507-1524), Decatur Press, Bethesda, Maryland, 1970~p. 42
SOURCE for Comashaw
« 7 [February]. In the morning, about 7 a'clock sett out for Comashaw. In the way Mr. Welden rideing after an antolope fell down, horse and man, and hurt himself, but not dangerous. Came to our mansell about 12 at noon. Here is a good towne where may have all manner of catables. From Mayer to Comashaw is a fine garden, a Coffee house, fine tanke full of fish, some with gold rings in their noses. The place is called Shaw Rasay after a Persian saints name. » #3248 Bernard P. Scattergood, Ed. Temple, Carnac Rihard, The Scattergoods and the East India Company, A Collection of Mss., Indian Antiquary, Bernard Quaritch, London, 1930 vol. LIX:pt DCCXXXVI-A:pp. 33-74 ~ p. 38
SOURCE for Comche
« Le vingt-sixième à trois heures après minuit, je commençai à marcher par une plaine fort sèche, mais qui se rend bonne à une lieue de Comché, assez grande ville où j'arrivai à onze heures du matin. Il y a plusieurs carvanseras, et pour n'être que de terre ils sont assez beaux. Cette ville est composée d'une suite de villages qui tiennent près de demi-lieue de long. [On the twenty-sixth, at three o'clock in the morning, I began walking across a very dry plain, which becomes passable a league from Comché, a fairly large town where I arrived at eleven o'clock in the morning. There are several caravansersas there, and for being made only of earth, they are quite beautiful. This town is made up of a series of villages that stretch for nearly half a league.] » #3144 Jean-Baptiste Tavernier, Pascal Pia, Voyages en Perse et description de ce royaume, E´d. du Carrefour, Paris, 1930 ~ p. 294
SOURCE for Comicha
« Ma traite s'acheva à Comicha (1): c'est une villace qui est fort grande à la vérité, car elle a plus de trois milles de tour; mais qui ressemble jdIus à un village qu'à une ville.
fn. 1Hhamd-oûllah place dans la province de Fårs « Qomichah et Qoulendjan, qui faisoient autrefois partie de l'Tràq, et qui sont situés sur les confins de cette province, et sur ceux du Färsistan.Qoùlendjan est un château de terre, et a plusieurs cantons dans sa dépendance; il fait partie du gouvernement de Qòmichali. Le climat en est à peu près le même que celui d'Isspahan; l'eau y vient par des aquedues souterrain; le sol y produit du blé, des fruits, du raisin; les habitans ressemblent à ceux d'Isspahan pour le carac-tère et le physique: ils ont toujours été adonnés à la double passion pour l'un et l'autre sexe. » Nozahat al-Qoloub, pag. 169 et 170 du nº. 127 des manuscrits persans de la Bibliothèque Impériale.P. Della Valle place Comsu (Qòmichah) à cinq ou six licues de Mayar. Fryer (Travels, pag. 25g), dit que le nom de ce bourg signilie ami du roi; mais je doute de la justesse de cette ex-plication. La Relation de Silva Figueroa (pag. 173) s'accorde avec le texte du géographe persan, touciant les canaux ou aque ducs souterrains qui contribuent à la fertilité de Qòmichah. (L-s.) [My journey ended at Comicha (1): it is a very large village, indeed, for it is more than three miles around; but it resembles more a village than a town.fn. 1 Hamd-ullah places in the province of Fars « Qomicha and Qulenjan, which were formerly part of Traq, and which are located on the borders of this province, and on those of Faristan.Qulenjan is an earthen castle, and has several cantons within its dependence; it is part of the government of Qomichali. The climate is roughly the same as that of Isfahan; water comes there through underground aqueducts; the soil produces wheat, fruit, and grapes; The inhabitants resemble those of Isfahan in character and physique: they have always been given to a dual passion for both sexes." Nozahat al-Qoloub, pp. 169 and 170 of No. 127 of the Persian manuscripts of the Imperial Library.P. Della Valle places Comsu (Qomichah) five or six miles from Mayar. Fryer (Travels, p. 25g) says that the name of this town means "friend of the king"; but I doubt the accuracy of this explanation. Silva Figueroa's Relation (p. 173) agrees with the Persian geographer's text, referring to the underground canals or aqueducts that contribute to the fertility of Qomichah. (L-s.)] »
#3213 Sir John Chardin, ed. Louis Langlès, Voyages du Chevalier Chardin en Perse et autres lieux de l’Orient, Nouvelle édition, Le Normant, Imprimeur-Libraire, Paris, 1811 ~ vol. 8 pp. 197-8
SOURCE for Comiffia
« Den 23. paficerden wy door Comiffia, zynde een tamelyke groote plaats, en redelyk digt bebouwd. Zyn ed: wierd gedurig in eer Palankyn gedragen. [On the 23rd we passed through Comiffia, a fairly large place, and fairly densely built up. His ed: was always carried in honourable manner.] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ vol. 5 p. 260
SOURCE for Comixan
« 17 del dicho mes, y auiendose caminado seis leguas por camino llano y buena tierra, aunque sin arbol alguno, llegó á un buen lugar á que dauan nombre de çiudad, llamado Comixan, de quatrocien-tos ó quinientos veçinos. [On the 17th of the said month, and having traveled six leagues along a flat road and good land, although without any tree, he arrived at a good place that they called a city, called Comixan, with four hundred or five hundred neighbors.] » #3245 García de Silva y Figueroa, Manuel Serrano y Sanz, Comentarios De D. Garcia De Silva Y Figueroa De La Embajada Que De Parte Del Rey De España Don Felipe III Hizo Al Rey Xa Abas De Persia, La Spciedad de Bibliofilos Espanoles, Madrid, 1905 ~ vol. 2 p. 15
SOURCE for Commeshaw
« from Amno-baut we rode next day to Commeshaw, a Towne boafting in a thousand houſes and much Antiquitie. » #1608 Herbert, Thomas, Sir, Some Yeares Travels into divers parts of Asia and Afrique. Describing especially the two famous Empires, the Persian, and great Mogull: weaved with the history of these later times ... With a revivall of the first discoverer of America. Revised and enlarged by the Author., Printed by R. Bip. for Jacob Blome and Richard Bishop, London, 1638, ~ p. 148
SOURCE for Comsce
« e, camminate cinque o sei altre leghe, la mattina del lunedi, col sole già alto, ci fer-mammo a riposare in un caravanserai di una villa grossa che chiamano Comscè; [and, after walking five or six more leagues, on Monday morning, with the sun already high, we stopped to rest in a caravan of a large villa which they call Comscè;] » #1530 Pietro Della Valle, Viaggi di Pietro della Valle: il pellegrino, G. Gancia, Brighton, 1843, ~ vol. 2 p. 241
SOURCE for Comushow
The 13th daye we came to Comushow [Qumishah], a fine plesant towne lying on a playne environed wth rockes. Here is good store of water. This towne is the last towne of the Kinges. Here we picht, hauing traveled 6 lges. of a very good waye.
« The 13th daye we came to Comushow [Qumishah], a fine plesant towne lying on a playne environed wth rockes. Here is good store of water. This towne is the last towne of the Kinges. Here we picht, hauing traveled 6 lges. of a very good waye. » #3214 Stodart, Robert; introduction and notes by Sir. E. Denison Ross, The Journal of Robert Stodart: Being an account of his experiences as a member of Sir Dodmore Cotton's Mission in Persia in 1628-29. Published from the unique manuscript preserved in the Bodleian Library, Luzac and Co, 1935 ~ p. 74
SOURCE for Komeshae
« Our whole distance was six fursucks, according to report, which we rode in about seven hours, as it was full an hour past noon when we entered Komeshae. At the distance of a mile before we reached this place, we came on the ruins of a deserted village, where there were now only a few gardens artificially watered, several large pigeon towers like those at I"paban, and an extensive burying-ground. The principal object visible in this last, was a large tomb, crowned by a cupola rising from amidst trees, and standing at the foot of a rocky mountain, its sacred precincts being marked by an enclosing wall. » #1185 Buckingham, J. S., Travels in Assyria, Media, and Persia, including a journey from Bagdad by Mount Zagros, to Hamadan, the ancient Ecbatana, researches in Ispahan and the ruins of Persepolis, and journey from thence by Shiraz and Shapoor to the sea-shore, Henry Colburn: Gregg International Publishers Limited, London: London, 1829:1971, ~ p. 242
SOURCE for Kommehsja or Gomosja
« den 23. gereist zur Stadt Kommehsja oder Gomosja (Qomescha -Schahresa) in 7 Stunden etwa 6 Farsach, [On the 23rd, I traveled to the city of Kommehsja or Gomosja (Qomescha - Shahresa) in 7 hours, about 6 farsachs. ] » #3220 Engelbert Kaempfer, ed. Karl Meier-Lemgo, Die Reisetagebu¨cher Engelbert Kaempfers, F. Steiner, Weisbaden, 1968 ~ p. 87
SOURCE for Komminsja
« Nous nous remimes en chemin le wingt-huitième, fur les 3. heures du matin, et paffämes à côté d'un moulin à cau, fur une petite riviere, que nous traverfames deux fois fur de petits ponts de pierre, et arrivames fur les 10. heures du matin à un grand bourg, nommé Komminsja, rempli de jardins et de petites tours, qui fervent de colombiers. [We set off again on the eighth, at 3 o'clock in the morning, and passed by a watermill, on a small river, which we crossed twice on small stone bridges, and arrived at 10 o'clock in the morning at a large town, named Komminsja, full of gardens and small towers, which were full of dovecotes.] » #3227 LeBrun, Corneille, Voyages de Corneille Le Brun par la Moscovie, en Perse, et aux Indes Orientales., Wetstein, Amsterdam, 1718 ~ p. 254
SOURCE for Koomeshah
« We fared no better the next evening at the small town of Koomeshah » #2941 Austen Henry Layard, Early Adventures in Persia, Susiana, and Babylonia, John Murray, London, 1887, ~ vol. 1 p. 345
SOURCE for Kumeshah
« Leaving Mayar, the road crosses a wide, barren plain, surrounded by hills, to a small caravansarai called Atyab Shah, where water is brought in kanats. From here to camp there is a sprink- ling of villages. The last 2 miles are over rough ground, and two bridged nalas are passed. Kumeshah is a considerable walled town with good water from kanats. Several small caravansarais and a telegraph station, situated a quarter of a mile from a precipitous range of hills to the left of the valley. Supplies of all kinds procurable. » #3331 Routes in Persia, Section 1, British Library: India Office Records and Private Papers, Mss Eur F111/369, in Qatar Digital Library, ~ p. 187
« At Kumeshah, the last stage but one before reaching Isfahan, I happened on a hospitable inspector of telegraphs, who entertained me royally, and gave me news again of the outside world. » #3069 Crawshay-Williams, Eliot, Across Persia, Edward Arnold, London, 1907 ~ p. 276
SOURCE for Kumishah
« Soon after 2 P.M. we came in sight of the blue dome of an Imámzádé, situated in the precincts of the considerable town of Kumishah. » #3380 Browne, Edward Granville, A year amongst the Persians; impressions as to the life, character, and thought of the people of Persia, received during twelve month's residence in that country in the years 1887-8, Adam and Charles Black, 1893 ~ p. 222
SOURCE for Qomishah
SOURCE for Qumishah
« thence 6 to Qūmishah city; total from Isfahan to Qūmishah 14 leagues. » #1764 ed. Le Strange, G., The geographical part of the Nuzhat-al-qulub composed by Hamd-Alla¯h Mustawfi¯ of Qazwi¯n in 740 (1340), E.J. Brill, Leiden, 1919 ~ p. 175-6
SOURCE for Qumisheh

R44-005 Mirza-Kut-chec
R44-005 Mirza-Kut-chec : place IRN (caravanserai)
NIMA/GNS names: Magsud Beyk , Maqsud Begi , Maqsud Beyk ,
Supplement: Kleiss states « The eight caravanserail buildings of Maqsud Beyk, seven of which could be identified, extend over a distance of 2 km from north to south on both sides of the Esfahan Abadeh - Shiraz road (Fig. 277). » Now only one can be possibly identified that is Maqsud Beyk, Karavanserail VI.
VARIANT names: caravasar , Carawansera , Die Karavanserails von Maqsud Beyk , Karawanserei Myrsa kuczik Kala , Machsud carauansera , Magfoe-begie caravanserai , Mahsud , Maksoubegui , Maksud Beg , Maksudbegi , Maqsud Begi , Marzubeki , Mirza-Kut-chec , Moxabeg , Moxutebeggy , Muchsawbeggu , Muksood Beggy ,
SOURCE for caravasar
« A 16 caminó la caravana siete leguas, á una mucho mas pobre y miserable aldea cuyo nonbre no mereçe hazerse memoria del; [At 16 the caravan traveled seven leagues, to a much poorer and more miserable village whose name does not deserve to be remembered;] » #3245 García de Silva y Figueroa, Manuel Serrano y Sanz, Comentarios De D. Garcia De Silva Y Figueroa De La Embajada Que De Parte Del Rey De España Don Felipe III Hizo Al Rey Xa Abas De Persia, La Spciedad de Bibliofilos Espanoles, Madrid, 1905 ~ vol. 2 p. 14
SOURCE for Carawansera
« Upon the 22 we set forward again and had very hilly way, which
proved so incommodous that we travailed that day no more than 6 Dutch Miles, and took our Nights rest at a Carawansera, where we met another Caravan coming from Gammeron richly loaden with all sorts of Indian Commodities, and bound for several Markets in Persia. » #3675 John Struys, trans. John Morrison, The Perillous and Most Unhappy Voyages of John Struys; through Italy, Greece, … Media, Persia, …, and other places in Europe, Africa and Asia, London, 1683 ~ p. 329
SOURCE for Die Karavanserails von Maqsud Beyk
« Die Karavanserails von Maqsud Beyk (Abb. 12; 277) (150)Lage: Maqsud Beyk liegt 35 km südöstlich von Shahreza (Qomsheh/ Qumisheh), 35 km nördlich von Izadkhast (Pro-vinz Fars), in +1900 m ü.N.N., an der Straße Esfahan Izadkhast - Shiraz, und 20 km nördlich von Karavanserail Aminabad (Provinz Fars). Maqsud Beyk ist der letzte Kara-wanenort in der Provinz Esfahan (moderne Provinzauftei-lung).Die 8 Karawanenbauten von Maqsud Beyk, von denen 7 erfaßt werden konnten, erstrecken sich auf einer Entfernung von 2 km von Nord nach Süd beiderseits der Straße Esfahan Abadeh - Shiraz (Abb. 277). Im Dorf Maqsud Beyk liegt eine stark befestigte Dorfburg, die gelegentlich auch als Un-terkunftsort für Reisende gedient haben mag (151).fn 150 Die sieben noch sichtbaren Karavanserail-Ruinen wurden am 9. 12. 1984 (Nr. V und VII), am 12.6.1987 (Nr. VI) und am 12. 12. 1988 (Nr. I, II, III und IV) vermessen.fn 151 W. Kleiss, AMI 26, 1993, 276ff. [The Caravanserails of Maqsud Beyk (Fig. 12; 277) (150)Location: Maqsud Beyk is located 35 km southeast of Shahreza (Qomsheh/Qumisheh), 35 km north of Izadkhast (Fars Province), at an elevation of 1900 m above sea level, on the Esfahan Izadkhast - Shiraz road, and 20 km north of the Aminabad Caravanserail (Fars Province). Maqsud Beyk is the last caravan settlement in the Esfahan Province (modern provincial division).The eight caravanserail buildings of Maqsud Beyk, seven of which could be identified, extend over a distance of 2 km from north to south on both sides of the Esfahan Abadeh - Shiraz road (Fig. 277). In the village of Maqsud Beyk lies a heavily fortified village castle, which may occasionally have served as accommodation for travelers (151).fn 150 The seven remaining caravanserai ruins were surveyed on December 9, 1984 (Nos. V and VII), on June 12, 1987 (No. VI), and on December 12, 1988 (Nos. I, II, III, and IV).fn 151 W. Kleiss, AMI 26, 1993, 276ff.] » #3472 Kleiss, Wolfram, Karawanenbauten in Iran. Materialien zur iranischen Archäologie, Materialien zur iranischen Archa¨ologie, D. Reimer, Berlin, 1998 Band 5:Teil 3: ~ p. 141
SOURCE for Karawanserei Myrsa kuczik Kala
« Von dort 1/2 Stunde zur Karawanserei und zum Garten desselben Stifters geradewegs S + 0, wohin ein breiter, gleichma~iger Weg fiihrte. Hinter der Karawanserei war ein baumreicher Traubengarten mit dick bewachsenen Aileen von WeiBpappeln. Ein Wasser von den Hohen fiillte einen Teich und lief weiter nach Qomescha. -Diese Karawanserei mit ailem Anhang wurde genannt Myrsa kuczik Kala (Mirsi Kutschek Kili (?) oder Qal'a, Burg (?). Sie war wohlgebaut und zierlich, verfiel aber schon hie und da. Hatte von Ziegeln und Lehm auf dem gemeinen Erdgrunde erbaute [From there, a half-hour walk led directly south to the caravanserai and the garden of the same founder, to which a wide, level path led. Behind the caravanserai was a tree-filled vineyard with thick avenues of white poplars. A stream from the hills filled a pond and flowed on to Qomesha. This caravanserai with all its appurtenances was called Myrsa Kuczik Kala (Mirsi Kutschek Kili (?) or Qal'a, Castle (?). It was well-built and elegant, but already showing signs of decay here and there. It had been built of bricks and clay on common soil.] » #3220 Engelbert Kaempfer, ed. Karl Meier-Lemgo, Die Reisetagebu¨cher Engelbert Kaempfers, F. Steiner, Weisbaden, 1968 ~ p. 88
SOURCE for Machsud carauansera
« The 19. I got six leagues, to the Village of Machsud. This Village hath a Carauansera well furnished with Lodg|ings and Stables. » #3669 Adam Olearius, Johann Albrecht von Mandelslo, John Davies, The Voyages and Travells of the Ambassadors Sent by Frederick, Duke of Holstein, to the Great Duke of Muscovy and the King of Persia, J. Starkey and T. Basset, 1669 ~ Mandelslo pt. 2 p. 1
SOURCE for Magfoe-begie caravanserai
« Nous arrivámes fur les 11. heures au Caravanserai de Magfoe-begie, fans avoir rencontré juſques-là aucun gibier. Nous y trouvámes le long d'un petit canal des becaffines, des canards, des pigeons et desallouctes. [We arrived at the Magfoe-begie caravanserai at 11 o'clock, without having encountered any game until then. There, along a small canal, we found woodcocks, ducks, pigeons, and shelducks.] » #3227 LeBrun, Corneille, Voyages de Corneille Le Brun par la Moscovie, en Perse, et aux Indes Orientales., Wetstein, Amsterdam, 1718 ~ p. 254
SOURCE for Mahsud
« In the morning I rode to Mahsud. ... At length came Mahsud, the usual collection of mud walls, and a solitary chapar khaneh ; —' to my delight furnished with a table and a chair, on which I write this. » #3069 Crawshay-Williams, Eliot, Across Persia, Edward Arnold, London, 1907 ~ p. 275
SOURCE for Maksoubegui
« Le vingt-septième, je marchai depuis quatre heures du matin jusques à dix heures par une plaine bien ensemencée, et je logeai dans un carvansera appelé Maksoubegui. [On the twenty-seventh, I walked from four o'clock in the morning until ten o'clock through a well-sown plain, and I lodged in a carvansera called Maksoubegui.] » #3144 Jean-Baptiste Tavernier, Pascal Pia, Voyages en Perse et description de ce royaume, E´d. du Carrefour, Paris, 1930 ~ pp. 294-5
SOURCE for Maksud Beg
« the village of Maksúd Beg, where we arrived about 4.30 P.M. , was a most desolate - looking spot. Here we found the Jewish minstrels who had overtaken us at Marg entertaining the muleteers and villagers with a concert in the caravansaray. » #3380 Browne, Edward Granville, A year amongst the Persians; impressions as to the life, character, and thought of the people of Persia, received during twelve month's residence in that country in the years 1887-8, Adam and Charles Black, 1893 ~ p. 223
SOURCE for Maksudbegi
« and then over a wide cultivated valley to Kishara, a walled village, with a chaparkhana in cultivated country. Maksudbegi, after which this chaparkhana is named, is a walled village-like fort, quarter of a mile further on, and close under the precipitous hills on the left of the valley. Good crops of wheat and barley are grown here, and the villages are all supplied with water by kanats, and have each a few plough-bullocks. » #3331 Routes in Persia, Section 1, British Library: India Office Records and Private Papers, Mss Eur F111/369, in Qatar Digital Library, ~ p. 187
SOURCE for Maqsud Begi
SOURCE for Marzubeki
« Daar na trokken wy door een dorp, genaamd Milakoerfiek, ennamen ons verblyf tot Marzubeki in een tamelyke Karrawanfera; dog de lyf-wagt nam haar verblyf in een tent, thaande nevem de Kartawanfera. Men heeft hier goed water, en ook viích; dog die is kleyn, en grondig. [Afterward, we passed through a village called Milakoorfiek and took up residence at Marzubeki in a fairly small Karrawanfera. However, the guards stayed in a tent near the Karrawanfera. There is good water here, as well as fish; however, it is small and plentiful.] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ vol. 5 p. 260
SOURCE for Mirza-Kut-chec
« Le 5, je fis six petites lieues par le beau pays que j'ai représenté, qui est tout couvert de ruis-seaux et de villages. On en traverse un à moitié chemin, appelé Mirza-Kut-chec (Myrza Ku-tchuk), c'est-à-dire, petit prince, lequel durant l'été est un des agréables lieux qu'on puisse voir, et durant l'automne, celui où l'on mange les meilleurs melons. Sa principale beauté vient des jardins et des bâtimens qui y ont été faits par ce seigneur, de qui il porte le nom, qui étoit cèdre (ssedr), ou grand pontife, du temps d'A-bas - le - Grand, de qui il épousa une fille, à cause de quoi on lui donna ce nom de petit prince. Ma traite se termina à un joli village, nommé Maxud Bequi (1) du nom du ſeu fn. 1 Maqssoud Beyguy est situé à af milles anglais de Qòmichah, suivant Freyer (pag. 298 et 299), et à près de ao milles d'Yezd-Khôst, à cinq âghatch de Qomchah, suivant Thévenot, tom. IV, pag. 419. (L-s.) [On the 5th, I traveled six short leagues through the beautiful countryside I have depicted, which is covered with streams and villages. One is crossed halfway, called Mirza-Kut-chec (Myrza Ku-tchuk), that is, Little Prince, which during the summer is one of the pleasant places one can see, and during the autumn, the one where one eats the best melons. Its principal beauty comes from the gardens and buildings built there by this lord, after whom it is named, who was a cedar (ssedr), or high priest, in the time of Abas the Great, whose daughter he married, because of which he was given the name of Little Prince. My journey ended at a pretty village, named Maxud Bequi (1) after the name of the seu fn. 1 Maqssoud Beyguy is located at af English miles from Qòmichah, according to Freyer (pages 298 and 299), and at nearly ao miles from Yezd-Khôst, at five âghatch from Qomchah, according to Thévenot, tom. IV, page 419. (L-s.)] »
#3213 Sir John Chardin, ed. Louis Langlès, Voyages du Chevalier Chardin en Perse et autres lieux de l’Orient, Nouvelle édition, Le Normant, Imprimeur-Libraire, Paris, 1811 ~ vol. 8 p. 202
SOURCE for Moxabeg
« Moxabeg » in {map#1322 Carte de l'itinéraire de Perse fait par Herbert, avec Dodmere Cotton, ambassadeur d'Angleterre, l'an 1627 / par P. du Val, , , }
« Next day, passing through De-Moxalbeg [Dih Maqsüd Begi], we got to Amno-baut [Aminābād], » #3211 ed Foster, William, Thomas Herbert, Travels in Persia (1627-1629), George Routledge and Sons, Ltd, London, 1928 ~ p. 119
SOURCE for Moxutebeggy
« Entering Parthia by this Mound, or heap of Earth, seemingly cast up on purpose to make this hollow Gulph, we were opposed by no other Mountains till we came to Moxutebeggy (1), though we encountred almost in every Village with old Castles made of Mud and almost turned to Earth again; fn 1 Maqsūd Begi, Maksud Beggi of Curzon's map (ii, 60), about 20 miles N. of Yezdikhast. Herbert (148) calls it De-Moxalbeg. According to Chardin, it took its name from "the late Lord Steward of Persia." "I travell'd...through a plain sow'd with store of grain, and lodg'd in an Inn called Maksonbegui” (Tavernier, 246). » #1591 Fryer, John M. D., A New Account of East-India and Persia in eight letters being nine years travel (Edited, with notes and an introduction, by William Crooke), Hakluyt Society:Kraus Reprint, 1909:1967, 3 vols. ~ p. 234
SOURCE for Muchsawbeggu
« About 5 in the Evening tooke leave of Mossrs. Weldon and Foulkes, the former beingabed by reason of his fall. Peter Lillye came with me to Muchsawbeggu, where arived about 10 at night, being 4 farsangs, good way; a bad caravensaroy, may have all things for a Traveller. » #3248 Bernard P. Scattergood, Ed. Temple, Carnac Rihard, The Scattergoods and the East India Company, A Collection of Mss., Indian Antiquary, Bernard Quaritch, London, 1930 vol. LIX:pt DCCXXXVI-A:pp. 33-74 ~ p. 38
SOURCE for Muksood Beggy
« Our road over this plain lay about south-east by south, and at noon we reached the small station of Muksood Beggy. A large caravan from Shiraz, going to Ispahan, escorted by a troop of soldiers, had made their halt here, and every place of shelter was fully occupied by them. » #1185 Buckingham, J. S., Travels in Assyria, Media, and Persia, including a journey from Bagdad by Mount Zagros, to Hamadan, the ancient Ecbatana, researches in Ispahan and the ruins of Persepolis, and journey from thence by Shiraz and Shapoor to the sea-shore, Henry Colburn: Gregg International Publishers Limited, London: London, 1829:1971, ~ p. 247

R44-006 Amnaabad
R44-006 Amnaabad : place IRN
NIMA/GNS names: Aminabad , امین آباد ,
VARIANT names: Aminabad , Amnaabad , Amnabat , Amnebad , Hannabath Carauansera ,
SOURCE for Aminabad
« Partis de Firūzābād, nous nous dirigeons vers la haute chaîne de Après la traversée du village d'Aminābād, nous passons à gué une large rivière, le Rüd-i Karikhlah; ensuite, longeant des champs cultivés ou laissés en friche, nous dépassons, à droite, les villages de Mushkün et de Naudaran. [Leaving Firūzābād, we head towards the high range of After crossing the village of Aminābād, we ford a wide river, the Rüd-i Karikhlah; then, skirting cultivated or fallow fields, we pass, on the right, the villages of Mushkūn and Naudaran.] » #3101 Vanden Berghe, L, Récentes découvertes de monuments sassanides dans le Fars, Iranica antiqua, Leiden, 1961 Vol.1: pp.163-198 ~ p. 165
« About 11.15 A.M. we halted for lunch at Amínábád, the last village in 'Irák. » #3380 Browne, Edward Granville, A year amongst the Persians; impressions as to the life, character, and thought of the people of Persia, received during twelve month's residence in that country in the years 1887-8, Adam and Charles Black, 1893 ~ p. 224
SOURCE for Amnaabad
« Le 6, je fis encore six petites lieues par un chemin aussi beau, et aussi aisé, que celui du jour précédent. Après trois lieues de marche, je traversai un grand village, nommé Amnaabad(1), c'est-à-dire, habitation sure, à cause d'une mai-son forte, en manière de chateau, qui y fut ba-tic il y a six vingts ans par Daoud Kan (2), frère du fameux Imam Koulikan, le généralissime d'A-bas-le-Grand; pour servir à chasser du pays des compagnies de voleurs, qui s'étoient rendues si formidables, qu'il n'y avoit ni caravanes de marchands, ni train de prince, qui pussent passer par là sans être volés, et souvent avec grand meurtre; à quoi Daoud Kan donna promptement si bon remède, que ce lieu qui étoit auparavant un coupe-gorge, devint très-assuré. On voit ce château sur le grand chemin, mais le dedans en est presque ruiné. Il fait face à un caravanserai, qui est des plus grands et des mieux bâtis du royaume.fn. 1 Anyu-dbé. Colonie de la foi, selon P. Della Valle (IV, pag. 303). La traduction de Chandin e préférable. Thisans place ce village à trois ighitch de Maqsood Beygy, et notant d'Yead-List. C. Le Brandit que co village spare Prese de la Posthide cu plate Triq A'djemy da Frutta xe C'est ainsi que les naturels d'expείσες (1)fn. 2 Vayer Del Khan, letom. Vit, pop, J. (1) [On the 6th, I traveled another six short leagues by a road as beautiful and as easy as that of the previous day. After three leagues of walking, I crossed a large village, named Amnaabad(1), that is to say, a safe habitation, because of a strong house, in the manner of a castle, which was built there six score years ago by Daoud Kan(2), brother of the famous Imam Koulikan, the generalissimo of A-bas-le-Grand; to serve to drive out of the country companies of robbers, who had become so formidable, that there were neither caravans of merchants, nor trains of princes, which could pass by there without being robbed, and often with great murder; to which Daoud Kan promptly gave such a good remedy, that this place which was previously a cut-throat, became very safe. One sees this castle on the main road, but the interior is almost ruined. It faces a caravanserai, one of the largest and best-built in the kingdom.fn. 1 Anyu-dbé. Colony of the Faith, according to P. Della Valle (IV, p. 303). Chandin's translation is preferable. Theseans place this village three miles from Maqsood Beygy, and note from Yead-List. C. Le Brandit that this village separates Prese de la Posthide from the flat Triq A'djemy da Frutta xe. This is how the natives of expeis (1)fn. 2 Vayer Del Khan, letom. Vit, pop, J. (1)] »
#3213 Sir John Chardin, ed. Louis Langlès, Voyages du Chevalier Chardin en Perse et autres lieux de l’Orient, Nouvelle édition, Le Normant, Imprimeur-Libraire, Paris, 1811 ~ vol. 8 pp. 203-4
SOURCE for Amnabat
« Den 14. Oftober getrokken zynde door Amnabat, een groot dorp, beplant met vrugtboomen, Wyngaarden Meloenca cc: vonden alhier cen koftelyke Karra wanfera. [On October 14th, having passed through Amnabat, a large village planted with fruit trees, vineyards, and melons, we found a small Karrawanfera here.] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ vol. 5 p. 260
SOURCE for Amnebad
« Ce même jour sur les sept heures du matin, je passai à une jolie maison accompagnée d'assez beaux jardins. Elle s'appelle Amnebad, et a été bâtie par Iman-Couli-Kan, gouverneur de Schiras. [That same day, around seven o'clock in the morning, I passed by a pretty house with rather beautiful gardens. It is called Amnebad, and was built by Iman-Couli-Kan, governor of Shiras.] » #3144 Jean-Baptiste Tavernier, Pascal Pia, Voyages en Perse et description de ce royaume, E´d. du Carrefour, Paris, 1930 ~ p. 295
SOURCE for Hannabath Carauansera
« The 20. I lodg'd in a Carauansera, near a Village called Hannabath, which is very well seated, on the descent of a pleasant hill. » #3669 Adam Olearius, Johann Albrecht von Mandelslo, John Davies, The Voyages and Travells of the Ambassadors Sent by Frederick, Duke of Holstein, to the Great Duke of Muscovy and the King of Persia, J. Starkey and T. Basset, 1669 ~ Mandelslo pt. 2 pp. 1-2

R44-007 Yezd-khast
R44-007 Yezd-khast : place IRN (caravanserai)
NIMA/GNS names: Izad Khast , Izad Khvast , Samirum , Yazd-e Khast , Yazd-e Khvast , Yezd-i-Khast , ایزد خواست ,
VARIANT names: Esduchos , Hiesdegas , Izad Khast , Izdehast , Jesdagaes , Jesdagaes , Jesdegas , Jurgestan , Lurgisthan Carauansera , Yazd-i-Khost , Yazdikhwast , Yes-de-gas , Yes-de-Kast , Yezdikhast , Yezd-khast , Yudacoss ,
SOURCE for Esduchos
« The Day alter we Marched Two and Thirty Miles to Esduchos (2): But before we exchanged Degurdu for this place, we accosted a Black Marble Mountain, fn 2 Herbert (148), writing Yezdicaws, is nearer the original name of this remarkable place than Fryer. It is Yezdikhast, explained by old writers to be a Pehlevi word signifying "God willed it." It has been described by many writers. "Yezdikhast is, truly enough, built on the top of a remarkable rock, and this rock does stand in the middle of a deep valley: but the latter, so far from being a valley in the ordinary acceptation of the term, is a deep gash or trench cut down to a depth of over 100 feet, without the slightest warning, in the middle of the plain, the edge being as clearly defined as Shakespeare's Cliff at Dover. One is almost on the brink of the gully before one is aware of its ex-istence. At the bottom flows a swift and dirty stream towards the east. ...I own I should never myself have detected any analogy to the hang-ing gardens of Babylon" (Curzon, ii, 66 ff.). Compare Goldsmid, 196. Illustrations will be found in Curzon (ii, 66): Goldsmid (226): Sykes, Ten Thousand Miles (330). It is the Yezdecas of Tavernier (246), who quotes a common proverb: "That to live happy, a Man nust have a wife ci Yezd, eat the bread of Yezdecas, and drink the wine of Schiras." Browne (p. 224) writes the name Yezdi Khwāst, which is doubtless correct, adding that "what is called the sar-hadd, a sum-mer road, bears to the south-west into the mountains; while the garmsir, or winter road, crosses the chasm or valley below Yezdikh-wást, and trends towards the south-east." The former was Fryer's route. See also on these routes, Goldsmid, 192. » #1591 Fryer, John M. D., A New Account of East-India and Persia in eight letters being nine years travel (Edited, with notes and an introduction, by William Crooke), Hakluyt Society:Kraus Reprint, 1909:1967, 3 vols. ~ p. 233
SOURCE for Hiesdegas
« A 15, dia de Pasqua, se hizo jornada en Hiesdegas, despues de auer andado con la carauana grandes ocho leguas, [On the 15th, Easter Day, a journey was made to Hiesdegas, after having traveled with the caravan a great eight leagues,] » #3245 García de Silva y Figueroa, Manuel Serrano y Sanz, Comentarios De D. Garcia De Silva Y Figueroa De La Embajada Que De Parte Del Rey De España Don Felipe III Hizo Al Rey Xa Abas De Persia, La Spciedad de Bibliofilos Espanoles, Madrid, 1905 ~ vol. 2 p. 13
SOURCE for Izad Khast
« The third march from Surmek, however, brought me to a place which deserves more notice-Yezdikhast. 'Shiraz,' says an old Persian proverb, 'is famous for wine, Yezdikhast for bread, and Yezd for women.' But there is more than bread to see at Yezdikhast. Truly it is one of the most extraordinary villages of the world From ofon eg the trolladas » #3069 Crawshay-Williams, Eliot, Across Persia, Edward Arnold, London, 1907 ~ p. 272
SOURCE for Izdehast
« La notte, levata la luna, si riprese al solito il viaggio: ma fatte solamente quattro leghe, il mercoledi, più di un'ora innanzi giorno, arrivammo alla villa Izdehast, che vuol dir Dio volle: dove convenne fermarsi, perchè non vi era altro luogo da ripo-sare, se non molto lontano. [At night, when the moon had risen, we resumed our journey as usual: but having gone only four leagues, on Wednesday, more than an hour before daybreak, we arrived at the villa Izdehast, which means God willed: where we had to stop, because there was no other place to rest, except very far away.] » #1530 Pietro Della Valle, Viaggi di Pietro della Valle: il pellegrino, G. Gancia, Brighton, 1843, ~ vol. 2 p. 241
SOURCE for Jesdagaes
« Diary of 8 February 1707/8.Yudacoss. Yazd-i-Khôst. The Izdekhast of Della Valle (Hak. Soc. ed. III, 296).For a long note on this place see Fryer, op. cit., II, 233. When Thévenot first visited "Yes-de-Kast in 1665 (pp. 120-121), he found it "very little, having but only one street," the place "built upon a narrow rock" and "in manifest danger" of "falling down topsie turvy all at once." In 1667 he found the old village forsaken and another town, the one visited by Scattergood, in process of erection "to the northward." Struys says (p. 339) that the village was formerly called "Jurgestan, now Jesegas," and Hedges remarks of "Yes-de-gas" (I, 209) that it had "a good Caravan Serai, built in a vast great ditch. Le Bruyn (II, 3) has an illustration of the village of "Jesdagaes" as it appeared from the Kårwânsarâî in October 1704. » #3248 Bernard P. Scattergood, Ed. Temple, Carnac Rihard, The Scattergoods and the East India Company, A Collection of Mss., Indian Antiquary, Bernard Quaritch, London, 1930 vol. LIX:pt DCCXXXVI-A:pp. 33-74 ~ pp. 46-7
SOURCE for Jesdegas
« Wy namen onze ruft op Jesdegas in ee'n fchoone groote Karrawanfera, ftaande by een brug, daar een fnelle rievier onder doorloopt, Hier heeft men een moorddadig en wederfpannig volk, woonende op zeer hooge klippen, die ftyl afloopen, daz men fchrikt, zoo men na om laag ziet [We took up our rest at Jesdegas in a beautiful, large Karrawanfera, standing by a bridge, under which a swift river flows. Here they have a murderous and unruly people, living on very high cliffs, which slope down so steeply that one is frightened when one looks down.] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ vol. 5 p. 260
SOURCE for Jurgestan
« That day we travailed 7 Dutch Miles and came at night to a Village formerly called Jurgestan, now Iesegas. » #3675 John Struys, trans. John Morrison, The Perillous and Most Unhappy Voyages of John Struys; through Italy, Greece, … Media, Persia, …, and other places in Europe, Africa and Asia, London, 1683 ~ p. 329
SOURCE for Lurgisthan Carauansera
« The 21. I travell'd 10. leagues, to a Carauansera, cal'ed Iurgisthan, very ill way, and so much the more incommodious, by reason of the wind and snow, which hindred me very much. » #3669 Adam Olearius, Johann Albrecht von Mandelslo, John Davies, The Voyages and Travells of the Ambassadors Sent by Frederick, Duke of Holstein, to the Great Duke of Muscovy and the King of Persia, J. Starkey and T. Basset, 1669 ~ Mandelslo pt. 2 p. 2
SOURCE for Yazd-i-Khost
SOURCE for Yazdikhwast
« and thence 7 to Yazdikhwāst village. Total: from Qūmishah to Yazdikhwāst 12 leagues, and from Isfahan 26 leagues. » #1764 ed. Le Strange, G., The geographical part of the Nuzhat-al-qulub composed by Hamd-Alla¯h Mustawfi¯ of Qazwi¯n in 740 (1340), E.J. Brill, Leiden, 1919 ~ p. 176
« From this point we could clearly see before us a small conical hill, beyond which lay the hamlet of Yezdikhwást, which I was so anxious to see. » #3380 Browne, Edward Granville, A year amongst the Persians; impressions as to the life, character, and thought of the people of Persia, received during twelve month's residence in that country in the years 1887-8, Adam and Charles Black, 1893 ~ p. 224
SOURCE for Yes-de-gas
SOURCE for Yes-de-Kast
SOURCE for Yezdikhast
« The second day was a record-breaker; we rode seventy-seven miles in the hours between 5.10 A.M. and 10.45 p.m., when we reached Yezdikhast, one of the most curiously situated places that can be imagined. It is perched on top of a rocky height that looks, as one approaches it, like some gigantic ship that has been turned to stone in the midst of a river bed that has been dry for ages. » #3178 Jackson, A. V. Williams, Persia past and present; a book of travel and research, with more than two hundred illustrations and a map, The Macmillan Company, London, 1906 ~ p. 277
SOURCE for Yezd-khast
« Je logeai à Yesdecast (Yezd-hhâsi), château et bourg, situés dans une vallée longue de vingt lieues, sept à l'orient du château, et treize à l'occident, et large de demi-lieue, presque partout. [I stayed at Yesdecast (Yezd-hhâsi), a castle and town, located in a valley twenty leagues long, seven to the east of the castle, and thirteen to the west, and half a league wide almost everywhere.] » #3213 Sir John Chardin, ed. Louis Langlès, Voyages du Chevalier Chardin en Perse et autres lieux de l’Orient, Nouvelle édition, Le Normant, Imprimeur-Libraire, Paris, 1811 ~ vol. 8 p. 204
SOURCE for Yudacoss

R44-008 Déguerdou
R44-008 Déguerdou : place IRN
NIMA/GNS feature: FRMQ UFI: 10342280 coordinate: lat 31.1618 long 52.2472
NIMA/GNS names: Deh Gerdu , ده گردو ,
VARIANT names: Dedergoe , Degardow , Degerdoo , Deguerdou , Degurdu , Deh Gerdu , Dehegerdow , Dehighirdu , Dih Gerdu ,
SOURCE for Dedergoe
« Le trente et unieme de ce mois nous arrivames fur les 10. heures à Dedergoe, village ſitué à 8. lieuës de Jefdegaes, où nous fümes furpris d'une groſſe tempête, et d'une pouffiere fi épaifle que nous avions de la peine à ouvrir les yeux, outre qu'il faifoit froid. [On the thirty-first of this month we arrived at 10 o'clock at Dedergoe, a village located 8 leagues from Jefdegaes, where we were surprised by a great storm, and a dusting so thick that we had difficulty opening our eyes, besides the fact that it was cold.] » #3227 LeBrun, Corneille, Voyages de Corneille Le Brun par la Moscovie, en Perse, et aux Indes Orientales., Wetstein, Amsterdam, 1718 ~ pp. 255-6
SOURCE for Degardow
« Next night we lay in Whomgesh; next in Cuzcuzar [Khūshk-i-Zard); next we came to Bazeba-chow, and next to Degardow [Dih-i-girdū]: eight leagues from which place (and near Yezdycawz) we rode over a mountain of black marble (where doubtless are quarries of serpentine and porphyry, if the earth were examined). » #3211 ed Foster, William, Thomas Herbert, Travels in Persia (1627-1629), George Routledge and Sons, Ltd, London, 1928 ~ p. 118
SOURCE for Degerdoo
« In four hours more we came to a small station called Degerdoo, containing only a few huts, enclosed by square mud walla with bastions, and a small caravansera without. The distance of these Irtations was said to be eight fursucks, which we had come, for the first time, in an equal number of hours, having ridden a brisk pace in a large company. » #1185 Buckingham, J. S., Travels in Assyria, Media, and Persia, including a journey from Bagdad by Mount Zagros, to Hamadan, the ancient Ecbatana, researches in Ispahan and the ruins of Persepolis, and journey from thence by Shiraz and Shapoor to the sea-shore, Henry Colburn: Gregg International Publishers Limited, London: London, 1829:1971, ~ p. 256
SOURCE for Deguerdou
« J'arrivai de nuit à Déguerdou, sans avoir débridé de tout le jour. Mon bagage étoit sur quatre mules vigoureuses , et j'étois bien monté. » #3213 Sir John Chardin, ed. Louis Langlès, Voyages du Chevalier Chardin en Perse et autres lieux de l’Orient, Nouvelle édition, Le Normant, Imprimeur-Libraire, Paris, 1811 ~ vol. 8 p. 221
SOURCE for Degurdu
« We kept on to Degurdu (1), signifying the Walnut Town, where grew never an one, and lodged our selves here before Noon, the Sun not in the least annoying us. fn 1 Dehgerdu of Curzon’s map (ii, 60). Pers. dih-girdu, “walnut village.” Herbert (148) writes Degardow : Tavernier (246) “ Dehigherdou, or the village of wall-nuts.” » #1591 Fryer, John M. D., A New Account of East-India and Persia in eight letters being nine years travel (Edited, with notes and an introduction, by William Crooke), Hakluyt Society:Kraus Reprint, 1909:1967, 3 vols. ~ p. 233
SOURCE for Deh Gerdu
SOURCE for Dehegerdow
« The 17th daye we came to Dehegerdow [Dih-i-girdu], a lit! towne in a veri barren place, but good water. Here we picht in the Duckes1 howse, hauing traveled 8 1ges. fayre waye but manye turninges.
fn. 1 i.e., Imam Quli Khan, Duke of Shiraz. »
#3214 Stodart, Robert; introduction and notes by Sir. E. Denison Ross, The Journal of Robert Stodart: Being an account of his experiences as a member of Sir Dodmore Cotton's Mission in Persia in 1628-29. Published from the unique manuscript preserved in the Bodleian Library, Luzac and Co, 1935 ~ p. 74
SOURCE for Dehighirdu
« Al far della notte ripigliammo di nuovo il cammino, e dopo otto leghe di strada, la mattina del giovedi, a buon'ora, arrivammo ad alloggiare nella villa Dehighirdu, che è tanto come a dire in lingua nostra, Villa delle noci, così detta per la molta quantità delle noci che ivi si trovano. Stemmo noi dentro al caravanserai che vi è, in mezzo del quale quattro belli e grandi alberi piantativi fanno ombra deliziosa. [At nightfall we set out again, and after eight leagues of road, early on Thursday morning, we arrived to lodge in the Dehighirdu villa, which is as much as to say in our language, Villa of the walnuts, so called because of the great quantity of walnuts that are found there. We stayed inside the caravanserai that is there, in the middle of which four beautiful and large plant trees give delightful shade.] » #1530 Pietro Della Valle, Viaggi di Pietro della Valle: il pellegrino, G. Gancia, Brighton, 1843, ~ vol. 2 p. 241-242
SOURCE for Dih Gerdu
« From Yazdikhwäst by the summer road to Shirāz.-From Yazdikhwāst in 8 leagues to Dih Girdū, » #1764 ed. Le Strange, G., The geographical part of the Nuzhat-al-qulub composed by Hamd-Alla¯h Mustawfi¯ of Qazwi¯n in 740 (1340), E.J. Brill, Leiden, 1919 ~ p. 176

R44-007a Gombes lalà
R44-007a Gombes lalà : place IRN
VARIANT names: Gombeslala , Gombez Lala , Gumbazellello , Gumber allalah , Gunbad-Qala ,
SOURCE for Gombeslala
« Gombeslala » in {map#1323 Itinéraire de Perse d'Ispaham à Siras, de Siras à Lar, et de Lar à Gombru prés d'Ormus / dressé sur la relation de Pietro della Vallé par P. Du-Val, , , fig. }
« On passe à mi-chemin un château de terre, flan-qué de quatre tours, qui n'est pas fort ruiné, quoiqu'il soit tout abandonné. On l'appelle Gom-bes lalà (2), parce qu'il est vis-à-vis d'une sépul-ture de saint, qui est sous un dôme; et l'on ap-pelle un dôme Gombes, en persan.fn. 2 Gombez lálá: le premier mot est arabe et signifie une voûte. et une coupole; il désigne aussi par extension une chapelle sépul-crale. On peut voir sur ce mot lala le tome Ier, pag. 6o, not. The-venot écrit gombez cala; gombez est le synonyme persan du ruot arabe qoubbéh; mais cala est une faute. (L-s.) [Halfway along, we pass an earthen castle, flanked by four towers, which is not very ruined, although it is completely abandoned. It is called Gom-bes lalà (2), because it is opposite a saint's tomb, which is under a dome; and a dome is called Gombes in Persian.fn. 2 Gombez lálá: the first word is Arabic and means a vault and a dome; it also designates, by extension, a sepulchral chapel. We can see this word lala in volume 1, page 60, note. The-venot writes gombez cala; gombez is the Persian synonym for the Arabic ruot qoubbéh; but cala is a mistake. (L-s.)] »
#3213 Sir John Chardin, ed. Louis Langlès, Voyages du Chevalier Chardin en Perse et autres lieux de l’Orient, Nouvelle édition, Le Normant, Imprimeur-Libraire, Paris, 1811 ~ vol. 8 p. 220
« De là je passai près d'un méchant château nommé Gombeslala, [From there I passed near a nasty castle called Gombeslala,] » #3144 Jean-Baptiste Tavernier, Pascal Pia, Voyages en Perse et description de ce royaume, E´d. du Carrefour, Paris, 1930 ~ p. 295
SOURCE for Gombez Lala
« The monarch dropping his whip, called to his follower to alight and take it up from the ground. The faithful slave did so; but in the act fell on the earth, and expired on the spot, from excessive exertion. He was accordingly buried here, and this tomb was erected to his memory: from which moment the place has been called Gombez Lala, or the Tomb of the Slave.' » #1185 Buckingham, J. S., Travels in Assyria, Media, and Persia, including a journey from Bagdad by Mount Zagros, to Hamadan, the ancient Ecbatana, researches in Ispahan and the ruins of Persepolis, and journey from thence by Shiraz and Shapoor to the sea-shore, Henry Colburn: Gregg International Publishers Limited, London: London, 1829:1971, ~ p.
SOURCE for Gumbazellello
« and next to Degardom, eight leagues from which place, (and neerer Tendycaus) we rode over afteepe Mountaine of black fhining Marble, (and where are Quarries of Serpentine and Porphyre, if the earth were lookt into) the defcent was ſo percipicious, that but by ragged ſteps and thoſe not a little dangerous, was no riding downe: howbeit downe we got, and that night rode to Gumbazellello famous in a Carvanforaw and the best wheat bread in Perfia:) » #1608 Herbert, Thomas, Sir, Some Yeares Travels into divers parts of Asia and Afrique. Describing especially the two famous Empires, the Persian, and great Mogull: weaved with the history of these later times ... With a revivall of the first discoverer of America. Revised and enlarged by the Author., Printed by R. Bip. for Jacob Blome and Richard Bishop, London, 1638, ~ p. 148
SOURCE for Gumber allalah
« Dann SSO 1 Stunde durch eine schmale Ebene zwischen nicht sehr hohen Bergen oder Hügeln, die mit Cementina und Dermina so reichlich bedeckt war, wie unsre Heide mit Eruca, bis Gumber allalah (Peigambar-e Allah?). In diesem verfallenen Schlosse, das ein starkes Tor hatte und ein klares süßes Quellwasser, wohnten einige Locri (?) (Luri, Bewohner Luristans?), wie auch ein unlängst angekommener Rahdâr. So wohl auch in einigen schwarzen Zelten, die bei dem Schlosse aufgeschlagen waren. [Then, for one hour south-southeast, across a narrow plain between low mountains or hills, covered with cementina and dermina as abundantly as our heath is with eruca, to Gumber Allah (Peigambar-e Allah?). In this dilapidated castle, which had a strong gate and a clear, sweet spring, lived some Locri (?) (Luri, inhabitants of Luristan?), as well as a recently arrived Rahdar. There were probably also some black tents pitched near the castle.] » #3220 Engelbert Kaempfer, ed. Karl Meier-Lemgo, Die Reisetagebu¨cher Engelbert Kaempfers, F. Steiner, Weisbaden, 1968 ~ p. 90
SOURCE for Gunbad-Qala
« Afterwards, one passed a little castle called Gunbad-Qal'a, where there was also a ruined village; Speelman calls it a small village, in which a few families only lived. It was an old fortress, with a tomb in which a holy man named Imāmzāda Muhammad Hājji was buried, providing the reason for its name (gunbad "dome"). The latter is confirmed by Chardin, who like Tavernier, also referred to a ruined castle with four towers. Kaempfer men-tioned the dilapidated fortress, which had good water, and was inhabited by some Lurs and a recently arrived rähdär. (52) The Dutch embassy in 1691 considered Gunbad-Qal'a to be a miserable karavansaray, which formerly had been a resort of rebels. Also, close by it was a square old tomb with an Imāmzāda, still partly tiled. The water was of reasonable quality. (53) The rebellion referred to must have taken place after July 1645, for Winninx mentions the stronghold as having been built a few years previously in order to provide security for travellers, because the area had been infested with bandits. (54)fn. 52 Speelman, pp. 125-6 (Gommesella; Mansada Mahometh Hasi; Gombes = dome); Thevenot, vol. II, p. 121 (Chotali-Naar-Schekeni; Gombez Cala); Kaempfer, Reisetagebücher, p. 91 (Gumber allalah); Winninx, 31 July (Combazala); via the mountain Naatsikan; Valentijn, vol. V, p. 260 (Combesilala); Tavernier, p. 295 (Kotel innal tekeheni; Gombeslala); Herbert, p. 118 (Gumbazelello) ascribed the best wheaten-bread to this town; Chardin, vol. VIII, p. 220 (Gombes lala).fn. 53 Valentijn, vol. V, p. 260; LeBrun, p. 308 (Gombes-Lala) a very small village.fn. 54 Winninx, 31 July. »
#1169 Floor, Willem, The Bandar Abbas-Isfahan Route in the Late Safavid era, Iran, Journal of the British Institute of Persian Studies, London, 1999, 37:67-94 ~ p. 72

R44-009 Keuch Kezar
R44-009 Keuch Kezar : place IRN
NIMA/GNS names: Kushk Zad , Kushk Zar , Kushk-e Zar , Kushk-e Zard , Kushk-e Zard , Kushk-i-Zard , Qasr-e Zar , کوشک زر , کوشک زرد ,
VARIANT names: caravansera Koosk Zer , Cuscuza Caravan Ser Raw , Cuskezar , Cuzcuzar , Keuch Kezar , Khushk-i-Zard , Kouchkizerd , Kouskiefar , Kusckiker al. Cuscuzar , Kushk-e Zard ,
SOURCE for caravansera Koosk Zer
« At noon we reached a ruined caravansera called Koosk Zer, said to have been built by Shah Abbas, and certainly wrought with more labour and expense than any preceding one that we bad seen. The brick-work was faced with large blocks of stone; the dome at the entrance was tiled; and there was fine sculptured frame-work at the gate, with inner chambers, and other conveniences. It was of an octagonal form within, and was altogetber a fine building, thougb it was now entirely abandoned. » #1185 Buckingham, J. S., Travels in Assyria, Media, and Persia, including a journey from Bagdad by Mount Zagros, to Hamadan, the ancient Ecbatana, researches in Ispahan and the ruins of Persepolis, and journey from thence by Shiraz and Shapoor to the sea-shore, Henry Colburn: Gregg International Publishers Limited, London: London, 1829:1971, ~ p. 257
SOURCE for Cuscuza Caravan Ser Raw
« We passed two Pharsangs to Cuscuzar (1), giving both Name to the Valley and Village: Here is a small but delicate Caravan Ser Raw, though something improvidently built, the Upper Part being too heavy for the Foundation, it being paved with large Square Stone over the Cloysters, which already begin to press down the Walls, which are most elegantly adorned with Painted Bricks and Polished Marbles, both too weak for so great a Weight.fn 1 Khushki Zard, some 25 miles by road N. of Asupas. Herbert writes the name in the same way as Fryer (148). "Two days Journey from thence [Mayen] you enter into the Plains of the Province of Cuscuzar, where the King of Persia keeps his race horses" (Tavernier, 66, 246). » #1591 Fryer, John M. D., A New Account of East-India and Persia in eight letters being nine years travel (Edited, with notes and an introduction, by William Crooke), Hakluyt Society:Kraus Reprint, 1909:1967, 3 vols. ~ p. 232
SOURCE for Cuskezar
« The 18th daye we came to Cuskezar [Khushk-i-Zard], a poor litle towne lying on a very large playne but very barren. In the on end of this towne vpon a litl hillok ther is a castle, wch maye be seene 5l1ges. off. Here we picht, hauing traveled 7 1ges. of very fayre waye, and lodged in a muskeet [mosque], wch we call a church. » #3214 Stodart, Robert; introduction and notes by Sir. E. Denison Ross, The Journal of Robert Stodart: Being an account of his experiences as a member of Sir Dodmore Cotton's Mission in Persia in 1628-29. Published from the unique manuscript preserved in the Bodleian Library, Luzac and Co, 1935 ~ p. 75
SOURCE for Cuzcuzar
« Next night we lay in Whomgesh; next in Cuzcuzar [Khūshk-i-Zard); next we came to Bazeba-chow, and next to Degardow [Dih-i-girdū]: eight leagues from which place (and near Yezdycawz) we rode over a mountain of black marble (where doubtless are quarries of serpentine and porphyry, if the earth were examined). » #3211 ed Foster, William, Thomas Herbert, Travels in Persia (1627-1629), George Routledge and Sons, Ltd, London, 1928 ~ p. 118
SOURCE for Keuch Kezar
« Le 8, je fis sept licues, et comme c'étoit par de belles plaines, où le chemin est fort uni, ma traite fut bien plus courte et moins rude que le jour précédent. Après quatre lieues de marche, je passai sur un petit pont de pierre une rivière étroite, mais profonde en tous temps, nommée Polichiokou (2), et après avoir fait les trois autres lieues, j'arrivai à Keuch Kezar, qui est un village gros de deux cents maisons, environné d'eaux de tous côtés. Keuch Kezar (3) veut dire pavil-fn. 2 Politcheknem; c'est le nom d'un pont de pierre, célébre auprès de Chyraz. (L-s.)fn.3 Lisez kiochh-zer, pavillon d'or. Environ à une lieue de sett Bourgade. P. della Valle (tom. IV, pag. 304) place un beau pont sur une rivière à laquelle il donne le nom de ce même bourg; Thêvenot le place à 7 grands åghåtch du precedent, et s'accorde avec Chardin pour y avoir trouvé des Circassiens transportés de leur pays natal par cihah Abbas Ier, vers 1604, qui vouloit par cette mesure reparer la population de quelques cantons de la Perse, et sur-tout affamer les armées turkes. (L-s.) [On the 8th, I made seven journeys, and as it was across beautiful plains, where the road is very smooth, my trek was much shorter and less arduous than the previous day. After four leagues of walking, I crossed a narrow but always deep river, named Polichiokou (2), on a small stone bridge. After traveling the other three leagues, I arrived at Keuch Kezar, which is a village with two hundred houses, surrounded by water on all sides. Keuch Kezar (3) means pavilion-fn. 2 Policheknem; it is the name of a stone bridge, famous near Chyraz. (L-s.)fn. 3 Read kiochh-zer, golden pavilion. About a league from this village. P. della Valle (volume IV, page 304) places a beautiful bridge over a river to which he gives the name of this same town; Thêvenot places it 7 large åghåtch from the previous one, and agrees with Chardin in having found Circassians transported there from their native country by cihah Abbas I, around 1604, who wanted by this measure to repair the population of some cantons of Persia, and above all to starve the Turkish armies. (L-s.)] »
#3213 Sir John Chardin, ed. Louis Langlès, Voyages du Chevalier Chardin en Perse et autres lieux de l’Orient, Nouvelle édition, Le Normant, Imprimeur-Libraire, Paris, 1811 ~ vol. 8 p. 221
SOURCE for Khushk-i-Zard
« Khushk-i-Zard » in {map#1213 India and adjacent countries 1:1,000,000, Persia, Surveyor General of India, 1936, University of Wisconsin fig. Sheet No. 17 Shiraz 1936}
« while the (shorter, western, or) sum-mer road is to the right, by Küshk-i-Zard. ... thence 7 to Küshk-i-Zard, » #1764 ed. Le Strange, G., The geographical part of the Nuzhat-al-qulub composed by Hamd-Alla¯h Mustawfi¯ of Qazwi¯n in 740 (1340), E.J. Brill, Leiden, 1919 ~ p. 176
SOURCE for Kouchkizerd
« Le deuxième, je marchai depuis minuit jusqu'à dix heures du matin parmi les neiges, ayant fait trois heures de chemin dans une plaine assez stérile, pour venir à Kouchkizerd où il y a un carvansera neuf et bien bâti. [The second, I walked from midnight until ten o'clock in the morning among the snows, having made three hours of journey in a rather barren plain, to come to Kouchkizerd where there is a new and well-built caravanserai.] » #3144 Jean-Baptiste Tavernier, Pascal Pia, Voyages en Perse et description de ce royaume, E´d. du Carrefour, Paris, 1930 ~ p. 295
SOURCE for Kouskiefar
« Nous arrivames fur les deux heures au village de Kouskiefar, qui a un bon Caravanserai de pierre, où nous nous arrétámes, [We arrived at the village of Kouskiefar in two hours, which has a good stone caravanserai, where we stopped,] » #3227 LeBrun, Corneille, Voyages de Corneille Le Brun par la Moscovie, en Perse, et aux Indes Orientales., Wetstein, Amsterdam, 1718 ~ p. 256
SOURCE for Kusckiker al. Cuscuzar
« A notte, dopo aver cenato, partimmo di là; e camminate due leghe, il venerdi matina poco innanzi l'alba arrivammo a riposarci nella villa Kusekizer, nella quale, oltre degli abitatori paesani, vi sono anche molte caso di Giorgiani e di Circassi, fattevi da questo re modernamente d'altronde, e di lontano trasmigrare. Circa una lega prima di arrivare alla villa, si passò per ponte di buona fabbrica un piccolo fiume, che io non so che abbia altro nome che il fiume di Kusekizer. [At night, after supper, we left there; and having walked two leagues, on Friday morning shortly before dawn we arrived to rest at the Kusekizer villa, in which, besides the inhabitants of the village, there are also many Georgians and Circassians, brought there by this king in modern times from elsewhere, and from far away. About a league before arriving at the villa, we crossed a small river by a well-made bridge, which I do not know of any other name than the river of Kusekizer.] » #1530 Pietro Della Valle, Viaggi di Pietro della Valle: il pellegrino, G. Gancia, Brighton, 1843, ~ vol. 2 p. 242
SOURCE for Kushk-e Zard
« The marshland ends. The hills on the W. recede for a short distance. The road rises slightly to within half a mile of Kushk-i-Zard, which is reached at 21 miles. The ruins of a spacious caravanserai give the place a somewhat imposing appearance. Attached to this is a walled and castellated mud village said to contain about 120 houses, of which only half, according to native report, are now inhabited, recent rains having wrought havoc in the village. The inhabitants are of Iliat origin. » #3113 Routes in Persia. vol. III, part I., Printed at the government monotype press, Simla, 1918 ~ p. 371

R44-010 Haspas
R44-010 Haspas : place IRN
NIMA/GNS names: Asopas , Aspas , Asupas , آسپاس ,
VARIANT names: Affapas , Affepofe , Asbas al Asepas , Aspas , Aspas , Assepose , Assoupas , Asspass , Asupas , Haspas , Rubat of Salah-ad-Din in the plain called Dasht Run ,
SOURCE for Affapas
« Nous y trouvames aufli des Arabes fous des tentes, et après a-voir côtoyé et traverſé bien des mon-tagnes nous arrivames le deuxième au bourg d'Affapas dans une plaine affez fertile, où les terres étoient toutes labourées et bien arrofees, et où il y a un Caravanferas de pierre. [We also found there Arabs crazy about tents, and after having been close to and crossed many mountains we arrived second at the town of Affapas in a fairly fertile plain, where the lands were all plowed and well watered, and where there is a stone Caravanferas.] » #3227 LeBrun, Corneille, Voyages de Corneille Le Brun par la Moscovie, en Perse, et aux Indes Orientales., Wetstein, Amsterdam, 1718 ~ p. 256
SOURCE for Affepofe
« Next night to Affepofe, notable only in an old mud Caftle, fometimes a garrifon; in and about which, are fourty thousand Georgians and Sarcaſshes, by profeflion Chriftians; by quality, Captives; a people much honouring Saint George the Cappadocian Biſhop their converter. They differ from Mahomitans (not in habit, but) in their gray eyes and long white hayre (Albani ab albo crine) after the mode of Antick Gallants, recorded by Pliny and Lucian, tiſſued with fillets of gold or filver. » #1608 Herbert, Thomas, Sir, Some Yeares Travels into divers parts of Asia and Afrique. Describing especially the two famous Empires, the Persian, and great Mogull: weaved with the history of these later times ... With a revivall of the first discoverer of America. Revised and enlarged by the Author., Printed by R. Bip. for Jacob Blome and Richard Bishop, London, 1638, ~ p. 148
SOURCE for Asbas al Asepas
« e'l sabato a mattina, al far del giorno, avendo camminato cinque leghe, giungemmo a riposare nella villa Asbås, la quale è situata a piè della rottura di un monte, presso un'acqua corrente che cala dalla stessa montagna, sopra la quale, accanto alla villa, è piantato un gran giardino, circondato di mora e di molti alberi di pioppi. [and on Saturday morning, at daybreak, having walked five leagues, we arrived to rest at the Asbås villa, which is situated at the foot of a cleft of a mountain, near a running water that flows from the same mountain, on which, next to the villa, is planted a large garden, surrounded by blackberries and many poplar trees.] » #1530 Pietro Della Valle, Viaggi di Pietro della Valle: il pellegrino, G. Gancia, Brighton, 1843, ~ vol. 2 p. 242
SOURCE for Aspas
« den 28. Nov. zum Dorf Aspas (Apps) in 7 Stunden 5 bis 6 Farsach. [On November 28th, we traveled to the village of Aspas (Apps) in 7 hours, passing 5 to 6 Farsach.] » #3220 Engelbert Kaempfer, ed. Karl Meier-Lemgo, Die Reisetagebu¨cher Engelbert Kaempfers, F. Steiner, Weisbaden, 1968 ~ p. 92
Den 28. October quamen wy tot Aspas in cea rodelyke Karrawanfera in cen dorp. Ook gingen wy voor by een Kar- rawanfera, leggende heel eenzasin tus ichen hoog gebergte van blaeuw Marmer. [On the 28th of October we came to Aspas in a very red Karrawanfera in a village. We also passed by a Karrawanfera, lying quite alone between a high mountain of blue marble.]
SOURCE for Assepose
« The 19th daye being Sundaye wee came to Assepose [Asupas], a fine litle towne at the bottom of a high hill. Here we picht, haueing traveled 5 1ges. of very fayr waye. Here is good store of good water, and som good wyne sould by captiue Georgian Cristians. » #3214 Stodart, Robert; introduction and notes by Sir. E. Denison Ross, The Journal of Robert Stodart: Being an account of his experiences as a member of Sir Dodmore Cotton's Mission in Persia in 1628-29. Published from the unique manuscript preserved in the Bodleian Library, Luzac and Co, 1935 ~ p. 75
SOURCE for Assoupas
« Le troisième, je fus à cheval depuis cinq heures jusques à midi, pre-mièrement dans la même plaine au long d'un étang par de très mauvais chemins pleins de neige qui cachaient des trous, puis ayant passé une montagne fort longue et fücheuse, je descendis à un gros village nommé Assoupas, où l'on voit sur une butte un château ruiné. Les habitants sont de race géorgienne, mais ils se sont faits mahométans. J'y trouvai du vin et du poisson, parce qu'il y a plusieurs ruisseaux, mais le carvansera est vieux et mal en ordre. [On the third day, I rode from five o'clock until noon, first across the same plain along a pond on very bad, snow-covered roads that concealed potholes, then, having crossed a very long and steep mountain, I descended to a large village called Assoupas, where a ruined castle can be seen on a hill. The inhabitants are of Georgian descent, but they have converted to Islam. I found wine and fish there, because there are several streams, but the caravanserai is old and in disrepair.] » #3144 Jean-Baptiste Tavernier, Pascal Pia, Voyages en Perse et description de ce royaume, E´d. du Carrefour, Paris, 1930 ~ p. 295
SOURCE for Asspass
« we enjoyed this Accommodation till we came to Asspass (1), four Pharsangs; it is a Village shelter'd by the Mountains on the North,fn 1 Asupas, the Assepose of Herbert (148). "The road then passes for about ten miles through an undulating and very barren country, to a nick leading through a chain of hills on the right; but from this point there is a continuous and decided fall to the plain on which stands the town of Yezdikhast. In the whole distance from Asapas to Yezdikhast not one single tree was observed, far or near. The wretched village of Deh Girda and a small port near Khushki Zard (said to be occupied) were the only human habitations visible, except the black tents of the Ilyats" (Goldsmid, 194). » #1591 Fryer, John M. D., A New Account of East-India and Persia in eight letters being nine years travel (Edited, with notes and an introduction, by William Crooke), Hakluyt Society:Kraus Reprint, 1909:1967, 3 vols. ~ vol. 2 p. 231
SOURCE for Asupas
SOURCE for Haspas
« La plupart des habllans de Haspas étoîent autrefois chr(^tlens. Ils sont originaires de Circassie, de Géorgie et d'Ibérie, ayant été amenés dans cette province il y a plus de cent cinquante ans par les rois Talimas et Ismaël, et depuis par Abas, dans les conquêtes qu'ils firent en ces pays septentrionaux. [Most of the inhabitants of Haspas were formerly Christians. They originated from Circassia, Georgia, and Iberia, having been brought to this province more than one hundred and fifty years ago by Kings Talimas and Ishmael, and later by Abbas, in the conquests they made in these northern lands.] » #3213 Sir John Chardin, ed. Louis Langlès, Voyages du Chevalier Chardin en Perse et autres lieux de l’Orient, Nouvelle édition, Le Normant, Imprimeur-Libraire, Paris, 1811 ~ vol. 8 p. 225
SOURCE for Rubat of Salah-ad-Din in the plain called Dasht Run
« to the Rubat of Salah-ad-Din in the plain called Dasht Rün » #1764 ed. Le Strange, G., The geographical part of the Nuzhat-al-qulub composed by Hamd-Alla¯h Mustawfi¯ of Qazwi¯n in 740 (1340), E.J. Brill, Leiden, 1919 ~ p. 176

R44-011 Ujon : place IRN
NIMA/GNS names: Kannas , Kannas-e Sofla , Kenas-e Pa'in , Kenas-e Sofla , Ujan , کناس سفلی ,
VARIANT names: Oedjan , Oesjoen , Ojoan , O-jone , Ondgiom , Oojan , Oudjan , Ugian , Ujan , Ujon , Vgion , Yeioone ,
SOURCE for Oedjan
« Den 29. dito zyn wy tot Oedjan gekomen. Daar is een kappelletje met een koepel-Torenje daar boven, WART in bloot ftaat een house kift, daar Imam Sada, een van hunne Heiligen, in legt, ftaande in een vermakelyke thuin, en aynde een redelyk gebouw. [On the 29th we arrived in Oedjan. There was a small chapel with a domed tower above it. A house of wood stood in the open, where Imam Sada, one of their saints, resided. It stood in a pleasant garden and was a reasonable building.] » #2655 Francois Valentyn, Oud en nieuw Oost-Indien vervattende een naaukeurige en uitvoerige verhandelinge van Nederlands mogentheyd in die gewesten, benevens eene wydlustige beschryvinge der Moluccos ...,, Joannes van Braam, 1726, ~ vol. 5 p. 261
SOURCE for Oesjoen
« Nous y reftames juſques à mi-nuit, et arrivames le troisième au bourg d'Oesjøen, où il y a aufli un Caravanserai de pierre, à côté du-quel il paffe un canal. [We stayed there until midnight, and arrived on the third day at the town of Oesjøen, where there is also a stone caravanserai, next to which a canal passes.] » #3227 LeBrun, Corneille, Voyages de Corneille Le Brun par la Moscovie, en Perse, et aux Indes Orientales., Wetstein, Amsterdam, 1718 ~ p. 256
SOURCE for Ojoan
« At Noon-day we overcame an high Mountain after a troublesome Luctation, this delivering us to another Golden Plain of Ojoan (1), gilded over with Ripe Wheat, being no more than Five Miles from Maijm. fn 1 O-Jone of Herbert (147), Ujan in Curzon's map: "The place where Bahram Gur, the sporting Sassanian monarch, lost his life in a quicksand while pursuing the wild ass, from which he was named" (Curzon, ii, 68). For this incident, see Rawlinson, Seventh Oriental Monarchy, 298 f. » #1591 Fryer, John M. D., A New Account of East-India and Persia in eight letters being nine years travel (Edited, with notes and an introduction, by William Crooke), Hakluyt Society:Kraus Reprint, 1909:1967, 3 vols. ~ vol. 2 p. 229
SOURCE for O-jone
« Next night we lodgd (flept I cannot fay) in o-jone, a village of thirty Families, all of them Prophets or Prophets children. We ever found leaft profit, where Prophets dwelt, no wine nor grapes allowd to grow amongst them; not that wine is bad, but out of a Tradition they have, that it is the blood of thoſe Gyants that warr'd against the Gods. Next day we rode over moft craggy, steep, and terrible high hills, » #1608 Herbert, Thomas, Sir, Some Yeares Travels into divers parts of Asia and Afrique. Describing especially the two famous Empires, the Persian, and great Mogull: weaved with the history of these later times ... With a revivall of the first discoverer of America. Revised and enlarged by the Author., Printed by R. Bip. for Jacob Blome and Richard Bishop, London, 1638, ~ p. 147
SOURCE for Ondgiom
« Le quatrième eſtant parti au jour je marchay le long d'une plaine que Cha-Abas I. du nom avoit donné à cultiver aux Georgiens, et fur les onze heures j'arrivay à Ondgiom bon village fur une riviere qui paffle ſous un beau pont de pierre. Le Carvanſera eſtoit ſi ſale que je fus contraint de coucher dehors. [The fourth one, having set out at daybreak, I marched along a plain that Cha-Abas I had given to the Georgians to cultivate, and at eleven o'clock I arrived at Ondgiom, a good village on a river that flows under a beautiful stone bridge. The carvansera was so filthy that I was forced to sleep outside.] » #3632 Tavernier, Jean-Baptiste, Les six voyages de Jean Baptiste Tavernier, Ecuyer Baron d'Aubonne, qu'il a fait en Turquie, en Perse, et aux Indes,, Chez Gervais Clouzier et Claude Barbin, 1676 ~ p. 655
SOURCE for Oojan
« Nothing worthy of remark occurred, till ,ye reached the valley of Oojan, in which, at a small village of the same name, it was intended we should halt for the night. This valley is an extensive grazing, ,vhere the Prince occasionally sends his brood mares and their produce; and where there are no villages, besides the one in question ; which formerly was situated close to the road, near a ruined caravanserai, the common,halting place of travellers. » #1864 Fraser, J. B., A Narrative of a Journey into Khorasan in the years 1821 and 1822, Longman, Hurst, Rees, Orme, Brown and Green, London, 1825, ~ p. 113
SOURCE for Oudjan
« Le quatrième, étant parti au jour, je marchai le long d'une plaine que Cha-Abas premier du nom avait donné à cultiver aux Géorgiens, et sur les onze heures j'arrivai à Oudjan, bon village sur une rivière [The fourth, having set off at daybreak, I walked along a plain that Cha-Abas the first of that name had given to the Georgians to cultivate, and around eleven o'clock I arrived at Oudjan, a good village on a river ] » #3144 Jean-Baptiste Tavernier, Pascal Pia, Voyages en Perse et description de ce royaume, E´d. du Carrefour, Paris, 1930 ~ p. 295
SOURCE for Ugian
« Erano intorno a tre ore di notte quando noi partimmo, e la domenica del dieci di ottobre con poco cammino di solo quattro leghe, la mattina all' alba, arrivammo a riposare nel caravanserai, cominciato a fab-bricare, ma non finito, di una villa chiamata Ugian, le rendite della quale sono dedicate alla sepoltura che ivi è di tin principe de'tempi addietro della casa reale, detto per nome sultah Seid Ahmed, che passando una volta di là, per caso vi mori, e fa sepolto in quel luogo [It was about three o'clock at night when we set out, and on Sunday the tenth of October, after a short journey of only four leagues, at dawn in the morning, we arrived to rest in the caravanserai, begun to build, but not finished, of a villa called Ugian, the revenues of which are dedicated to the burial that is there of a prince of former times of the royal house, called by name Sultan Seid Ahmed, who once passing that way, by chance died there, and is buried in that place.] » #1530 Pietro Della Valle, Viaggi di Pietro della Valle: il pellegrino, G. Gancia, Brighton, 1843, ~ vol. 2 p. 243
SOURCE for Ujan
SOURCE for Ujon
« Le 10, je partis de Haspas, et après quatre lieues de chemin, que je ne fis qu'en six heures, quoique j'allasse bon train, et que le chemin fùt plein et uni, j'arrivai à Ujon (1), village de cinquante maisons, situé sur le bord d'une rivière, qui est fort grosse et fort rapide durant l'hiver, et dangereuse à passer à cause des inon-dations qu'elle fait de tous côtés. On voit au bout méridional une petite mosquée carrée, avec des jardins à l'entour, dans laquelle est le tombeau de Sultan Sahied Ahmedfn. 1 Oùdjann est situé, suivant la manière de compter de P. della Valle à quatre lieues d'Asapas; Thévenot compte quatre aghatch entre ces deux villages. Ce voyageur et Tavernier ne purent loger dans le karavanserây d'Oudjaun, à cause de sa saleté et de l'odeur infecte qu'y répandoient les charognes dispersées dans le voisinage. P. della Valle prononce Vadján, mais je crois que la prononciation indiquée par Chardin, et rectifiée quant à l'orthographe dans cette note, est la meilleure; elle se trouve confirmée par le texte de la relation de D. Garcias de Silva Figueroa (pag. 167 et 341), qui écrit Ugion. P. della Valle (t. IV, p.305) nomme le prince inhumé dans cet endroit, sulthan Ahhmed Seid, et dit que c'etoit le fils du fanteux Ismael Sséfy. Thévenot (t. IV. p. 426) dit simplement que c'est le fils d'un roi appelé châh Zadeh Kaûser îmani Dja'fer, qu'ils tien-nent pour saint: en effet, l'hermite ou dervych de la mosquée vint trouver D. Garcias de Silva Figueroa, et lui apprit que quantité d'hommes et de femmes malades, aveugles, boiteux, y recouvroient la santé par l'intercession de ce grand saint, dont les miracles étoient consignés sur un grand registre bien paraphé. (L-s.) [On the 10th, I left Haspas, and after four leagues of travel, which I covered in only six hours, although I was going at a good pace, and the road was full and smooth, I arrived at Ujon (1), a village of fifty houses, located on the banks of a river, which is very large and rapid during the winter, and dangerous to cross because of the floods it causes on all sides. At the southern end, one can see a small square mosque, with surrounding gardens, in which is the tomb of Sultan Sahied Ahmed.fn. 1 Oùdjann is located, according to P. della Valle's method of reckoning, four leagues from Asapas; Thévenot counts four aghatch between these two villages. This traveler and Tavernier could not stay in the karavanserây of Oudjaun, because of its filth and the foul odor spread there by the carrion scattered in the vicinity. P. della Valle pronounces Vadján, but I believe that the pronunciation indicated by Chardin, and corrected as to the spelling in this note, is the best; it is confirmed by the text of the account of D. Garcias de Silva Figueroa (pages 167 and 341), who writes Ugion. P. della Valle (vol. IV, p.305) names the prince buried in this place, Sultan Ahhmed Seid, and says that he was the son of the fantastic Ismael Sséfy. Thévenot (t. IV. p. 426) simply says that he is the son of a king called shah Zadeh Kaûser îmani Dja'fer, whom they consider a saint: in fact, the hermit or dervych of the mosque came to find D. Garcias de Silva Figueroa, and told him that many sick, blind, and lame men and women were recovering their health through the intercession of this great saint, whose miracles were recorded in a large, well-initialed register. (L-s.)] »
#3213 Sir John Chardin, ed. Louis Langlès, Voyages du Chevalier Chardin en Perse et autres lieux de l’Orient, Nouvelle édition, Le Normant, Imprimeur-Libraire, Paris, 1811 ~ vol. 8 p. 226-7
SOURCE for Vgion
« Miercoles, onze del dicho mes, se caminaron tres le-guas hasta Vgion, aldea pequeña; fueron las dos leguas de este camino asperissimas por la subida y deçendida de una sierra, tan agria y llena de grandes piedras que se padecio grandissimo trabaxo, [Wednesday, the eleventh of the said month, three leagues were traveled to Vgion, a small village; the first two leagues of this road were extremely rough due to the ascent and descent of a mountain range, so rugged and full of large stones that great hardship was suffered,] » #3245 García de Silva y Figueroa, Manuel Serrano y Sanz, Comentarios De D. Garcia De Silva Y Figueroa De La Embajada Que De Parte Del Rey De España Don Felipe III Hizo Al Rey Xa Abas De Persia, La Spciedad de Bibliofilos Espanoles, Madrid, 1905 ~ vol. 2 p. 11
SOURCE for Yeioone
« The 20th daye we came to Yeioone [Ujan], 20 a litle towne wher the Kinges Vncl (1) is intoomed, wher we picht and bayeted boa.th or selfes and or horses, hauing traveled 4 1ges. of playne sandi waye. Here is good water.
fn.1 Probably Shah Isma'il II. »
#3214 Stodart, Robert; introduction and notes by Sir. E. Denison Ross, The Journal of Robert Stodart: Being an account of his experiences as a member of Sir Dodmore Cotton's Mission in Persia in 1628-29. Published from the unique manuscript preserved in the Bodleian Library, Luzac and Co, 1935 ~ p. 75

R44-012 Mayn : place IRN
NIMA/GNS names: Mahian , Mahin , Ma'in , Ma'ini , Qal`eh Now-e Ma'in , مائین ,
VARIANT names: Mahin , Maiiu , Maijm , Ma'in , Maiyan , Majien , Mayin , Mayn , Moyeeme , Moy-Own ,
SOURCE for Mahin
« Aquella noche dio orden el Enbaxador para que la caravana con la mayor parte de sus criados se fuesen camino derecho á Mahin, [That night the Ambassador gave orders for the caravan, with most of his servants, to go straight to Mahin.] » #3245 García de Silva y Figueroa, Manuel Serrano y Sanz, Comentarios De D. Garcia De Silva Y Figueroa De La Embajada Que De Parte Del Rey De España Don Felipe III Hizo Al Rey Xa Abas De Persia, La Spciedad de Bibliofilos Espanoles, Madrid, 1905 ~ vol. 1 pp. 368-9
« mayormente de nogales, de manera que parecia un muy espeso bosque. Auia en este lugar, demas de los naturales vezinos suyos, una gran colonia de çircassos que dos años antes el rey de Persia, [At nine o'clock in the morning they arrived at Mahin, after having crossed a small river full of groves and which carried very clear and cold water; Mahin is an open place of five or six hundred houses, all of them among many gardens and orchards with large groves,] » #3245 García de Silva y Figueroa, Manuel Serrano y Sanz, Comentarios De D. Garcia De Silva Y Figueroa De La Embajada Que De Parte Del Rey De España Don Felipe III Hizo Al Rey Xa Abas De Persia, La Spciedad de Bibliofilos Espanoles, Madrid, 1905 ~ vol. 2 p. 8
SOURCE for Maiiu
Dopo di questo si andò tre o quattro altre leghe sempre per valloni stretti tra montagne; ed alfine, avendo camminato in tutto sei o sette leghe, il lunedi, passato mezzogiorno di un pezzo, arrivammo ad una villa grossa, chiamata Maiiu, dove abitano [After this we went on for three or four more leagues, always through narrow valleys between mountains; and finally, having walked in all six or seven leagues, on Monday, well past midday, we arrived at a large village, called Maiiu, where they live.]
SOURCE for Maijm
« wherefore we were forced to march Twenty Miles farther, to Maijm (1), before either we or our Cattel baited; fn 1 Mayin, the Moyoun of Herbert (147). It lies N. W. of Persepolis. "Three days journey from Schiras you pass the Mountain of Mayen, a little City where there is nothing worthy observation" (Tavernier, 66). "Turning to the west from Persepolis, we passed along the left bank of the Bandamir for about 25 miles. Our route then entered a valley in the hills which had hitherto bounded the plains on the right, and following the valley almost to its source, past the villages Maiyin and Imāmzādah Ismail, led us to a very steep and stony pass, from the summit of which we again descended (but in a less degree) to the dreary Maiyin with its long row of trees and gardens" (Goldsmid, 193 f.). » #1591 Fryer, John M. D., A New Account of East-India and Persia in eight letters being nine years travel (Edited, with notes and an introduction, by William Crooke), Hakluyt Society:Kraus Reprint, 1909:1967, 3 vols. ~ vol. 2 p. 228
SOURCE for Ma'in
SOURCE for Maiyan
« 3. MAIYÁN Leave Chambúraki at first in E. direction for about 3 miles. Reach bridge over the Kur or Band i-Amir; here a very fair stream. Then turn due W. Road lies along the base of bare cliffs, till the range they belong to is turned on entering the small side valley of Maiyán. This turning of the range must occur at about 15 miles from Aiyub by the road, but there is a shorter cut, a bridle path, a little more direct to about the place where the stream from Maiyán, which joins the Kur, turns the hill. » #3461 India. Quarter Master General's Department. Intelligence Branch, Routes in Persia, Government Central Branch Press, Simla, 1887 ~ p. 479
SOURCE for Majien
« Le bourg de Majien, où nous étions, cit affez grand et rempli de jardins fruitiers, et de vignes, dont il y en a de fauvages fur les montagnes. Le pais qui eft entre deux eft fort agreable et bien arrofé par un canal, qui paffe au travers du village. [The village of Majien, where we were, is quite large and full of fruit gardens and vineyards, some of which are wild in the mountains. The land between them is very pleasant and well watered by a canal which runs through the village.] » #3227 LeBrun, Corneille, Voyages de Corneille Le Brun par la Moscovie, en Perse, et aux Indes Orientales., Wetstein, Amsterdam, 1718 ~ p. 258
SOURCE for Mayin
« to the town of Mäyin, and all the roads leading to Mayin are very stony. » #1764 ed. Le Strange, G., The geographical part of the Nuzhat-al-qulub composed by Hamd-Alla¯h Mustawfi¯ of Qazwi¯n in 740 (1340), E.J. Brill, Leiden, 1919 ~ p. 176
SOURCE for Mayn
« Mayn est un gros bourg de trois cents maisons. C'a élë autrefois une grosse ville, et il en a encore le titre dans les gëographies persanes. [Mayn is a large village of three hundred houses. It was once a large city, and it still bears the title in Persian geographies. ] » #3213 Sir John Chardin, ed. Louis Langlès, Voyages du Chevalier Chardin en Perse et autres lieux de l’Orient, Nouvelle édition, Le Normant, Imprimeur-Libraire, Paris, 1811 ~ vol. 8 p. 231
« Je marchay quelque temps entre de hauts et rudes rochers, aprés quoy je trouvay une petite riviere qui court juſques à Mayn petite ville où je logeay dans un beau Carvanfera. [I walked for some time among high and rugged rocks, after which I found a small river that runs to Mayn, a small town where I stayed in a beautiful Carvanfera.] » #3632 Tavernier, Jean-Baptiste, Les six voyages de Jean Baptiste Tavernier, Ecuyer Baron d'Aubonne, qu'il a fait en Turquie, en Perse, et aux Indes,, Chez Gervais Clouzier et Claude Barbin, 1676 ~ p. 655
SOURCE for Moyeeme
« This night we came to Moyeeme [Main], being 6 lges. of stonie and craggi waye, hauing a great hill for to passe over between Yeioone and Imomismoile (2)2 [Imamzada Isma'il]. Here we picht in the Calantars howse, haueing this daye traveled 10 lges. Here is good water.
fn. 2Sir William Foster gives the Imamzac.la Isma'Il as being 11½ miles north of MaIn. The tomb is said to be that of a son of the Imam Musa al-Kazim »
SOURCE for Moy-Own
« After two dayes ſtay in view of old Persepolis, the eight and twentieth day we took horfe, and that night rid foure and twentie miles to a Town cald Moy-own; in midway twixt which two Townes, we noted a high im-pregnable mount, at whoſe top, ftood defperately a Cattle ſo fortified by Narure and induftrie, as may be thought impregnable. » #1608 Herbert, Thomas, Sir, Some Yeares Travels into divers parts of Asia and Afrique. Describing especially the two famous Empires, the Persian, and great Mogull: weaved with the history of these later times ... With a revivall of the first discoverer of America. Revised and enlarged by the Author., Printed by R. Bip. for Jacob Blome and Richard Bishop, London, 1638, ~ p. 147

R44-012a Pol-e Now
R44-012a Pol-e Now : place IRN (bridge)
NIMA/GNS feature: BDG UFI: -3078465 coordinate: lat 30.0483 long 52.6973
NIMA/GNS names: Pol Now , Pol Now Kuchak , Pol Now-e Kuchek , Pol-e Now , Pol-e Now Kuchek , پل نو ,
Supplement: 5 arches
VARIANT names: old bridge , Pol-e Now , Pouli-now , Pul-i Naw , Puli-neu , stone bridge four arches ,
SOURCE for old bridge
« When we bad gone two fursucks from our first turning off tbe high road, we arrived at an old bridge, of eigbt or ten arebes, the centre one about twenty feet in span, and tbirty in height. This was a Mohammedan work, and had been often repaired both with brick and stone, but it was now falling fast to decay, though it was still passable. A rapid stream ran here in a deep bed, and bent its course south-easterly, througb the great plain of Merdusht, now open before us. ... We were joined here by an old man of a neighbouring village, from whom we learned that this stream was the river Bund Ameer, which bad its rise in the mountains of Komfirouze, at a distance of ten short days' journeys to the north-west, being the limits of Fars on the borders of the Bactiari. About five years since, he said, it had swelled 80 high in winter, that it rose over the bridge, which was full fifty feet above its present level, inundated this narrow entrance into the plain, extending from mountain to mountain on each side, and rendered the road impasasble for several weeks. For the two last years, however, he added, it had been almost dry, from the general failure of the rains; and indeed it was now easily fordable in the deepest part, though the stream was still running with great force and rapidity. » #1185 Buckingham, J. S., Travels in Assyria, Media, and Persia, including a journey from Bagdad by Mount Zagros, to Hamadan, the ancient Ecbatana, researches in Ispahan and the ruins of Persepolis, and journey from thence by Shiraz and Shapoor to the sea-shore, Henry Colburn: Gregg International Publishers Limited, London: London, 1829:1971, ~ p. 264
SOURCE for Pol-e Now
SOURCE for Pouli-now
« In addition, there was a five-arched bridge called the Pul-i Naw (Pouli-now) or New Bridge, though it was somewhat ruinous in 1665. The bridge had been built by an Indian mer-chant, and at this point the river was locally called Ab-i Pul-i Naw (Abpulneu), the New Bridge River.ref 1169 p74 » #1169 Floor, Willem, The Bandar Abbas-Isfahan Route in the Late Safavid era, Iran, Journal of the British Institute of Persian Studies, London, 1999, 37:67-94 ~ p. 74
SOURCE for Pul-i Naw
« Thence in 4 leagues-passing by the Castles of Istakhr and Shikastah, which overhang the road on the left hand to Pül-i-Naw (New Bridge, over the Kur), » #1764 ed. Le Strange, G., The geographical part of the Nuzhat-al-qulub composed by Hamd-Alla¯h Mustawfi¯ of Qazwi¯n in 740 (1340), E.J. Brill, Leiden, 1919 ~ p. 176
SOURCE for Puli-neu
« Si trovava qui un ponte di buona fabbrica di mattoni, che se ben è vecchio e coi parapetti tutti rovinati, lo chiamano non-dimeno puli neu, cioè ponte nuovo, nome che dovette restargli infin da quando fu fatto. [Here there was a bridge made of good bricks, which although it is old and with its parapets all ruined, they nevertheless call it puli neu, that is, new bridge, a name which must have remained ever since it was built.] » #1530 Pietro Della Valle, Viaggi di Pietro della Valle: il pellegrino, G. Gancia, Brighton, 1843, ~ vol. 2 p. 244
« Ce pont est de pierres de taille, haut et élevé, fait en dos d'àne, comme la plupart des ponts de Perse, qui sont sur les grands chemins, de ma-nière que, pour les passer, il faut toujours monter et descendre. La grande arche du pont est creuse; il y a une chambre pour prendre le frais, et pour regarder le fleuve, ce qui se voit à presque tous les grands ponts de la Perse. Celui-ci s'appelle Puli-neu, c'est-à-dire, le Pont-Neuf (1). Un marchand des Indes, qui avoit gagné beaucoup de bien dans ses voyages, le fit bâtir.fn.1 Lisez Pouli neou. Dès 1618 et 1619, l'ambassadeur espagnol D. Garcias de Silva Figueroa avoit trouvé ce Pont-Neuf tellement ruiné qu'on avoit jeté sur l'arche du milieu, qui étoit entièrentent rompue des arbres recouverts de planches et de terre. Ces arbres, quoique tres-gros, trembloient sous les pieds des voyageurs, à cause de leur grande portée. P. della Valle et Thévenot ne paroissent pas l'avoir tronvé en meilleur état. Le premier dit qu'il est en briques et bordé d'un parapet. C. le Bruyn s'accorde avec Chardin, et dit qu'il est ca pierres. (L-s.) [This bridge is made of cut stone, high and lofty, made in the shape of a humpback, like most of the bridges in Persia, which are on the main roads, so that, to cross them, one must always go up and down. The great arch of the bridge is hollow; there is a room for taking in the air, and for looking at the river, which is seen on almost all the great bridges in Persia. This one is called Puli-neu, that is to say, the New Bridge (1). A merchant from the Indies, who had earned a lot of money in his travels, had it built.
fn.1 Read Puli neou. As early as 1618 and 1619, the Spanish ambassador D. Garcias de Silva Figueroa had found this New Bridge so ruined that trees covered with planks and earth had been thrown onto the middle arch, which was completely broken. These trees, although very large, trembled under the feet of travelers, because of their great reach. P. della Valle and Thévenot do not appear to have found it in better condition. The first says that it is made of bricks and bordered by a parapet. C. le Bruyn agrees with Chardin, and says that it is made of stones. (L-s.)] »
SOURCE for stone bridge four arches
« On trouve en cet endroit deux chemins qui conduilent et Perfepolis, l'on a ganche, à côté de ces deux montagnes, et l'autre à droite, proche de la premiere, où il y a un pont de pierre à quatre arches fur is riviere de Bendemir, laquelle les anciens nommoient Corus, Corius ou Cyrus, à laquelle ils en joignent une autre fous le nom d'Araxe, dont il eft fait mention dans la vie d'Alexandre le Grand, laquelle ils nomment aufli Cyropolis ou Cyrefchatas. [In this place there are two roads which lead to Perfepolis, one on the left, next to these two mountains, and the other to the right, near the first, where there is a four-arched stone bridge on the river of Bendemir, which the ancients called Corus, Corius or Cyrus, to which they add another under the name of Araxe, which is mentioned in the life of Alexander the Great, which they also call Cyropolis or Cyrefchatas.] » #3227 LeBrun, Corneille, Voyages de Corneille Le Brun par la Moscovie, en Perse, et aux Indes Orientales., Wetstein, Amsterdam, 1718 ~ p. 258

R44-014 Puligourc
R44-014 Puligourc : place IRN
Supplement: NIMA/GNS data states this is a LCTY Localitty.NIMA/GNS data, it is also a bridge
VARIANT names: Poelegorck , Poligorg , Polygore , Pul-i Gurg , Puligourc , Pul-i-Gurg ,
SOURCE for Poelegorck
« Poelegorck: lees: Pul-i-Gurg = wolvenbrug, dorp aan de route Gamron-Ispahan. [Poelegorck: read: Pul-i-Gurg = wolf bridge, village on the Gamron-Ispahan route.] » #2780 Rijks geschiedkundige publicatiën Grote serie · Volume 72 Bronnen tot de geschiedenis der Oostindische Compagnie in Perzie, 1611-1638., Martinus Nijhoff, The Hague, 1930, ~ p. 808
SOURCE for Poligorg
« Thevenot and LeBrun chose the road which passed via the villages of Fagrabaet and Assaf over the Pul-i Gurg (Poligorg), a causeway, which had many arches and was 2,000 paces long. In the middle there was a bridge one hundred paces long. » #1169 Floor, Willem, The Bandar Abbas-Isfahan Route in the Late Safavid era, Iran, Journal of the British Institute of Persian Studies, London, 1999, 37:67-94 ~ p. 74
SOURCE for Polygore
« And now taking the direct Road for Spahaun, I had joined with me an Armenian Frenchman (a Wealthy Trader), a Dominican and a Carmelite Friar. Early in the Morning of the following Day we had forsaken Siras, we made Polygore (1), Six Pharsangs; it is a famous Caravan. without Entertainment, by reason of bad Water; wherefore at Night we reached Aubgurrum (2), an old Caravan Ser Raw, better provided with Water, though the Name of the Place would intimate nothing less, being called the Hot Water; this is Three Pharsangs beyond Polygore.
fn. 1 This place has not been certainly traced. Prof. Browne suggests Pul-i-gor, perhaps meaning "bridge of the wild ass." s." There is a place marked on the Indian Government map called Pul-i-gurg (? "Wolf-bridge") about 17 miles N. of Shiraz as the crow flies.fn.2 Ab-i-garm, the "hot springs," not found in any map. »
#1591 Fryer, John M. D., A New Account of East-India and Persia in eight letters being nine years travel (Edited, with notes and an introduction, by William Crooke), Hakluyt Society:Kraus Reprint, 1909:1967, 3 vols. ~ vol. 2 p. 346
SOURCE for Pul-i Gurg
SOURCE for Puligourc
« de manière qu'il les faut traverser sur les ponts, mais qui, dans l'hiver et dans le printemps, inondent si fort cette plaine, qu'on ne la pourroit passer sans cette digue. On la nomme Puligourc, c'est-à-dire, le pont des loups, parce qu'il y en a quantité dans le voisinage. Elle aboutit à un caravanserai, qui est des plus magnifiques et des plus grands de la Perse; cinq cents personnes y pourroient loger avec leur équipage. On l'appelle le caravanserai de Puligoure, comme la digue, et aussi le caravanserai de l' Assef (1), de la qualité de celui qui le fit bâtir, qui étoit l'assef, ou le visir, c'est-à-dire, l'intendant de Chiras, cdu temps de Séfi Ier, il y a quelque soixante ans.
fn. 1 Voyez sur ce mot ma noie, t. V, p. 275. ( L-s. ) [so that they must be crossed on the bridges, but which, in winter and spring, flood this plain so heavily that it could not be crossed without this dike. It is called Puligourc, that is to say, the bridge of wolves, because there are many of them in the vicinity. It ends at a caravanserai, which is one of the most magnificent and largest in Persia; five hundred people could lodge there with their equipage. It is called the caravanserai of Puligoure, like the dike, and also the caravanserai of Assef (1), from the quality of the one who had it built, who was the assef, or the vizier, that is to say, the intendant of Chiras, in the time of Sefi I, some sixty years ago.
fn. 1 See on this word ma noie, t. V, p. 275. ( L-s. )] »
SOURCE for Pul-i-Gurg
« Pul-i-Gurg » in {map#1245 in #3226 Cornelis Janszoon Speelman Ed. A. Hotz, Journaal der reis van den gezant der O.I. Compagnie Joan Cunaeus naar perzië in 1651-1652, J. Müller, 1908 ~ fig. Route-kaart voor de reis van het gezantschap Cunaeus van Bender Abbas (Gamron) naar Isfahan (1652)}

R44-015 Bagsga
R44-015 Bagsga : place IRN

R44-015 Bagsga
R44-015 Bagsga : place IRN
NIMA/GNS names: Bachke Saray , Bajgah , باجگاه ,
VARIANT names: Bagsga , Bajgah , Rader Khoneh ,
SOURCE for Bagsga
« De Puligourc, on va à Bagsga, qui en est à quatre lieues et demie, dont partie se fait par des plaines, et partie par des montagnes. Bagsga veut dire lieu de tribut (2), parce que c'est le lieu où les rois de Chiras tenoient la douane, avant que leur état eût été réuni à la monarchie persane par Abas-le-Grand, durant le siècle passé. Les rahdars de Chiras s'y tiennent et s'y font payer leur droit. Il n'y a qu'un caravanserai vieux et demi-use, situé au pied d'une montagne,fn. 2 Je crois qu'il faut lire bakhchegál, lieu du présent; bakh-cheon bakhchyche indique un présent volontaire ou forcé. (L-s.) [From Puligourc, one goes to Bagsga, which is four and a half leagues away, partly across plains and partly across mountains. Bagsga means place of tribute (2), because it is the place where the kings of Shiras held customs, before their state was united with the Persian monarchy by Abbas the Great, during the last century. The rahdars of Shiras hold their posts there and collect their dues. There is only one old and half-worn caravanserai, located at the foot of a mountain,fn. 2 I believe that bakhchegál should be read, place of the present; bakh-cheon bakhchyche indicates a voluntary or forced present. (L-s.)which] »
SOURCE for Bajgah
« Bajgah » in {map#1245 in #3226 Cornelis Janszoon Speelman Ed. A. Hotz, Journaal der reis van den gezant der O.I. Compagnie Joan Cunaeus naar perzië in 1651-1652, J. Müller, 1908 ~ fig. Route-kaart voor de reis van het gezantschap Cunaeus van Bender Abbas (Gamron) naar Isfahan (1652)}
« Leaving Zargán, we had first to strike out into the plain to join the main road (remarkable for its excessive stoniness), which, crossing over a low pass, brought us to a building called Báj-gáh (" the Toll- House "), where customs' dues were formerly levied. » #3380 Browne, Edward Granville, A year amongst the Persians; impressions as to the life, character, and thought of the people of Persia, received during twelve month's residence in that country in the years 1887-8, Adam and Charles Black, 1893 ~ p. 258
SOURCE for Rader Khoneh
« About four o'clock we came to a small place called Rader Khoneh, where a fine new caravansera was building at the foot of a steep hill. » #1185 Buckingham, J. S., Travels in Assyria, Media, and Persia, including a journey from Bagdad by Mount Zagros, to Hamadan, the ancient Ecbatana, researches in Ispahan and the ruins of Persepolis, and journey from thence by Shiraz and Shapoor to the sea-shore, Henry Colburn: Gregg International Publishers Limited, London: London, 1829:1971, ~ p. 286

R44-000c pont de Chereston
R44-000c pont de Chereston : place IRN (bridge)
NIMA/GNS feature: BDG UFI: 10800725 coordinate: lat 32.627015 long 51.717669
NIMA/GNS names: Pol-e Shahrestan , پل شهرستان ,
Supplement: 13 arches masonry
VARIANT names: Pol-e Shahrestan , pont de Chereston ,
SOURCE for Pol-e Shahrestan
SOURCE for pont de Chereston
« On sort d'Ispahan par le quartier de Kerron (Kérdun), c'est-à-dire, des Sourds, quand on en part pour Bander - Abassi. On va traverser tout le faubourg de Cheik - Sabanna, puis on passe la rivière au pont de Cher eston (Chehrestâun) [We leave Isfahan through the Kerron (Kérdun) district, meaning "of the Deaf," when heading towards Bander-Abassi. We will cross the entire suburb of Cheik-Sabanna, then we cross the river at the Chereston (Chehrestâun) bridge.] » #3213 Sir John Chardin, ed. Louis Langlès, Voyages du Chevalier Chardin en Perse et autres lieux de l’Orient, Nouvelle édition, Le Normant, Imprimeur-Libraire, Paris, 1811 ~ vol. 8 pp. 192-3

Untitled Path